1991-Engineering.pdf - Digitised Collections

R I N C ;

I N ( ;

OK

IN T I O N

FACULTY OT ENGHNEEMNG COUKSE AN© SUBJECT OTHUME 1991

AMENDMENTS

Since this Guide proceeded to printing a number of amendments have been made They are -

Al l Engineering Mathematics and Science Mathematics subjects listed in this Guide continue to have the department code number 618, not 617, all Statistics subjects have the code number 619, not 617 This continues the numbering effective in 1990, without alteration

The introduction of the Graduate Diploma in Geographic Information Systems necessitated the commencement of approved subjects in Surveying one year earlier than first planned Course change proposals to amend all Surveying courses will not be approved before 1992 and subject details are therefore as in the 1990 edition of the Guide for these courses with otherwise approved amendments not relating to the fu l l review of the course structure and content Code numbers for some subjects have therefore been adjusted to accommodate the change in timing only

Code numbers have now been allocated for new subjects and wil l be available for students enrolling in 1991 Enquiries may be directed to the Assistant Registrar or the Student Adviser The allocation of a code number does not affect the content of the subject or the year and level in which it is to be offered

The subject 433-122 Computer Systems 1 has been requested to be suspended for 1991 A request to suspend the subject 618-005 Engineering Mathematics 1 is expected to proceed prior to the commencement of teaching in 1991

Other errors and amendments should be notified to me A number are already on file for incorporation at a later date

J N Keddie, Assistant Registrar (Engineering) 1 November 1990

1

UMVIEMSIITY OF MELIBOUENIE

FACULTY OF FNGHMFEEUNG

SUBJECT PRESCRIPTIONS

COURSE STRUCTURES

1991

Subiect code numbers are liable to amendment

1 his course and subject guide should be read in conjunction with the University s Prospectus and Handbook This guide is the authoritative

statement of the Fatuity s courses and details of subjects, with the provision on page 2

2

Published by the Faculty of Engineering in the University of Melbourne

(t) Copyright The University of Melbourne 1990

ISBN 0 7325 0179 2

Authorized Assistant Registrar (Engineering) August 1990

Ihe information printed in this Course and Subject Guide was correct at the time of printing Corrections of errors, amendments, additions and late changes will be notified to all recipients of the Guide within the University, and replacement pages issued in loose-leaf form Notification of errors or suggestions for improvement of the Guide for users within the University are welcomed and should be directed to the Assistant Registrar at the Faculty O f f i c e

Ihe Council of the University may suspend the teaching of subjects at the request of the faculty under approved circumstances Unless subjects are so listed in this guide it may be assumed that they are available

Computer typeset in New York type by Samizdat Graphics Page matrix " l x l x l x l

Printed by Printing Services at The University of Melbourne

3

FIRST YEAR ENGINEERING COURSES

BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING

FIRST YEAR COURSES

BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING (GENERAL COURSE)

617 005 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS 1* 25 points PLUS 75 points of subjects selected from subjects available in the University and with approval of the appropriate leaching Faculty

* This subject is a compulsory component of all First Year Engineering and Surveying courses but may be replaced by the three Mathematics subjects designated as the equivalent in content each wcighicd at 12 5 points where the course structure and workload permits the balance of the course is then 62 5 points In 1991 the subjects arc

617 101 MATHEMATICS IA 617 102 MATHEMATICS IB 617 132 MATHEMATICS IC

First Year Total 100 points

Alternative Mathematics streams of study may be approved to accord with workload constraints and to assist students less well prepared mathematically Such streams are

1 for those deficient in mathematical preparation at secondary school level

Mathematics 141 semester 1 Mathematics 101 semester 2 and if the result in 141 is 80% or higher Mathematics 102 semester 2 studied concurrently followed by

Mathematics bridging course if available or

Mathematics 132 semester 1 Year 2 then followed by available subjects in Science Mathematics or Engineering Mathematics as appropriate and available

2 for those wishing to take Mathematics at an easier pace or to comply with workload limitations

Mathematics 101 semester 1 Mathematics 102 semester 2

Mathematics 132 semester 1 Year 2 then as above

3 for those entering the Surveying courses which do not require completion of Engineering Mathematics other streams of study may be available Sec under SURVEYING COURSES

All such arrangements arc subject to approval Students should also note that successful completion of Mathematics 101 is a prerequisite for entry to 102 and that students who fail

4

lo complete 101 but with a mark of between 40 and 50% may be permitted to undertake 102 concurrently while repeating 101 but will not be permitted to proceed to 132 without successful completion ol 102 This outline programme may be adjusted according to the availability of specific subjects and the development of new or modified streams of study

C H E M I C A L E N G I N E E R I N G S T R E A M

As for the General Course except that 610 101 CHEMISTRY 1 25 points is a requirement

A G R I C U L T U R A L E N G I N E E R I N G , C I V I L E N G I N E E R I N G , M E C H A N I C A L AND M A N U F A C T U R I N G E N G I N E E R I N G S T R E A M S

As for the General Course Certain subjects arc recommended as preparation for discipline and science based studies in later years

E L E C T R I C A L , E L E C T R O N I C , C O M P U T E R , S O F T W A R E E N G I N E E R I N G , INFORMATION T E C H N O L O G Y

The First Year of the course for the degree of BACHELOR OF E N G I N E E R I N G ( E L E C 1 R I C A L ) is a general (unspecified) course but normally with the following prerequisites

431 101 ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 1 1 2 5 points 433 121 ENGINEERING COMPUTING 1 12 5 617 005 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS 1* 25 640 006 PHYSICS 1 (ENGINEERING COURSE) 25

433 1 22 COMPUTER SYSTEMS 1 12 5 points if not taken in First Year wil l be taken ; later stage of the course (or us equivalent wi l l be taken) by those students intending proceed with further study in Computer Science

* Or the cqui valcnt

BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING AND BACHELOR OF SCIENCE COMBINED COURSES

BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING (ELECTRICAL) STREAM FIRST YEAR

400 101 TECHNOLOGY 1 12 5 points (opt ion) 431 1 0 1 ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 1 125 (p re requ i s i t e ) 433 101 COMPUTER SCIENCE IA 1 2 5 OR (p re requ i s i t e ) 433 1 2 1 ENGINEERING COMPUTING 1 1 2 5 4 33 1 02 COMPUTER SCIENCE IB 12 5 OR (opt ion) 433 1 22 COMPUTER SYSTEMS 1 12 5 617 101 MATHEMATICS IA 12 5 (p re requ i s i t e ) 617 1 02 MATHEMATICS IB 12 5 (p re requ i s i t e ) 617 132 MATHEMATICS IC 12 5 (p re requ i s i t e ) 640 1 20 PHYSICS 1 (ADVANCED COURSE) 25 (prerequis i te*)


5

01 these subjecls ihc Mathematics Electrical Engineering and Engineering Computing subjects ate minimum requirements for progression to second year in any sticam of Electrical Engineering

* Physics is a prerequisite for certain studies in later years of the Electrical Engineering course and should therefore be included unless advice is taken on the implications of its omission and special approval obtained Students are reminaed that completion of the Faculty of Engineerings requirements by means of the award of a Faculty Pass (that is when one or more subjects arc failed) docs not entitle progression in a Science subjects stream for which the prerequisites have not been successfully completed

SECOND YEAR

( N O I L all points allocations are as for the subjects of the Electrical Engineering course )

Outline Structure

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING Second Year subjects ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS as for ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

OR ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING Second Year subjects ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS and other Mathematics study to be determined in consultation with ihc Head of the Department

AND Approved units in Computer Science (approximately 50% of the year) or Mathematics and Physics (approximately 60% of the year) or Physics (approximately 20% of the year) according to the stream of Science study preferred There arc constraints on the branch of Science study chosen according to the stream of Electrical Engineering study chosen if it is intended to pursue a combination which includes Computer Science

Fuller details of the course structure are listed in the details applicable to Second and later Year courses in the School of Information Technology and Electrical Engineering

THIRD YEAR (Old Course)

431 301 ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 2 617 003 STATISTICS AND STOCHASTIC PROCESSES ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS as for ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

AND Approved subjects in Computer Science and Mathematics (approximately 15 25% of the year) or Mathematics and electives (approximately 25% of the year) or Physics (approximately 20% of the year) according to the stream of Science study preferred

FOURTH YEAR (Old Course)

100 points of 300 level Science subjects approved by that Facully

FIFTH YEAR (Old Course)

431 401 ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 3

4 31 4 12 DISCUSSION SESSIONS 2 (ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING) 431 444 VACATION WORK (PRACTICAL EXPERIENCE ELECTRICAL) together with options and electives available in the ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING course

6

BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING (GENERAL) STREAM F I R S T Y E A R

617 101 MATHEMATICS IA 12 5 617 102 MATHEMATICS IB 12 5 617 132 MATHEMATICS IC 12 5 ELECTIVES approved by the Faculty of Science 62 5*

* 400 101 Technology 1 credited to both Science and Engineering and 400 102 Technology 2 arc recommended lor preparation for Agricultural Engineering and Civil Engineering 610 101 Chemistry is required for entry to the Chemical Engineering stream

BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING (AGRICULTURAL) STREAM

SECOND Y E A R

200 032 AGRICULTURE 1 (ENGINEERING COURSE) 6 421 214 MECHANICS OF SOLIDS IC 1 4 421 272 AGRICULTURAL BIOLOGY 4 421 230 FLUID FLOW AND HEAT TRANSFER 1 0 43 1 215 ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING IB 9 436 203 ENGINEERING DESIGN 1 1 0 436 221 ENGINEERING MATERIALS 1 4 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS OR SCIENCE MATHEMATICS* 1 8

* Only Science Mathematics will be credited to the Science component

200 level Science subjects

THIRD YEAR

200 033 AGRICULTURE 2 (ENGINEERING COURSE) 7 421 320 FLUID MECHANICS 1 5 421 372 SOIL SCIENCE 8 421 373 SOIL DYNAMICS 4 421 375 AGRICULTURAL STRUCTURES DESIGN 9 421 376 AGRICULTURAL PHYSICS 4 421 377 PROPERTIES OF AGRICULTURAL MATERIALS 4 4 3 1 3 31 ELECTRONICS AND INSTRUMENTATION 7 436 202 DYNAMICS OF MACHINES 1 7 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS OR SCIENCE MATHEMATICS* 9 617 002 STATISTICS FOR ENGINEERS OR SCIENCE STATISTICS* 8


* Only Science subjects will be credited to the Science component

F O U R T H AND F I F T H Y E A R

As for Agricultural Engineering Fourth Year and 300 level Science subjects

BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING (CHEMICAL) STREAM F I R S T Y E A R

610 101 CHEMISTRY 1 25

7

617 101 MATHEMATICS IA 12 5 617 102 MATHEMATICS IB 12 5 617 112 MATHEMATICS IC 12 5 ELECTIVES 37 5*

* A one semester specialist introduction to Chemical Engineering may also be included but will not be credited towards the Science degree

LATER YEARS

ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS AND CHEMISTRY OR THEIR EQUIVALENTS MUST BE INCLUDED IN THE SECOND AND THIRD YEARS OF THE ENGINEERING COMPONENT OF THE COMBINED COURSE

436 221 ENGINEERING MATERIALS will be taken in the FOURTH YEAR

4 11 201 CHEMICAL ENGINEERING 1 411 301 CHEMICAL ENGINEERING 2 4 11 401 CHEMICAL ENGINEERING 3 41 1 403 CHEMICAL PLANT DEVELOPMENT AND DESIGN 4 11 444 VACATION WORK (PRACTICAL EXPERIENCE CHEMICAL) or their equivalents will be taken over ihe later years of the course

Science subjects will be approved by that Faculty

BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING (CIVIL) STREAM

SECOND YEAR

421 214 MECHANICS OF SOLIDS IC 14 421 230 FLUID FLOW AND HEAT TRANSFER 11 436 224 ENGINEERING MATERIALS (CIVIL ENGINEERING) 17 436 203 ENGINEERING DESIGN 1 9 45 1 213 SURVEYING (ENGINEERING COURSE) 9 626 023 GEOLOGY (ENGINEERING COURSE) 7 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS OR SCIENCE MATHEMATICS 1 7

200 level Science subjecls

THIRD YEAR

421 310 STRUCTURAL THEORY AND DESIGN 2 6 421 320 FLUID MECHANICS 18 421 331 GEOMECHANICS 1 7 421 332 GEOMECHANICS 2 7 421 340 TRANSPORT ENGINEERING 6 421 350 ENGINEERING PRACTICES 7 421 360 ENGINEERING ECONOMICS 6 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS OR SCIENCE MATHEMATICS 8 617 002 STATISTICS FOR ENGINEERS OR SCIENCE STATISTICS 8


F O U R T H Y E A R

421 41X STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING A (COMBINED COURSE) 9

8

421 420 HYDRAULIC ENGINEERING 12 421 4 30 GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING 8 421 440 TRANSPORT ENGINEERING 7 421 45X ENGINEERING PRACTICES A (COMBINED COURSE) 3 421 46X CIVIL ENGINEERING DESIGN A 12 Civil Engineering elective subject 5


FIFTH YEAR

421 4 IX STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING B (COMBINED COURSE) 9 421 45X ENGINEERING PRACTICES B 3 421 46X CIVIL ENGINEERING DESIGN B 12 421 464 RESEARCH PROJECT 7 Civil Engineering elective unit 5 421 444 VACATION WORK (PRACTICAL EXPERIENCE CIVIL) 0


Combined Courses with Science Faculty of Science Requirements

To complete requirements for the Science component of Combined Degrees students should

* successfully complete a minimum of 240 points chosen from the Science Course and Subject Guide

* within the 240 points successfully complete ( i ) a minimum ol 75 points of Group A subjects at the 100 level and (n ) a minimum of 50 points at the 300 level

* undertake no more than 140 points at the 100 level * undertake subjects listed in the Science Course and Subject Guide subject to the

limitations above

BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING (CIVIL), BACHELOR OF COMMERCE

SECOND YEAR

421 214 MECHANICS OF SOLIDS IC 421 230 FLUID FLOW AND HEAT TRANSFER 431 21 1 ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING IA 4 36 224 ENGINEERING MATERIALS (CIVIL ENGINEERING) 45 1 202 COMPUTER PROGRAMMING 451 213 SURVEYING (ENGINEERING COURSE) 617 203 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS 2A 617 204 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS 2B

316 101 ECONOMICS IA 316 102 ECONOMICS 1B

T H I R D Y E A R

421 310 STRUCTURAL THEORY AND DESIGN 321 320 FLUID MECHANICS

421 33 1 GEOMECHANICS 1 421 332 GEOMECHANICS 2 421 340 TRANSPORT ENGINEERING 421 370 ENGLISH EXPRESSION 436 203 ENGINEERING DESIGN 1 436 314 COMPUTATIONAL MECHANICS 617 303 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS 3A 626 023 GEOLOGY (ENGINEERING COURSE)

Two subjects to be chosen from among those offered by the Faculty of Economics and Commerce to satisfy requirements of the Bachelor of Commerce degree

F O U R T H Y E A R

421 4 1 X STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING A (COMBINED COURSE) 421 4 20 HYDRAULIC ENGINEERING 421 4 30 GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING 421 440 TRANSPORT ENGINEERING 421 45X ENGINEERING PRACTICES A (COMBINED COURSE) 421 46X CIVIL ENGINEERING DESIGN A (COMBINED COURSE)

Four subjects to be chosen from among those offered by the Faculty of Economics and Commerce to satisfy requirements of the Bachelor of Commerce degree

FIFTH YEAR

421 4 IX STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING B (COMBINEDCOURSE) 421 45X ENGINEERING PRACTICES B (COMBINED COURSE) 421 46X CIVIL ENGINEERING DESIGN B (COMBINED COURSE)

Ei^ht subjects to be chosen from among those offered by the Faculty of Economics and Commerce to satisfy requirements of the Bachelor of Commerce degree

DETAILS OF SUBJECTS (m numerical order)

400-101 TECHNOLOGY 1

SHvlFSIPR 1

39 lectures 12 tutorials 18 hours of drawing office and computer graphics work and one 18 hour unit from a series of options

12 5 points

Objectives The course provides an introduction to essential modes of communication and issues for the professional engineer and surveyor together with an introduction to and development of skills in graphical representation of engineering devices and phenomena and the ability to think and visualize in three dimensions Students are introduced to statics as applied to basic engineering problems building on their skills in applied mathematics and mechanics

SYLLABUS

1 General Lectures e g Study methods examination techniques 2 Communication, written and oral Types of wntten technical communication oral presentation of material

3 3 Dimensional Geometry, Engineering Drawing and Sketching Representational Methods points lines planes surfaces orthographic and axonomctric projections intersections and developments Drawing techniques dimensioning assembly drawings 4 Ihe Statics of Engineering Systems Force systems and their manipulation Graphical and analytical conditions for equilibrium Simple flexural systems shear force and bending moment concepts Stress strain analysis Material properties Flexural stress analysis for simple bending 5 The Engineer in Society Issues of contemporary engineering the responsibilities of the Professional Engineer professional associations introductions to the law economics and ethics

GRAPHICS PRACTICAL WORK Six three hour sessions in the drawing offices and / or in the Computer Graphics Laboratory

OPTIONS The options are short courses for small groups during which a topic of engineering or surveying practice is examined in breadth The topics vary from year to year A list of options available will be posted and students will be asked to indicate their order of preference from those options Students will be allocated to Options according to the distribution of preferences

ASSESSMENT One two hour examination on topics 3 and 4 will be held at the end of the semester to count for 70% of the final assessment The Graphics Practical work will be assessed during the semester and completed during scheduled class hours This Graphics Practical Work together with Assignments on topics 2 and 5 and on the option to total not more than 20 pages or the equivalent will count equally for the remaining 30% of the final assessment

400-102 TECHNOLOGY 2

SEMESTER 2

39 lectures 12 tutorials and 24 hours of drawing office and computer graphics work A knowledge of the content of 400 101 Technology 1 will be assumed

12 5 points

Objectives The course provides a development of concepts acquired in Technology 1 and introduces basic theoretical and practical concepts in electrical systems and in manufacturing science The treatment is aimed at students who do not intend to pursue either electrical engineering or mechanical technology as a major study Communications skills and issues in Technology 1 are developed specifically to relate to the role of the engineer in the contemporary natural environment and the sensitive relationship between them SYLLABUS

1 The Statics of Engineering Systems Pin connected frame analysis Virtual work Further analysis of flexural systems Stress transformation analysis Stress analysis for combined bending axial force Torsion Indeterminate systems This work continues and expands on the studies completed in 400 101 Technology 1 2 Electrical Systems Kirchoff s laws solution of lumped parameter resistive networks circuit and flow diagrams non linear circuit elements analogous systems power flow energy transfer sinusoidally varying quantities an introduction to a c circuits 3 Manufacturing Science Manufacturing processes including material removal and deformation manufacturing activities including management and planning 4 Technology and the Environment The physical environment soil water and air The biological environment technological impact on the environment

11

GRAPHICS PRACTICAL WORK Eight three hour sessions in the drawing offices and / or in the Computer Graphics Laboratory extending the work completed in 400 101 Technology 1

ASSESSMENT The Graphics practical work will be assessed during the year and will count (or 15% of the mark for the unit II will be in the form of assignments to be completed during the allocated practical sessions and will total not more than 10 pages or the equivalent One three hour examination for the remaining 85% covering topics 1 2 3 and 4 will be held at the end of the semester

411 101 INDUSTRIAL PROCESS ENGINEERING

SEMES'lER 2

26 hours of lectures 26 hours of tutorials 20 hours of plant visits

12 5 points

Objective The course is aimed at helping students to think in terms of a process rather than the discrete parts of a process It provides an introduction to the principles of chemical engineering and also to the role of all engineers in the design and operation of chemical processes in the broadest sense The course also introduces students to the concepts of process economics environmental engineering and hazards and safety in engineering

SYLLABUS

The process as a system involving a series of events Particular reference will be made to chemical mineral and metallurgical processes Typical process concepts such as recycle purge product take and energy material and energy volumes Process economics The role of research in process concepts including intellectual knowledge The role of the engineer in process design operation and management External factors such as environmental impact statements and other legal aspects Hazards safety and loss prevention Various processes will be used as examples and four plant visits will be included

ASSESSMENT One three hour examination (50%) tutorial assignments (25%) and plant visit reports (25%) The reports will be limited to a maximum of four pages each that is a total of not more lhan 16 pages in all for plant visit reports and tutorial assignments comprising not more than 16 pages of written work

421-101 PROJECT ENGINEERING

SEMESTER 2

26 lectures 26 tutorial/discussion hours 12 hours computing laboratory work 10 site visits

1 2 5 points

Objective At the end of this course students will have developed an appreciation of the components technical economic and managerial that interact to lead to the successful completion of an engineering project

SYLLABUS

The scope of engineering projects Elements of a project technical non technical human Function and interaction between elements Planning of projects Project evaluation and

selection introduction to economic analysis Management of people integration of sub disciplines Construction aspects of a project

ASSESSMENT One two hour examination and three assignments each of 2 000 words or equivalent Weightings examination 50% assignments 50%

431-101 ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 1

SEMESTER 2

39 lectures 12 tutorials and 30 hours of laboratory work

12 5 points

Objectives The objective of this course is to enable students to acquire skills and concepts fundamental to further studies for a professional qualification in power or electronic engineering Some applications are included to show the relevance of the basic material to practical problems

SYLLABUS

1 Electrical Networks Linear dc networks Kirchoffs laws Thevcnin and Norton equivalents superposition Simple non linear elements 1st order transients A C sinusoidal steady state networks phasor diagrams R/X/Z G/B/Y P/Q/S S plane poles and zeros Bode plots 2 Electromechanical Energy Conversion Induction simple d c machines 3 Digital Circuits Boolean algebra transistor switches and gates Combinational circuits Flip flops sequential circuits Memory elements 4 Electronics Elementary physical electronics descriptive treatment of bipolar transistors Field Effect Transistors Use as switches and amplifiers operational amplifiers feedback

LABORATORY AND PRACTICE CLASSES Ten 3 hour laboratory sessions and practice classes

ASSESSMENT One three hour examination will be held at the end of the semester to count for 85% of the final assessment Laboratory reports totalling not more than 20 pages will count for 15% of the final assessment Satisfactory attendance at the laboratory course is required unless exemption is granted for a pass to be awarded in the subject

433-101 COMPUTER SCIENCE IA

SEMESTER 1

39 lectures (3 per week) 12 one hour tutorials 24 hours of laboratory classes 13 hours project work

12 5 points

Objectives To use a modern personal computer (Macintosh) to write small programmes especially numerical programmes in a procedural programming language (Pascal) and to understand basic computer organization including integer and floating point number representation

1 3

SYLLABUS

Programming Problem specification problem decomposition and algorithm design procedural programming languages basic data structures arrays records files basic algorithms searching sorting merging matching introduction to software engineering Introduction lo computer organization CPU memory peripherals Numerical computing Number representation representation and truncation errors integration solution of linear and nonlinear equations curve fitting random number generation subroutine libraries

ASSESSMENT One 3 hour examination at the end of Semester 1 Project work must be completed satisfactorily to pass the subject Weightings of the components of assessment will be made known at the commencement of the subject

433-102 COMPUTER SCIENCE IB

SEMESTER 2

39 lectures (3 per week) 13 one hour tutorials 26 hours of laboratory classes 13 hours project work

12 5 points

Prerequisite Computer Science 433 101 Objectives To attain proficiency in programming using a high level language (Pascal) and a broad understanding of the principles behind modern computer systems

SYLLABUS

Iheory of computation Introduction lo propositional and predicate calculus solvable and unsolvable problems countable and uncountable sets analysis of algorithms Dynamic data structures Lists binary trees binary search trees hash tables Declarative programming languages Computer organization Data representation instruction types addressing modes assembly languages structure representation of control and data structures Introducuon to system software Interpreters and compilers operating systems file systems database systems Programming methods and applications Sequential file algorithms graphics symbolic mathematical computing text processing discrete event simulation

ASSESSMENT One 3 hour examination at the end of Semester 2 Project work must be completed satisfactorily to pass the subject Weightings of the components of assessment will be made known at the commencement of the subject

433-121 ENGINEERING COMPUTING 1

SEMESTER 1

39 lectures 12 tutorials and 12 two hour laboratory classes

1 2 5 points

Objectives The course provides an introduction to computer science and us application to ihe solution of engineering problems It develops skills in the definition of problems the steps to be taken to lead to their resolution and the expression of those steps as computer algorithms The course also introduces a broad range of computing technology and develops familiarity with the theoretical and practical aspects of computing for engineers

SYLLABUS

Programming problem specification problem decomposition and algorithm design procedural programming languages introduction to software engineering Basic data structures arrays records files basic algorithms searching sorting merging matching Dynamic data structures lists binary trees binary search trees hash tables Introduction to computer organization operating systems file systems and application software

ASSESSMENT One three hour examination at the end of the semester to count for 75% of the final assessment and project work not to exceed 20 pages in total to count for 25% (The project work is expected to involve 13 hours of assigned computer work) Satisfactory completion of the project work is required before the subject is passed unless exemption is granted Weightings of individual components of assessment will be made known at the commencement of teaching in the subject

433-122 COMPUTER SYSTEMS 1

SEMESTER 2

39 lectures 13 one hour tutorials 13 two hour laboratory classes

Successful completion of 433 121 Engineering Computing 1 will be assumed

12 5 points

SYLLABUS

Computer architecture Microprogramming machine languages assembly language programming Introduction to microcomputer systems Systems software Operating systems file systems database systems compilers and assemblers System programming techniques

ASSESSMENT One three hour examination to count for 75 % of the final assessment and project work not to exceed 20 pages in total to count for 25% (Students will be expected to undertake 13 hours of assigned project work on the computer) Satisfactory completion of the project work is required before the subject is passed unless exemption is granted Weightings of individual components of assessment will be made known at the commencement of teaching in the subject

436-101 INTRODUCTION TO DESIGN AND MANUFACTURE

SEMESTER 2

52 lectures and 26 hours of practice classes

12 5 points

Objectives The course exposes students to real life engineering design and manufacturing situations where they gain an understanding of economic environmental and other management constraints

SYLLABUS

This subject consists of a selection of four of the following topics to be agreed by the class and staff at the beginning of the semester

Inlctralinj, m inufucturc and design through systems analysis Application of computers in manufacturing and/or design Mechanical and electronic controllers for machine and process control Aerodynamics and structures of aircraft Vehicle aerodynamics handling and propulsion Design of solar energy systems for process energy conservation and efficient building heating and cooling The engineer in management and modern manufacturing Human factors of engineering systems The design of future automotive engines Introduction to robotics Energy from the wind Materials and manufacturing process Vibrations and waves

ASSESSMENT Four written tests each of one hour s duration to be held during the teaching semester to count for 60% and four assignments each of about 3 000 words to count for 40%

610-004 CHEMISTRY (ENGINEERING COURSE)

SEMESTER 2

A course of 52 lectures and 8 tutorials

12 5 points

A knowledge of V C E Chemistry to Year 12 standard will be assumed

This subject is not acceptable as a prerequisite for study of chemistry in later years unless a special reading course is undertaken and approval gained

Objectives The course provides an introduction to physical organic and inorganic chemistry in concept and application and provides a preparation for the study of materials in the second year of engineering courses

SYLLABUS

The course consists of a selection of topics which have particular relevance to engineering practice and engineering materials

1 Physical Chemistry

Thermodynamics Heat and work calonmctry First law internal energy and enthalpy H and change of temperature Kinetics Measurement of reaction rate Effects of concentration and temperature Collision mechanism chain reaction Ihe Solid State Relationships between atomic and molecular structure and the properties of chemical materials including metals alloys molecular solids ionic solids silicate structures and related ceramic or mineral phases Classification of solids structure and properties Crystal defects and impurity systems Band theory of solids electrical conduction Surface Chemistry Surface phenomena surface films dctergency and wetting Colloidal systems Catalysis Phase Equilibria Solid liquid vapour equilibria for a single component Two component systems liquid vapour distillation liquid liquid and solid liquid systems

1 6

h l e c t r o c h e m i s t r y Conductance of solutions theories of electrolytes Chemical equilibrium in electrolyte solutions Reversible cells and half cells Em f and concentration dependence Free energy change and equilibrium constant ol cell reaction cells as sources of useful energy Electrolysis Corrosion galvanic scries principles of corrosion and us control

2 Organic Chemistry

Bonding and stereochemistry of carbon compounds Chemistry of hydrocarbons and of monofunctional compounds in terms of molecular structure and reaction mechanisms Polymers classification of plastics mechanisms of polymerization practical applications

3 Inorganic Chemistry

Atomic structure bonding and the periodic table

ASSESSMENT There will be one 3 hour and one one hour written examination at the end of the semester

610-101 C H E M I S T R Y

SEMESTER 1 and 2

78 lectures 72 hours practical work 24 tutorials

25 points

Co ordinator Dr V M McRae

Prerequisites A knowledge of VCE Chemistry is assumed Some knowledge of fundamental Physics and Mathematics is assumed

Objectives The School of Chemistry offers a combined general subject in the fundamentals of the three branches of Chemistry (Inorganic Organic and Physical Chemistry) at first year level This subject is the basis for more detailed study of Chemistry in later years but is also offered as a preparation for students intending to take further studies in many areas of science geological biological paramedical chemical engineering etc

Details of this subject are printed as a service only to students of ihe racuity of Engineering and are correct al ihe lime of compilation of this document Ihe fully authorized statement of ihe requirements of the subject are set out in the Faculty of Science Course and Subject Guide

SYLLABUS

Inorganic Chemistry atomic structure and bonding inorganic reactions energetics of reactions inorganic structural chemistry introductory coordination chemistry

Organic Chemistry bonding structure stereochemistry reactions of monofunctional organic compounds

Physical Chemistry chemical equilibria thermochemistry electrochemistry kinetics surface chemistry introduction to spectroscopy phase equilibria

PRACTICAL WORK Students must provide themselves with copies of the laboratory manuals an A4 duplicate laboratory notebook and a calculator It is mandatory to wear safety glasses or safety goggles in the Chemistry laboratories Students are also required to have sets of molecular models for Organic and Inorganic Chemistry

1 7

ASSESSMENT Two 3 hour wnuen examinations one at the end of each semester Assignments not exceeding 9 pages in total Practical work will be continuously assessed Weightings of the components of assessment will be made known at the commencement of the subject

617-005 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS 1

SEMESTER 1 and 2

This subject is currently under review thereafter, or entry to the subject ma grounds of adequacy of preparation in available students may nevertheless be alternative stream of mathematics achievement

and may not be available in 1991 and y be restricted and determined on the

mathematical study If the subject is advised or required to undertake an according to their past level of

104 lectures and 52 hours of tutorial and practice classes

25 points

SYLLABUS

1 Vectors and Vector Geometry Vector spaces Real and complex spaces Subspaces Geometrical and coordinate vectors dot and cross products triple products triple products and determinants Linear dependence/independence Spanning set norm basis Linear transforms v n v m Product sets Analytical geometry of lines and planes distances angles intersections Areas and volumes moments centres of mass

2 Complex Numbers Addition multiplication division cartesian expressions in powers of cos and sin & in cos powers roots of equations factorization into real poles and zeros of rational functions

and polar forms complex exponential nO sin nO geometry of complex numbers linear and quadratic factors Examples on

3 Calculus Sequences scries limits sums and products 1 Hopital s rule Continuity Differentiation The standard trigonometric exponential and hyperbolic functions their inverses their series Graph sketching including polar graphs Convergence of power series Ratio test absolute convergence Taylors theorem Maxima and minima Newton Raphson method for solution of equations Arc length Curvature tangent normal of plane curves Space curves

4 Partial Differentiation Partial derivatives for functions of several (2 or 3) variable Chain rule errors approximations Directional derivatives Taylors theorem for a function of two variables Stationary values of functions of two variables (max min saddle) Normals and tangents to surfaces tangent plane

5 Integration Systematics integration numerical integration trapezium and Simpson s rules Reduction formulae Line integrals Applications centres of mass of curves plane regions bodies volumes and surfaces Pappus theorems Moments of areas and of inertia

1 8

6 Matrices Elementary matrices systems of linear equations row reduction techniques linear dependence/independence of rows/columns Rank (row/col) Complex inverse partitioning eigenvalues / eigenvalues of square matrices including multiple eigenvalues complex roots Hermitian and unitary matrices Matrix norm triangular form gauss seidel iteration condition numbers

7 Differential Equations First order equations linear separable homogeneous types Superposition of solutions for

linear constant coefficient equations of first and second order Particular solutions Solutions of x. - Ax. + b_(t) [A constant] Transformation of higher order equations to first order systems Exponential matrix

8 Mechanics Newton s Laws Particle mechanics Standard forces (including friction strings springs) Theory of systems of particles linear momentum for centre of mass angular momentum of system about fixed point and centre of mass Rigid body motion in plane

ASSESSMENT One 3 hour examination at the end of First Semester and two 2 hour examinations at the end of the Second Semester Work done in tutorials and practice classes and on assignments will be incorporated into the final assessment mark and students will be informed at the commencement of the year of the relative weight to be given to components of assessment

The following Mathematics subjects are printed as a service only to students in the Faculty of Engineering and were correct at the time of compilation of this document The fully authorized statement of the subjects' requirements is contained in the Faculty of Science Course and Subject Guide

617-101 MATHEMATICS IA

SEMESTER 1, repeated in semester 2

39 lectures 13 tutorials 39 hours problem solving

12 5 points (Group A subject)

Co ordinator Dr J J Koliha

Objectives This subject is designed to consolidate students knowledge of calculus of functions of one variable and to introduce them to complex numbers vectors and three dimensional geometry While the student will recognize many of the topics a much deeper understanding and a greater mastery of techniques is expected here providing both a consolidation of previously acquired knowledge and a foundation for subsequent studies Students are expected to devote a considerable amount of time to the solution of relevant mathematical problems This subject is a prerequisite for most second year subjects in Mathematical Sciences

SYLLABUS

Foundations sets integers mathematical induction real numbers complex numbers polar form de Moivrc s theorem complex exponential

Calculus functions of one real variable (including limits and continuity) derivatives curve sketching maxima and minima curvature antidenvatives and the definite integral trigonometric functions and their inverses logarithm exponential function hyperbolic

functions and their inverses systematic integration approximate integration applications of integration areas arc length

Vectors and linear equations vectors in three dimensional space dot and cross products triple products determinants linear dependence equations of lines and planes geometrical applications bases and coordinates dimension geometrical applications differential of vector functions of a real variable solution of simultaneous linear equations row reduction geometrical interpretation

ASSESSMENT Written assignments (in total not more than 26 pages) and not more than 3 hours of written examination at the end of semester 1 Weightings of the components of assessment will be made known at the commencement of the subject

617-102 MATHEMATICS IB

SEMESTER 2 and repeated in semester 1 of the following year



Co ordinator Dr J J Koliha

Prerequisites Mathematical Sciences 617 101

Objectives This subject provides an introduction to convergence linear algebra and functions of several variables In addition it provides an introduction to abstract structures in mathematics and lays a foundation for the study of analysis This subject is recommended for all students intending to study 200 level Mathematical Sciences

SYLLABUS

Sequences and series convergence and divergence of sequences and series tests for convetgencc Taylors theorem and series representation of elementary functions

Linear algebra vector spaces in general axioms linear independence basis sets dimensionality R n and C n inner products linear transformations matrix of a linear transformation change of basis rank inverse solution of linear equations eigenvectors and eigenvalues quadrics and conies invariant subspaces direct sums of subspaces projection and idempotcnt matrices factorisation of matrices and linear transformations rotation matrices diagonal real symmetric Hermitian unitary and orthogonal matrices

Multivariable calculus functions of several variables level curves heights partial derivatives commutation of mixed partial derivatives total derivative gradient vector directional derivatives and applications chain rule coordinate transformations Jacobi matrix and determinant hessian matrix maxima and minima of functions of several variables surface areas and volumes of solids of revolution introduction to double and triple integrals

ASSESSMENT Written assignments (in total not more than 26 pages) and not more than 3 hours of written examination ai the end of semester 2 Weightings of the components of assessment will be made known at the commencement of the subject

20

617-132 MATHEMATICS IC

SEMES 1ER 2



Co ordinator Professor L R White

Prerequisites 617 101 Corequisite 617 102

Condition Students may not gain credit for both Mathematical Sciences 617 132 and 241

Objectives This subject is an introduction to applied mathematics including the formulation of physical problems in mathematical form and the selection of relevant mathematical techniques with particular emphasis on differential equations This subject is recommended to all students planning to study the applications of mathematics in this and later years

SYLLABUS

Differential equations first order differential equations (linear via integrating factors separable and homogeneous) and applications linear differential equations with constant coefficients particular integials and complementary functions

Mechanics kinematics Newton s laws projectiles constrained motion of a particle systems of particles motion of a rigid body impulse problems

Systems of differential equations systems of linear differential equations with constant coefficients applications of matrix methods stability equilibrium and stability of conservative systems small oscillations first order autonomous nonlinear systems and the phase plane

ASSESSMENT Written assignments (in total not more than 26 pages) and not more than 3 hours of written examination al the end of semester 2 Weightings of the components of assessment will be made known at the commencement of the subject

617-141 MATHEMATICS FOR BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES

This subject may be taken with approval by hose students in Engineering or Surveying not deemed adequately prepared for either 617 005 or 617 101 Details of the subject may be found in the Faculty of Science Course and Subject Guide Students in the Facully of Engineering may take this subject and plan streams of study developing from it only with the express approval of the Faculty and of the Department of Mathematics (School of Mathematical Sciences) This constraint applies also to other subjecls normally a part of the Science course

SEMESTER 1, repeated in Semester 2

39 lectures (3 per week) 13 one hour tutorials students will also undertake 39 hours of problem solving


Co ordinator Dr K Eckcr

Conditions students may not gain credit for both Mathematical Sciences 617 141 and 151

2 1

Objectives This subject is designed to introduce students to basic mathematical techniques in linear algebra differential and integral calculus and differential equations In particular it seeks to introduce students to mathematical concepts and techniques which are applicable to the solution of problems in the biological sciences and related areas

SYLLABUS

Vectors and matrices matrices row operations solution of linear equations inverses vectors scalar product equations of lines and planes

Calculus functions of one real variable differentiation and integration maxima and minima Taylor series approximate integration functions of several variables contours partial differentiation errors maxima and minima including Lagrange multipliers

Difference equations

Differential equations gradient fields simple first order second order constant coefficient equations by reduction of order Lotka Voltcrra systems numerical solutions

ASSESSMENT Wntten assignments (in total not more lhan 26 pages) and noi more than 3 hours of written examination at the end of ihe Semester in which the subject is taken Weightings of the components of assessment will be made known at the commencemeni of the subject

617-151 MATHEMATICS FOR ECONOMICS

SEMESTER 1

39 lectures (3 per week) 13 one hour tutorials students will also undertake 39 hours ol problem solving


Co ordinator Dr A M Russell

Conditions Students may not gain credit for both Mathematical Sciences 617 141 and 151

Objectives This subject is designed to introduce students to basic mathematical techniques in linear algebra and differential and integral calculus In particular it seeks to demonstrate the applicability of mathematics in Economics and the Social Sciences

SYLLABUS

Vectors and matrices introduction to vectors (scalar vector triple products equations of lines planes) elementary properties of matrices and determinants row operations on matrices solution of linear equations matrix inverse

Calculus and its applications functions and their inverses differentiation linear approximation marginalism elasticity maxima and minima concavity integration area consumer and producer surplus approximate integration introduction to differential equations Taylors polynomials functions of several variables level curves chain rules Lagrange multipliers Jacobi and Hessian matrices

ASSESSMENT Written assignments (in total not more than 26 pages) and not more than 3 hours of written examination at the end of Semester 1 Weightings of the components of assessment will be made known at the commencement of the subject

617 152 MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES FOR ECONOMICS

SEMESTER 2

39 lectures (3 per week) 13 one hour tutorials students will undertake 39 hours of problem solving


Co ordinator Dr A M Russell

Prerequisites Mathematical Sciences 617 141 or 617 151

Conditions Students may not gain credit for both Mathematical Sciences 617 152 and any of 102 160 170

Objectives This subject is a sequel to 617 151 and provides the student with statistical and mathematical skills for solving problems in Economics and the Social Sciences It provides a firm foundation for later year quantitative studies in these disciplines

SYLLABUS

Complex numbers Dc Moivrc s theorem complex exponential

Differential and difference equations first order differential equations and first and second order difference equations

Linear algebra and applications eigenvalues and eigenvectors real symmetric matrices diagonah/.ation positive definite matrices systems of first order differential and difference equations

Linear programming linear programming duality simplex method

Statistics data analysis elementary distribution theory (binomial and normal distributions) random sampling population parameters and sample statistics estimation confidence intervals and hypothesis testing based on the binomial and normal distributions introduction to disiribution free methods an introduction to statistical package programmes

ASSESSMENT Written assignments (in total not more than 26 pages) and not more than 3 hours of written examination at the end of Semester 2 Weightings of the components of assessment will be made known at the commencement of the subject

617-160 SCIENTIFIC PROGRAMMING AND STATISTICS

SEMESTER 1 and repeated in Semester 2

39 lectures (3 per week) 12 one hour tutonals 24 hours of practical work students will also undertake 12 hours of project work


Co ordinator Prof A J Guttmann

Conditions Students may not gain credit for both Mathematical Sciences 617 160 and either 152 or 170

Objectives This subject is designed to introduce students to the use of computers a programming language scientific programming and elementary techniques of numerical analysis It also provides a general introduction to statistical inference The subject provides students with essential techniques for a career in Science

SYLLABUS

Introduction to programming algorithms simple data types assignment conditionals iteration functions and procedures complex data types an ay processing

Numerical methods number representation errors numerical integration solution of linear and nonlinear equations

Statistics data analysis elementary distribution theory (binomial and normal distributions) random sampling population parameters and sample statistics estimation confidence intervals and hypothesis testing based on the binomial and normal distributions introduction to distribution free methods an introduction to statistical package programmes

ASSESSMENT Project work must be completed as required Written assignments (in total not more than 26 pages) and not more than 3 hours of written examination Weightings of the components of assessment will be made known at the commencement of the subject

617-170 DISCRETE MATHEMATICS AND STATISTICS

SEMESTER 1

39 lectures (3 per week) 12 hours laboratory classes 20 one hour tutorials


Coordinator Prof C F Miller

Conditions Students may not gain credit for both Mathematical Sciences 617 170 and either of 152 or 160

Objectives This subject is designed to introduce students to discrete mathematical methods and methods of mathematical proof techniques which are useful in Mathematics Computer Science and Statistics It also provides a general introduction to statistical inference

SYLLABUS

Combinatorics graphs and trees paths counting

Sei theory functions ordenngs equivalence relations cardinality

Logic propositional calculus quantifiers methods of proof

Induction and recursion

Statistics data analysis elementary distribution theory (binomial and normal distributions) random sampling population parameters and sample statistics estimation confidence intervals and hypothesis testing based on the binomial and normal distributions introduction to distribution free methods an introduction to statistical package programmes

ASSESSMENT Written assignments (in total not more than 26 pages) and not more than 3 hours of written examination Weightings of the components of assessment will be made known at the commencement of the subject

2 4

640-005 PHYSICS IB (ENGINEERING COURSE)

SEMESTER 1

39 lectures (3 per week) 12 1 hour weekly tutonals 27 hours laboratory work

12 5 points

A knowledge of physics and mathematics from Year 12 of secondary school is assumed It is preferable that students have studied two Year 12 mathematics subjects

Objectives This subject is designed to enable the student to understand the natural and man made worlds through foundation studies in the major branches of physics

Note This subject is not credited to the Science course Students undertaking a combined course with Science who wish to include study in Physics must there undertake either 640 140 or 640 120

SYLLABUS

Mechanics Kinematics and dynamics of particles and rigid bodies gravitation physical introduction to special relativity Mechanical Properties of Matter Fluid statics and dynamics elasticity Mechanical Waves Propagation dynamics superposition Thermal Physics Thermal properties of matter thermodynamics kinetic theory of gases heat transfer

LABORATORY WORK Consists of experiments relating to electrical circuits electronics optics nuclear radiation special advanced projects

ASSESSMENT One 3 hour written examination at the end of the semester plus written assignments during the semester together accounting for 80% of the final mark Laboratory work is assessed continuously during the semester and accounts for 20% of the total mark To obtain a pass students must satisfactorily complete the laboratory and assignment work as specified at the commencement of the subject

TEXTBOOK Halliday D and Resnick R Fundamentals of Physics 3rd ed 1988 Wiley

640-006 PHYSICS IA (ENGINEERING COURSE)

SEMESTER 1 and 2

78 lectures 12 1 hour tutorials 24 hours laboratory work including project work

25 points

A knowledge of physics and mathematics from Year 12 of secondary school is assumed It is preferable that students have studied two Year 12 Mathematics subjects

Objectives This subject is designed to enable the student to understand the natural and man made worlds through foundation studies in the major branches of physics

Note as for 640 005

2 5

SYLLABUS

Mechanics Kinematics and dynamics of particles and rigid bodies gravitation physical introduction to special relativity Mechanical and Thermal Properties of Matter Fluid statics and dynamics elasticity thermal Physics Thermal properties of matter thermodynamics kinetic iheory of gases heat transfer Electromagnetism Electrostatics circuits magnetism electric and magnetic properties of matter Maxwell s equations electromagnetic waves Optics Geometrical optics imaging optical instruments Quantum Theory Historical foundations wave and particle properties of electrons and protons Atomic and Nuclear Physics Atomic and nuclear structure X rays radioactivity and nuclear radiations fission and fusion nuclear power

LABORATORY WORK Consists of experiments relating lo electrical circuits electronics optics nuclear radiation special advanced projects

ASSESSMENT Two 3 hour written examinations one at the end of each semester plus written assignments during the year together accounting for 90% of the final mark Laboratory work is assessed continuously during the year and accounts for 10% of the total mark To obtain a pass students must satisfactorily complete the laboratory and assignment work as specified at the commencement of the subject

TEXTBOOK Halliday D and Resnick R Fundamenlals of Physics 3rd ed 1988 Wiley

640-120 PHYSICS (ADVANCED)

SEMESTER 1 and 2

78 lectures 26 1 hour tutorials 75 hours practical work

25 points (Group A subject)

Co ordinator Dr J W G Wignall

A knowledge of physics and mathematics from the final year of secondary school is assumed Two final year mathematics subjects are assumed Objectives This higher level subject 1 designed to enable the student to understand the natural and man made worlds through foundation studies in the major branches of physics

SYLLABUS

Mechanics kinematics and dynamics of particles and rigid bodies gravitation physical introduction to special relativity Mechanical properties of matter fluid statics and dynamics elasticity Mechanical waves propagation dynamics superposition thermal physics thermal properties of matter thermodynamics kinetic theory of gases heat transfer Electromagnetism electrostatics circuits magnetism electric and magnetic properties of matter Maxwell s equations electromagnetic waves Optics geometrical optics imaging optical instruments Quantum theory historical foundations wave and particle properties of electrons and photons Atomic and nuclear physics atomic and nuclear structure X rays radioactivity and nuclear radiations fission and fusion nuclear power

26


ASSESSMENT Two 3 hour wntten examinations one at the end of each semester plus written assignments during the year together accounting for 75% of the total mark Laboratory work is assessed continuously during the year and accounts for 25% of the total mark To obtain a pass students must satisfactorily complete the laboratory and assignment work as specified at the commencement of the subject

TEXTBOOK Ohanian H C Physics 2nd extended edition Norton 1989

640-140 PHYSICS

SEMESTER 1 and 2

78 lectures 26 1 hour tutorials 75 hours practical work


Co ordinator Dr M N Thompson

A knowledge of physics and mathematics from the final year of secondary school is assumed Two final year mathematics subjects are assumed

Objectives This higher level subject is designed to enable the student to understand the natural and man made worlds through foundation studies in the major branches of physics

SYLLABUS

Mechanics kinematics and dynamics of particles and rigid bodies gravitation physical introduction to special relativity Mechanical properties of matter fluid statics and dynamics elasticity Mechanical waves propagation dynamics superposition Thermal physics thermal properties of matter thermodynamics kinetic theory of gases heat transfer Electromagnetism electrostatics circuits magnetism electric and magnetic properties of matter Maxwell s equations electromagnetic waves Optics geometrical optics imaging optical instruments Quantum theory historical foundations wave and particle properties of electrons and photons Atomic and nuclear physics atomic and nuclear structure X rays radioactivity and nuclear radiations fission and fusion nuclear power


ASSESSMENT Two 3 hour written examinations one at the end of each semester plus wntten assignments during the year together accounting for 75% of the total mark Laboratory work is assessed continuously during the year and accounts for 25% of the total mark To obtain a pass students must satisfactorily complete the laboratory and assignment work as specified at the commencement of the subject

TEXTBOOK Halliday D and Resnick R Fundamentals of Physics 3rd edition 1988 Wiley

27

640-160 PHYSICS

SEMESTER 1 and 2

78 lectures 26 1 hour tutonals 75 hours practical work


Co ordinator Dr Z Barnca

Some prior knowledge of physics and at least one final year mathematics course in secondary school are assumed

Objectives This is a well rounded single year course designed to enable the student to understand the natural and man made worlds through foundation studies in the major branches of physics

SYLLABUS

Lectures demonstrations tutorials and laboratory work in

Mechanics kinematics and dynamics of particles and rigid bodies gravitation Mechanical properties of matter fluid statics and dynamics elasticity Mechanical waves propagation superposition Thermal physics thermal properties of matter thermodynamics kinetic iheory of gases heat transfer Electromagnetism electrostatics circuits magnetism electric and magnetic properties of matter electromagnetic induction Quantum theory historical foundations wave and particle properties of electrons and photons Atomic and nuclear physics atomic and nuclear structure X rays radioactivity and nuclear radiations fission and fusion nuclear power elementary particles


ASSESSMENT Two 3 hour written examinations one at the end of each semester plus written assignments during the year together accounting for 75% of the total mark Laboratory work is assessed continuously during the year and accounts for 25% of the total mark To obtain a pass students must satisfactorily complete the laboratory and assignment work as specified at the commencement of the subject

TEXTBOOKS Giancoli DC Physics Principles wilh Applications 1980 Prentice Hall Kane J W Stemhcim M M Physics 2nd ed 1983 Wiley

First Year Courses and Course Advice

The Faculty of Engineering offers five courses in First Year the general course in Engineering two Engineering and Science courses a course in Surveying and a course in Surveying and Science The course in Engineering and Commerce docs not commence until Second Year

The combined courses in Science and Electrical Engineering Science and Surveying and in Surveying itself are not wholly fixed courses but because of prerequisite requirements at later year there arc fewer options for flexibility and choice The courses in Engineering and

28

in Engineering and Science for Agricultural Chemical Civil and Mechanical and Manufactunng Engineering and lor prospective entrants to the course in Commerce and Civil Engineering arc more flexible only specified studies in mathematics are required and for Chemical Engineering studies in chemistry Up to three quarters ot the course must therefore be chosen from a ran^c of elective subjects offered by the Faculty and the very wide range of subjects available from a number of other Faculties (principally Science Arts Economics and Commerce and Music) However students must be aware that workload constraints and timetabling difficulties in later years of the course may impose constraints on the choice of subjects to be undertaken in combined courses

Students entering the Faculty meet the Director of First Yea Studies who is an academic member of staff with special responsibilities for arranging the First Year programme and advising students on their choice of subjects It is through the Director and the Sludcni Adviser that students arrange their detailed course for the year and receive advice on the subjects they should or must take to enter particular fields later on Students who have not yet made up their minds on their future discipline are also catered for with course structures designed to maximi/c options at a later stage

It is important to remember that almost all of the First Year courses arc broken down into semester subjects so that choices made on entry need not be binding for the whole of the First Year Advice is available throughout the year to assist students in reaching the best decision for their future

Beside the range of approved combined courses in which essentially a two degree programme is completed in five years of full time stud> it is often possible to arrange for special programmes At present the Faculty has students taking studies in Medicine Arts and Law Usually these programmes require some further years of study as they must meet quite different professional requirements Such programmes arc approved individually with the consent of both Faculties

In considering the details of course structures and subjects which follow students whether current or prospective should bear in mind that there is considerably more scope for choice and discussion lhan can be accommodated within this book and that every opportunity will be provided for expert advice from the academic and administrative staff of thi_ Faculty

Students should bear in mind lhat they arc at all times entitled to and arc encouraged to seek advice from the staff of the Faculty whether or not they arc students in a combined course All changes to combined courses and requests for advice should come to the Student Adviser in the Faculty irrespective of whatever arrangements are made for advising or consulting the other faculty

All applications for Special Consideration on any grounds whatsoever and for any subjects in any course which is the responsibility of the Faculty of Engineering should be addressed in the first instance to the Assistant Registrar (Engineering) and a written acknowledgement obtained The Student Adviser will normally provide that acknowledgement and will seek to ensure th it the application has been properly and fully completed

2 9

CHEMICAL ENGINEERING


:FMK§T YEAR COURSES


617 005 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS 1* 25 points PLUS 75 points of subjects selected from subjects available in the University and with approval of the appropriate teaching Faculty

* This subject is a compulsory component of all First Year Engineering and Surveying courses but may be replaced by the three Mathematics units designated as the equivalent in content each weighted at 12 5 points where the course structure and workload permits the balance of the course is then 62 5 points In 1991 the subjects arc


First Year 1 otal 100 points

CHEMICAL ENGINEERING STREAM

As for the General Course except that 610 101 CHEMISTRY 1 25 points is a requirement


BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING (GENERAL) STREAM

FIRS'I YEAR

617 101 MATHEMATICS 1A 12 5 617 102 MATHEMATICS IB 12 5 617 132 MATHEMATICS IC 12 5 ELECTIVES approved by the Facully of Science 62 5*

* 400 101 Technology 1 credited to both Science and Engineering and 400 102 Technology 2 arc recommended for preparation for Agricultural Engineering and Civil Engineering 610 101 Chemistry is required for entry to the Chemical Engineering stream 400 101 is required for entry to Microbiology and is highly recommended for entry to Biochemistry

BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING (CHEMICAL) STREAM

FIRST YEAR

610 101 CHEMISTRY 1 2 5 617 101 MATHEMATICS 1A 12 5

3 0

617 102 MATHEMATICS IB 12 5 617 132 MATHEMATICS IC 12 5 ELECTIVES approved by the Faculty of Science 37 5*

* A one semester specialist introduction to Chemical Engineering may also be included but will not be credited towards the Science degree

LATER YEARS

ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS AND CHEMISTRY OR THEIR EQUIVALENTS MUST BE INCLUDED IN THE SECOND AND THIRD YEARS OF THE ENGINEERING COMPONENT OF THE COMBINED COURSE

436 221 ENGINEERING MATERIALS will be taken in the FOURTH YEAR 411 201 CHEMICAL ENGINEERING 1* 411 301 CHEMICAL ENGINEERING 2* 4 1 1 4 0 1 CHEMICAL ENGINEERING 3* 4 11 403 CHEMICAL PLANT DEVELOPMENT AND DESIGN 411444 VACATION WORK (PRACTICAL EXPERIENCE CHEMICAL) or their equivalents will be taken over the later years of the course

* Also available from 1991 as separate component subjects to be taken over two or more years

Science subjects will be approved by that Faculty

A L L YEARS

Science subjects must be approved by the Faculty of Science in accordance with their rules but the general structure of the combined course is as follows

First Year As for Engineering but with subjects chosen to meet Science points and discipline requirements

Second Year As for second year Chemical Engineering but without Engineering Materials and some variation in the Chemical Engineering subjects as required 200 level Science subjects arc chosen according to the Science disciplines pursued

Third Year This is a Science year but subjects taken will normally include 300 level Mathematics (or the equivalent of Engineering Mathematics 2) and the equivalent of Chemistry 3 (Chemical Engineering)

Fourth Year As for third year Chemical Engineering except that Engineering Materials replaces Engineering Mathematics 3 and Chemistry 3 Students who did not complete all of the equivalent of Chemical Engineering 1 will be required to undertake preparatory revision

Fifth Year As for fourth year Chemical Engineering


Sec under FIRST YEAR

3 1

BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING (CHEMICAL)

SLCOND YEAR

411 201 CHEMICAL ENGINEERING 1 4 3 436 221 ENGINEERING MATERIALS 15 45 1 202 COMPUTER PROGRAMMING 4 610 023 CHEMISTRY 2 (CHEMICAL ENGINEERING) 2 0 617 203 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS 2A 9 617 204 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS 2B 8

Second Year Total 100

THIRD YEAR

411 301 CHEMICAL ENGINEERING 2 7 3 610 033 CHEMISTRY 3 (CHEMICAL ENGINEERING) 10 617 303 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS 3A 6 436 314 COMPUTATIONAL MECHANICS 4 617 002 STATISTICS FOR ENGINEERS 7

Third Year Total 100

FOURTH YEAR

411 401 CHEMICAL ENGINEERING 3 6 5 411 403 CHEMICAL PLANT DEVELOPMENT AND DESIGN 3 5 411 444 VACATION WORK (PRACTICAL EXPERIENCE CHEMICAL) 0

Fourth Year Total 100

D E T A I L S O F S U B J E C T S (in numerical order)

411-201 CHEMICAL ENGINEERING 1

SFMES1ER 1 and 2

First Semester 58 lectures 51 tutorials and 23 hours of laboratory work Second Semester 52 lectures 50 tutorials and 23 hours of laboratory work

43 points

SYLLABUS

1 MA IE RIAL AND ENERGY BALANCES The concepts of conservation of mass and energy arc developed as the basis for methods for determining the mass and energy flows in chemical processing systems These flows are needed for both the design and the performance evaluation of the units making up a chemical processing system An understanding of flow sheets the properties of gases and vapours chemical reaction stoichiometry thermophysical properties thermochemistry and simple phase equilibria is developed as necessary for the application of steady state and unsteady state material and energy balances These applications arc illustrated in a variety of situations including reactors fuel and combustion systems heaters humidifiers simple single stage equilibrium separation processes etc The emphasis is on developing problem identification and solving techniques

3 2

2 INIRODUCHON 10 RA1 E PROCESSES The unit provides an introduction to the processes of momentum heat and mass transport in engineering systems The similarities lhat exist between the three transport processes arc cmphasi/cd and the essential differences explained The syllabus includes simple fluid statics and the application to manometry Newton s law of viscosity Analysis of laminar flow in simple geometric situations using the force balance to derive momentum flux and velocity distributions Turbulent Flow Pressure drop calculations for simple piping systems Fluid metering Fluid drag and the boundary layer Steady state heat transfer in a fluid the concept of heat transfer coefficients Simple heat exchangers Mass transport and a mass transfer coefficient Two phase mass transfer Throughout the unit appropriate dimensionless quantities are introduced and their relevance emphasized The tutorial sessions include laboratory and film demonstrations

3 INIRODUCTION 10 PROCESS ENGINEERING The aim of the unit is to provide an appreciation of the development of the chemical industry both world wide and within Australia together with an understanding of some of the typical problems with design and development of an enterprise in the process industries Development of the chemical industry and evolution of chemical engineering profession Case study of a specific chemical process to illustrate the need for matenal energy and economic accountability and their effects on decision making Introduction to engineering economic analysis Detailed consideration of several selected process industries including plant visits when feasible

4 INIRODUCHON 10 PROCESS CONTROI A course to introduce chemical engineering students to the concepts of process control and the methods and types of measurements and instrumentation used in chemical process industries Part 1 Electronics Characteristics and applications of operational amplifiers realizations of combinational logic and sequential logic transfer of digital and analog data analog to digital and digital to analog conversion sampling problems and perfiltcnng of data Part 2 Measurement and Instrumentation Applications of measurement instruments functional elements in a measurement system performance characteristics of instruments measurement of temperature pressure and flow conversion manipulation and transmission of measured signals Tutorial Work 9 hours of exercises selected from parts 1 and 2

5 INIRODUCTION TO BIOCHEMICAL ENGINEERING A course of lectures intended to introduce chemical engineering students to biochemical engineering the biological process industries and the significance of biological systems in conventional chemical engineering Principles of microbiology and biochemistry relevant to the biochemical engineer arc introduced with the emphasis on their industrial application History and scope of biochemical engineering Survey of biological and food process industries Biological systems in conventional chemical engineering Properties of biochemical as compared to conventional chemical systems Gross composition of biomass Concept of adaption to environment Stoichiometry of biological reactions Thermal and chemical stability of biochemical components implications for processing of food and other biological materials Micro organisms major groups of industrial and environmental significance Bacteria fungi algae protozoa and viruses Major morphological and microstructural characteristics and examples of industrial applications Sources of energy carbon and nutrients for micro organisms Reaction and catalysis in biological systems Role of enzymes Concepts of pathways and integration of metabolism Review of some industrially significant biochemical pathways including fermentation pathways and their end products Concepts of metabolic control

process and response of microorganisms to environmental stimuli implications in the design of industrial bioproccsses

6 PRACUCAL WORK This will include 1 Laboratory classes associated with lecture material 2 Discussion sessions 3 Essays and reports Students must reach an adequate standard in practical work to be eligible to present for the final examination

ASSESSMENT All laboratory work and assignments from Section 3 Introduction to Process Engineering will be assessed and included in the final results Tutorial work and other submitted work may be taken into account in determining the final results

Examinations arc

1 Material and Energy Balances One 3 hour written paper 2 Introduction to Rate Processes One 3 hour written paper 3 Introduction to Process Engineering One 3 hour written paper 4 Introduction to Process Control One 2 hour written paper 5 Introduction to Biochemical Engineering One 2 hour written paper

The weighting of component parts of the assessment will be displayed on departmental notice boards before the commencement of the academic year

411-301 CHEMICAL ENGINEERING 2

SEMESTER 1 and 2

First Semester 82 lectures and 71 tutorials

Second Semester 96 lectures 112 tutorials 56 hours of practical or laboratory work

73 points

SYLLABUS

The composition of the course is as follows

1 MOMEN1UM, HEAT AND MASS 1RANSFER IN FLUIDS The theory of mass transfer is developed in two ways Firstly building on the concept of diffusion studied in Chemical Engineering 1 an understanding of the mass transfer coefficient is developed Theories include the film theory penetration theory and surface renewal model Binary systems in single and two phase flow are considered Transfer units and the basic rate equation for design arc introduced The theory of mass transfer is also included in the overall development of the equations of change These are the equations of continuity motion and energy for isothermal and non isothermal systems including single and multicomponent applications By using the equations in their dimensionless format ihc logical development and understanding of dimensionless numbers e g Reynolds number is pursued Applications of the equations to problem solving arc illustrated The concept of turbulence is revised and the equations of change for turbulent systems developed and used to illustrate the application of the analogy between mass heal and momentum transfer

2 MASS IRANSFER OPERA HONS P V T relationships for real fluids Phase equilibrium thermodynamics Single stage equilibrium separation processes analytical and graphical approaches non equilibrium

34

performance Multi stage separation processes continuous contact operations such as gas absorption binary distillation liquid extraction

3 CONVEC1IVE AND RADIA1IVF HEAl 1RANSFFR The important factors governing convective heat transfer between two fluids in a heat exchanger and how these affect the operating characteristics of heat exchangers arc studied The performance of vanous types of heat exchangers and their design and selection for a particular task arc discussed with particular reference to shell and tube heat exchangers Forced and natural convection correlations Heat transfer during condensation and boiling Design and operation of evaporator systems The basic laws and properties of radiative heat transfer are introduced and applied to the radiative transfer of heat between ideal and non ideal bodies The influence of geometric factors is studied and radiation from hot gases and flames is discussed

4 FLUID MECHANICS, PROPERITFS OF SOLIDS AND FLUID SOLID I N I ERACTIONS

The basic principles of fluid mechanics studied in Chemical Engineering 1 arc applied to the design and evaluation of piping systems and process equipment involving fluid flow The equipment studied includes pumps with particular emphasis on the delivery and suction performance characteristics of centrifugal pumps stirred vessels and filters The reasons for processing of solids characteristics of raw materials Size preparation reduction and/or enlargement size separation Characteristics of particulate matter particle interactions in processing systems including consideration of solids/liquid separation principles of sedimentation thickening and clarification

5 INTRODUCTION TO CHEMICAL RFACIOR PRINCIPLES A revision of thermodynamics associated with reaction equilibria leading to the prediction of equilibrium constants and compositions Chemical kinetics as a basis for reaction design Types of reactors Consideration of isothermal adiabatic and non isothermal nonadiabatic systems consisting of a single homogeneous reaction in a single reactor Comparison of single ideal reactor models for single reaction systems Effect of varying feed composition Multiple ideal reactor model systems with single reactions Flow characteristics of real reactors and effect of departure from ideal models Conversion in real homogeneous reaction systems Homogeneous multiple reaction systems Optimization

6 PROCESS DYNAMICS AND CONIROL Dynamics of simple processes transfer functions block diagram algebra simple control loops Response of systems to simple stimuli Three term controllers

7 PROCESS EQUIPMEN1 DESIGN Stress strain Analysis of stress and strain principle stresses Poisson ratio Mohr s stress circle Material behaviour clastic and inelastic Bending of beams deflections effect of constraints Combined axial and bending stresses Column behaviour Standards and codes of practice Pressure vessel design Piping Selection of fluid moving devices Seals

8 ENGINEERING ECONOMIC ANALYSIS The course is designed to bring students to an understanding of all the patterns of cash flow which occur during the life of a project how these cash flows are determined how they arc used to determine profitability criteria and how uncertainties in estimated costs can affect profitability criteria Exercise in applying this knowledge will be provided in Process Engineering Cost estimation the time value of money taxation depreciation inflation profitability alternative investments introduction to risk and uncertainty in profitability estimation

9 BIOCHEMICAL ENGINEERING A series of lectures with the emphasis on the quantification of microbial growth and product formation Microbial growth qualitative aspects Brief outline of microbial reproduction methods Spores and their practical significance Laboratory and industrial techniques for

3 5

cultivation of micro organisms Inoculation procedures Selection screening and maintenance of commercial cultures Media Batch growth of a pure culture Concept of growth limiting nutrient Continuous mcihods Practical problems in continuous cultures Quantification of microbial growth and product formation Methods for estimating growth Stoichiometry and energetics of growth and product formation Concepts of yield and maintenance energy En/ymc kinetics Inhibition Comparison with chemical catalysis In Vitro cn/.ymic reactions of industrial significance Immobilized enzymes Empirical and mechanistic mathematical models of microbial growth Monod model and us application in design of microbial reactors Modifications of the Monod model Environmental factors influencing microbial growth Instrumentation for control of temperature pH dissolved oxygen etc in microbial reactors Computer control

10 PROCESS ENGINEERING The process engineer is responsible for creating and analysing processing systems which economically transform raw material energy and know how into useful products The course is aimed at the strategy involved in solving the problems encountered in the creation and analysis of processing systems The Chemical Engineering 2 component builds on the systems concept developed in Chemical Engineering 1 and introduces investigation ol alternatives design variables in process analysis and economic concepts

11 PRACTICAL WORK A scries of one day laboratory exercises which illustrate the principles of the lecture material covered in the course About 56 hours of practical work are necessary

ASSESSMENT All laboratory work and assignments from 411 301 (10) Process Engineering will be assessed and included in the final results Tutorial work and other submitted work may be taken into account in determining the final results

Examinations are 1 Momentum Heat and Mass transfer in fluids One 3 hour written paper 2 Mass Transfer Operations One 3 hour written paper 3 Convective and Radiative Heat Transfer One 3 hour written paper 4 Fluid Mechanics Properties of Solids and Fluid Solid Interactions One 3 hour written

paper 5 Introduction to Chemical Reactor Principles One 3 hour written paper 6 Process Dynamics and Control One 90 minute written paper 7 Process Equipment Design One 3 hour written paper 8 Engineering Economic Analysis One 90 minute written paper or an assignment of not

more than 3000 words 9 Biochemical Engineering One 90 minute written paper

The weighting of component parts of the assessment will be displayed on the departmental noticeboards before the commencement of the academic year

411-401 C H E M I C A L ENGINEERING 3

SEMESTER 1 and 2

First Semester 137 lectures 121 tutorials

Second Semester 13 lectures 6 tutorials and 96 hours of laboratory and project work

65 points

SYLLABUS

The course consists of lectures on the following subjects

36

1 Heat transfer Stcidy state conduction in extended surface and other special cases Unsteady state conduction furnace design

2 Mass transfer Design of mass transfer equipment Multicomponent mass transfer Simultaneous heat and mass transfer Adsorption and ion exchange Thermodynamics and efficiencies of separation processes

3 Particle mechanics Mechanics of particle systems and their application to fluid solid processes Particle size distributions Gas cleaning processes fluid mechanical impingement and electrical methods Solid liquid separation thickeners and clanfiers Fluidization phenomena Particulate solids stress characteristics of bulk solids yielding and flow behaviour

4 Metallurgy and corrosion The contribution of the Materials Engineer to the design operation and maintenance of engineering components and assemblies in such a way as to minimize risks of failure by the following mechanisms short term ductile fracture creep fatigue and cleavage or brittle fracture The effects of manufacturing mcihods and of environmental factors arising during service special attention being given to the mechanical and thermal history of components the role of stress raisers corrosion combined with stress and hydrogen contamination Case studies of some engineering alloys considered in relation to a range of applications Theory and application of electrochemical corrosion processes Practical aspects of corrosion and micro biological attack Corrosion mitigation by design inhibitors barriers cathodic and anodic protection Economics and management of corrosion protection

5 Chemical reactor principles Characteristics of heterogeneous reactions Analysis of catalytic and non catalytic reactions Application to the design of isothermal and non isothermal situations in gas liquid liquid liquid and fluid solid systems Application to design of reactors of various types including stirred lank packed bed and fluidi/ed bed contactors Consideration of relationship between reactor type and characteristics of reaction system by means of case studies

6 Process dynamics and control Response of linear and non linear systems for both closed and open loop situations Frequency response of processes controllers and control loops Prediction of controller settings Adaptive optimal and direct digital control Analog and digital computer simulations

7 Chemical engineering thermodynamics, electrical power and machinery Thermodynamic analysis of flow gas and vapour processes including compression nozzles and throttles The application of thermodynamic cycles in analysis and design of compressors heat engines refrigeration of heat pumped systems The available work system of energy analysis Revision on extension of single phase circuits Balanced three phase circuits AC instruments Rating and protection of rotating machines e g induction motors

8 Biochemical engineering design Design of biological reactors Aeration mass transfer with simultaneous microbial respiration Agitation Sterilization Cleaning Product recovery Other design considerations Translation of laboratory culture results to plant operation scale up

9 Project A final year project involving laboratory work theoretical analysis and where appropriate computer work is undertaken under supervision of a member of the academic staff The project is normally directly associated with the research activities of the Department

37

ASSESSMENT

1 Heat transfer One 90 minute written paper 2 Mass Transfer One 3 hour written paper 3 Particle Mechanics One 3 hour written paper 4 Metallurgy and Corrosion One 3 hour written paper or two essay assignments set

during the year Students arc advised at the beginning of the year 5 Chemical Reactor Principles One 3 hour written paper 6 Process Dynamics and Control One 90 minute written paper 7 Chemical Engineering thermodynamics and power machinery One 90 minute

written paper and an assignment of not more than 6000 words in semester 2 8 Biochemical engineering design One 3 hour written paper 9 Project Performance during the project together with a written report and oral

presentation of the report

The weighting of component parts of the assessment will be displayed on departmental notice boards before the commencement of the academic year

411-403 CHEMICAL PLANT DEVELOPMENT AND DESIGN

SEMESTER 1 and 2

First Semester Up to 24 lectures 30 tutorials Second Semester Up to 24 lectures 90 tutorials

35 points

SYLLABUS

1 Process engineering A continuation of the third year course in process engineering with the emphasis placed on specification of equipment necessary to lu l f i l the processing requirement Costing and economic assessment techniques arc stressed The unit provides a lead up to the chemical plant feasibility study and design study in the second half of the final year

2 Process plant design principles and economics Financial and commercial organization of a company in the chemical industry Source of funding assessment of profitability Aspects of factory operation such as control of inventory maintenance labour relations factory regulations Market forecasts sales and distribution Control of capital expenditure Scheduling Research and development requirement and costs Tariffs Basic concepts of legal system courts tribunals patent law licensing agreements professional liability standards and codes safety requirements safe practice and design Conservation of the natural environment impact of the engineer on environmental aspects of liquid gaseous and solid disposal environmental legislation effect on planning and design Environmental impact statements Site selection plant layout

3 Feasibility and design study The design of a process to meet a specified requirement including a study of the feasibility of various alternative processes which wil l meet the specification The sequence for investigation of a chemical manufacturing project and the preparation of a report on the work This includes the preparation of flowsheets the consideration of the effects of market forecasts economic evaluation estimates for the minimization of capital and production costs the specification of equipment the selection of appropriate materials of construction instrumentation location the requirements of staff and labour and safety precautions

ASSESSMENT Not more than 3 project assignments of not more than 10 000 words each for item 2 Project work under items 1 and 3 above will be included in assessing the final result

38

in the subject Weightings will be published by the Department before the commencement of the academic year

411-444 VACATION WORK (PRACTICAL EXPERIENCE-CHEMICAL)

0 points

This is a subject number used for the formal recording of satisfactory completion of 12 weeks approved vacation work experience

436-221 ENGINEERING MATERIALS

SEMESTER 1 and 2

18 lectures 6 tutorials and 18 hours of laboratory work in First semester 18 lectures 6 tutorials and 18 hours of laboratory work in Second semester

14 points Agricultural Engineering 15 points Chemical Engineering

SYLLABUS

The nature of engineering materials and the relationships between their structures and properties at the molecular microscopic and macroscopic levels The lecture course is represented as three units

1 Elastic and Plastic Behaviour The physical bases for elastic inelastic and visco clastic behaviour The plastic deformation of crystalline solids yield strength tensile strength hardness and ductility

2 Structure of Materials The development of microstructure in alloys and its control through heat treatment The micro and macro structures of polymers sintered products composite materials concrete and timber

3 Performance of Materials in Service Fast fracture and the toughness of materials Fatigue failure Creep deformation and fracture Corrosion and its influence on performance under stress Friction and wear of materials

ASSESSMENT One 3 hour examination All work done in connection with practical work problem sheets and test papers will be taken into account in assessing the results of the annual examination All records made during the year should be retained for submission if required in connection with the annual examination

436-314 COMPUTATIONAL MECHANICS

SEMESTER 1

First Semester 13 lectures and 4 tutonals 9 hours project work and assignments

POINTS WEIGHTINGS

Chemical Engineering Civil Engineering Agricultural Engineering

4 points 4 points 4 points

3 9

SYLLABUS

Review of Mechanics Interpolations and approximations and the need for numerical methods Analysis of discrete continuous and lumped systems Stability instability in numerical methods including stiff equations Interpolation methods linear quadratic and cubic interpolation Polynomials in computations Roots of polynomials Curve and spline fitting Matrix formulations Various methods of solving linear and nonlinear equations Gauss elimination Gauss Seidal methods Interactive methods Eigenvalue problems Differential and variational formulation Classification of differential equations Finite element and finite difference methods Examples of commercial packages Linear modelling of continua Applications to heat transfer fluid mechanics mechanics of solids dynamics of machines etc Examples of computations and numerical error analysis Writing computer codes Pre and post computational analysis

ASSESSMENT One 90 minute written examination paper to be held at the end of semester 1 (50%) 5 computer assignments not exceeding 3 000 words in total (50%) Weightings for individual assignments will be published on the departmental noticeboard at the beginning of the semester

451-202 COMPUTER PROGRAMMING

SEMESTER 1

10 lectures 10 tutorials and practice clashes

4 points Agricultural Engineering Chemical Engineering Civil Engineering

SYLLABUS

Computer programming using Fortran or other suitable language

PRACTICAL WORK About ten hours of tutorials and exercises in writing computer programs

ASSESSMENT There will be no formal examination the assessment of this subject will be based on the projects submitted as part of the practical work

610-023 CHEMISTRY 2 (CHEMICAL ENGINEERING)

SEMESTER 1 and 2

First Semester 64 lectures 5 tutonals and 18 hours of laboratory work Second Semester 22 lectures 5 tutorials and 36 hours of laboratory work

20 points

SYLLABUS

1 PHYSICAL C H E M I S I R Y Thermodynamics Thermodynamic systems and variables Second law entropy free energy Conditions for equilibrium and spontaneous change Chemical equilibrium in homogeneous and heterogeneous systems Gases Solutions mixing colhgativc properties activities applications to non ideal situations including electrolyte solutions Phase equilibrium phase rule thermodynamics and representation of p T x behaviour of 2 and 3 component systems Diffusion and electrical conduction in solids defects in crystals Kinetics Experimental techniques treatment of results Reaction mechanisms stationary stale approximation Diffusion in gases liquids and solids conductivity and kinetics in liquids solids solid/gas reactions

40

Quantum mechanics and spectroscopy Schroedinger equation 1 dimensional potential well rigid rotor angular momentum harmonic oscillator Rotational and vibrational spectra of diatomic molecules electronic spectra magnetic resonance

2 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY This course builds on the elementary treatment of the first year course to present a basic working coverage of commonly encountered organic systems their reactivity and the factors which affect it A study of some industrial processes and other aspects of applied organic chemistry is included Students must provide themselves with a set of molecular models

3 INORGANIC CHEMISTRY M O theory of polyatomic molecules Crystal field and ligand field theories of metal complexes Metal ligand pi bonding Organomctallic Chemistry and Industrial Catalytic Processes Metal carbonyls metal alkyls and metal alkene complexes Migration and insertion processes Oxidative addition and reductive elimination Zicgler Nana polymerization The hydroformylation process The Wackcr process

LABORATORY WORK 54 hours of laboratory work over both Semesters

ASSESSMENT Written papers and/or tests may be held at fixed times throughout the year and in the examination term at the end of the year The results of assignments tests and practical work will be included with the marks for the written papers in determining the final result The relative weighting of the various components of assessment will be published on departmental notice boards before the commencement of the academic year

610-033 CHEMISTRY 3 (CHEMICAL ENGINEERING)

SEMESTER 1

35 lectures

10 points

SYLLABUS

Elementary Statistical Mechanics Fundamental probability entropy partition functions Perfect gas translational rotational vibrational partition functions contributions to entropy molar heat capacity chemical potential

Applications Topics to be selected from Chemical reaction in gases Chemical equilibrium law Transport phenomena

Gas Phase Kinetics Definition of reaction rate the rate constant elementary and non elementary reactions and the equilibrium constant kinetic models for non elementary reactions testing for kinetic models effect of temperature procedure for the search of a mechanism case studies

Electrochemistry Electrochemical potentials and the thermodynamics of galvanic cells Ionic transport numbers and their determination Theory of the metal solution interface Dissolution of metals and mixed potentials

Surface Chemistry Thermodynamics and properties of plane and curved surfaces Nuclcation Surface tension and adsorption in multicomponent systems surfactant solutions The solid gas interface adsorption surface area determinations

ASSESSMENT Two 2 hour written examinations at the end of Semester 1 Total assignments not exceeding 16 pages Relative weighting of the assessment components will be published at the start of the course

617-203 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS 2A

SEMESTER 1

26 lectures and 13 one hour practice classes

9 points Agricultural Engineering Chemical Engineering 8 5 points Civil Engineering 6 points Surveying

SYLLABUS

1 Functions of several variables Chain rule for derivatives Change of variables Jacobians Stationary values with constraints Lagrange multipliers

2 Multiple Integrals Area and volume integrals iterated integrals Cartesian and polar coordinates in two and three dimensions Surface integrals

3 Vector Analysis Gradient divergence curl Integral theorems

ASSESSMENT One written examination of not more than three hours duration at the end of the semester

617-204 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS 2B

SEMESTER 2


9 points Agricultural Engineering 8 points Chemical Engineering 8 5 points Civil Engineering 6 points Surveying

SYLLABUS

1 Fourier Series Simple expansions Sine cosine and exponential scries Pointwise and least square errors

2 Linear Algebra and Differential Equations Revicv, of eigenvectors and eigenvalues Generalized eigenvectors Review of the elementary approach for a single linear differential equation with constant coefficients Solution of homogeneous systems by eigenvectors and generalized eigenvectors Normal modes Stability classification of the critical point for linear systems Solutions of forced systems by fundamental matrices Linear differential equations with variable coefficients independent solutions Wronskians

3 Laplace Transforms Standard treatment operational calculus and applications including the solution of linear differential equations


4 2


SEMESTER 1


5 points Agricultural Engineering 6 points Chemical Engineering Civil Engineering

SYLLABUS

1 Partial Differential Equations First order partial differential equations characteristics shocks applications Separation of variables solution of Laplace s equations the wave equation and the heat equation in various geometries

2 Transform Methods The Fourier integral and transform pair Sine and cosine integrals Applications of Fourier and Laplace transforms to the solution of ordinary differential equations partial differential equations and integral equations Generalized functions Green functions


61 7-002 STATISTICS FOR ENGINEERS

SEMES 1ER 1 and 2

30 lectures and 30 tutorials

8 points Agricultural and Civil Engineering 7 points Chemical Engineering 9 points Surveying 9 points

SYLLABUS

Revision Some elements of the following list of probability topics as prescribed by class needs

Basic Probability and Statistics Simple and conditional probabilities up to Bayes Theorem Random variables (discrete) Common counting distributions Bernoulli genetic hypergeometric and Poisson Random variables (continuous) Cumulative distributions Probability densities Some common continuous distributions

Introduction to Statistics Statistical Error Population and Sample

Statistical Estimation Minimum variance and unbiasedness Methods of Moments and Maximum Likelihood These applied to Poisson and Normal distributions Statistical data processing Confidence intervals Robust estimation

Hypothesis Testing Tests on normal data Student T Chi square and F distributions

Dis t r ibut ion Free Methods Fisher Wilcoxon Mann Whitney tests Distribution free location and scale tests Distribution free estimation and confidence intervals

Goodness of Fit Testing Chi square goodness of fit Kolmogorov Smirnov test Contingency table tests Cell frequencies and grouping

43

Elementary Regression Analysis Linear regression Hypothesis testing and confidence intervals Prediction intervals

Analysis of Variance One way analysis of variance Two way analysis of variance

Experimental Design

PRACTICAL WORK One assignment approximately every two weeks to a maximum of 50 pages for the entire course

ASSESSMENT One 3 hour examination 70% one 2 hour test at the end of First semester 20% credit for assignments as specified above 10%

CHEMICAL ENGINEERING SECOND YEAR COMBINED COURSES AND GRADUATE DIPLOMA COURSES

411-211 MATERIAL ENERGY AND BALANCES

SEMESTER 1 and 2

26 lectures 26 tutorials

9 points

Aims To enable the students to have a fundamental understanding of the principles of Material and Energy Balances

Objectives To provide a comprehensive series of lectures backed by detailed tutorial exercises in the subject enabling the students to understand the principles and gain significant experience through the practice of the principles

SYLLABUS

The concepts of conservation of mass and energy arc developed as the basis for methods for determining the mass and energy flows in chemical processing systems These flows are needed for both the design and the performance evaluation of the units making up a chemical processing system An understanding of flow sheets the properties of gases and vapours chemical reaction stoichiometry thcrmoihysical properties thermochemistry and simple phase equilibria is developed as necessary for the application of steady state and unsteady state material and energy balances These applications arc illustrated in a variety of situations including reactors fuel and combustion systems heaters humidifiers simple single stage equilibrium separation processes etc The emphasis is on developing problem identification and solving techniques

ASSESSMENT One three hour examination at the end of semester 2

411-212 INTRODUCTION TO RATE PROCESSES

SEMESTER 1 and 2


9 points

44

Amis To enable ihc students lo have a fundamental understanding of the principles of Rale Processes

Objectives To provide a comprehensive scries of lectures backed by detailed tutorial exercises in the subject enabling the students to understand the principles and gain significant experience through ihe practice of the principles

SYLLABUS

The subject provides an introduction to the processes of momentum heat and mass transport in engineering systems The similarities that exist between the three transport processes arc emphasized and the essential differences explained The syllabus includes simple fluid statics and the application to manometry Newton s law of viscosity Analysis of laminar flow in simple geometric situations using the force balance lo derive momentum flux and velocity distributions Turbulent Flow Pressure drop calculations for simple piping systems Fluid metering Fluid drag and the boundary layer Steady state heal transfer in a fluid the concept of heal transfer coefficients Simple heat exchangers Mass transport and a mass transfer coefficient Two phase mass transfer Throughout the subject appropriate dimensionless quantities arc introduced and their relevance emphasized

The tutorial sessions include laboratory and film demonstrations


411-213 INTRODUCTION TO PROCESS ENGINEERING

ShMFSlKR 1 and 2


12 points

Aims To enable the students to have a fundamental understanding of the principles of Process Engineering

Objectives To provide a scries of introductory lectures to the subject and intensive practice classes to enable the students to handle poorly defined situations and develop problem solving skills in process engineering

SYLLABUS

The subject provides an appreciation of the development of the chemical industry both world wide and within Australia together with an understanding of some of the typical problems with design and development of an enterprise in the process industries

Development of the chemical industry and evolution of chemical engineering profession Case study of a specific chemical process to illustrate the need for material energy and economic accountability and their effects on decision making Introduction to engineering economic analysis Detailed consideration of several selected process industries including plant visits when feasible

ASSESSMENT Not more than 13 assignments each not exceeding 1000 words One three hour examination at the end of semester 2

411-214 INTRODUCTION TO PROCESS CONTROL

SEMFSTER 1 and 2


4 points

Aims To enable the students to have a fundamental understanding of the principles of Instrumentation and Control

Objectives To provide a series of introductory lectures in electronics and also in instrumentation as a forerunner of a rigorous treatment of Process Dynamics and Control in later years

SYLLABUS

A course to introduce chemical engineering students to the concepts of process control and the methods and types of measurements and instrumentation used in chemical process industries Part 1 Electronics Characteristics and applications of operational amplifiers realizations of combinational logic and sequential logic transfer of digital and analog data analog to digital and digital to analog conversion sampling problems and perfiltcnng of data Part 2 Measurement and Instrumentation Applications of measurement instruments functional elements in a measurement of temperature pressure and flow conversion manipulation and transmission of measured signals

ASSESSMENT One two hour examination at the end of semester 2

411-215 INTRODUCTION TO BIOCHEMICAL ENGINEERING

SEMESTER 1

15 lectures

4 points

Aims To enable students to have a fundamental understanding of the principles of Biochemical Engineering

Objectives To provide an introduction to microbiology and us applications in the biological process industries and to introduce the significance of biological systems in conventional chemical engineering

SYLLABUS

Principles of microbiology and biochemistry relevant to the biochemical engineer arc introduced with the emphasis on their industrial application

History and scope of biochemical engineering Survey of biological and food process industries Biological systems in conventional chemical engineering

Properties of biochemical as compared to conventional chemical systems Gross composition of biomass Concept of adaption to environment

46

Stoichiometry of biological reactions Thermal and chemical stability of biochemical components implications for processing of food and other biological materials

Micro organisms major groups of industrial and environmental significance Bacteria fungi algae protozoa and viruses Major morphological and microstructural characteristics and examples of industrial applications Sources of energy carbon and nutrients for micro organisms

Reaction and catalysis in biological systems Role of enzymes Concepts of pathways and integration of metabolism Review of some industrially significant biochemical pathways including fermentation pathways and their end products Concepts of metabolic control process and response of microorganisms lo environmental stimuli implications in the design of industrial bioproccsscs


411-216 CHEMICAL ENGINEERING 1 PRACTICAL WORK

SEMES 1ER 1 and 2

10 tutorials 36 hours laboratory work

5 points

Aims To introduce the students to chemical engineering laboratory techniques

Objectives To illustrate basic chemical engineering fundamentals through the medium of experiment

SYLLABUS

Experiments arc conducted on fixed laboratory equipment covering aspects introduced in the second year lecture programme The experiments are followed by short tutorial sessions where specific questions relating to each experiment are answered

ASSESSMENT Three full laboratory reports each not exceeding 15 000 words and the remain ng experiments arc assessed via short reports each not exceeding 2000 words

CHEMICAL ENGINEERING THIRD YEAR COMBINED COURSES AND GRADUATE DIPLOMA COURSES

411-311 MOMENTUM, HEAT AND MASS TRANSFER IN FLUIDS

SEMESTER 1 and 2


8 points

Aims To enable the students to develop a fundamental understanding of transport phenomena in fluids

Objectives exercises significant

To provide a comprehensive scries in the subject enabling the students experience through the praetiec of the

of lectures backed to understand the

principles

by detailed tutonal principles and gain

SYLLABUS

The theory of mass transfer is developed in two ways Firstly building on the concept of diffusion studied in Chemical Engineering 1 an understanding of the mass transfer coefficient is developed Theories include the film theory penetration theory and surface renewal model Binary systems in single and two phase flow arc considered Transfer units and the basic rate equation for design arc introduced The theory of mass transfer is also included in the overall development of the equations of change These are 'he equations of continuity motion and energy for isothermal and non isothermal systems including single and multicomponent applications By using the equations in their dimensionless format the logical development and understanding of dimensionless numbers e g Reynolds number is pursued Applications of the equations to problem solving arc illustrated The concept of turbulence is revised and the equations of change for turbulent systems developed and used to illustrate the application of the analogy between mass heat and momentum transfer


411-312 MASS TRANSFER OPERATIONS

SEMESTER 1 and 2


8 points

Aims To enable the students to develop a fundamental understanding of Mass Transfer Operations


SYLLABUS

P V T relationships for real fluids Phase equilibrium thermodynamics Single stage equilibrium separation processes analytical and graphical approaches non equilibrium performance Multi stage separation processes continuous contact operations such as gas absorption binary distillation liquid extraction


411-313 CONVECTIVE AND RADIATIVE HEAT TRANSFER

SEMESTER 1 and 2

26 lectures 26 tutonals

8 points

Aims To enable the students to develop a fundamental understanding in Convective and Radiative Heat Transfer


48

SYLLABUS

The important factors governing convective heat transfer between two fluids in a heat exchanger and how these affeci the operating characteristics of heat exchangers arc studied The performance of various types of heat exchangers and their design and selection for a particular task are discussed with particular reference to shell and lube heat exchangers Forced and natural convection correlations Heat transfer during condensation and boiling Design and operation of evaporator systems The basic laws and properties of ladiative heat transfer are introduced and applied to the radiative transfer of heat between ideal and non ideal bodies The influence of geometric factors is studied and radiation from hot gases and flames is discussed


411-314 FLUID MECHANICS, PROPERTIES OF SOLIDS AND FLUID SOLID INTERACTIONS

SEMESTER 1 and 2


8 points

Aims To enable the students to develop a fundamental understanding in fluid mechanics properties of solids and fluid solid interactions

Objectives To provide a comprehensive scries of lectures backed by detailed tutorial exercises in the subject enabling the students to understand the principles and gain significant experience through the practice of the principles

SYLLABUS

The basic principles of fluid mechanics studied in Chemical Engineering 1 arc applied to the design and evaluation of piping systems and process equipment involving fluid flow The equipment studied includes pumps with particular emphasis on the delivery and suction performance characteristics of centrifugal pumps stirred vessels and filters

The reasons for processing of solids characteristics of raw materials Size preparation reduction and/or enlargement si/.c separation Characteristics of particulate matter particle interactions in processing systen s including consideration of solids/liquid separation principles of sedimentation thickening and clarification


411-315 INTRODUCTION TO CHEMICAL REACTOR PRINCIPLES

SEMESTER 1 and 2


8 points

Aims To enable the students to develop a fundamental understanding in Chemical Reactor Principles

4 9

Objectives To provide a comprehensive scries ol lectures backed by detailed tutorial exercises in the subject enabling the students to understand the principles and gain significant experience through the practice of the principles

SYLLABUS

A revision of thermodynamics associated with reaction equilibria leading to the prediction of equilibrium constants and compositions Chemical kinetics as a basis for reaction design Types of reactors Consideration of isothermal adiabatic and non isothermal non adiabatic systems consisting of a single homogeneous reaction in a single reactor

Comparison of single ideal reactor models for single reaction systems Effect of varying feed composition Multiple ideal reactor model systems with single reactions Flow characteristics of real reactors and effect of departure from ideal models Conversion in real homogeneous reaction systems Homogeneous multiple reaction systems Optimization


411-316 PROCESS DYNAMICS AND CONTROL

SFMFSri-R 1 and 2


4 points

Aims To enable the students to gain an initial understanding of the principles of Process Dynamics and Control

Objectives To provide a comprehensive series of lectures backed by detailed tutorial exercises in the subjects enabling the students to understand the principles and gain significant experience through the practice of the principles

SYLLABUS

Dynamics of simple processes transfer functions block diagram algebra simple control loops Response of systems to simple stimuli Three term controllers

ASSESSMENT One 90 minute examination at the end of semester 2

411-317 PROCESS EQUIPMENT DESIGN

SEMESTER 1 and 2


8 points

Aims To enable the students to develop a fundamental understanding in the Design concept of Process Equipment

Objectives To provide a comprehensive series of lectures backed by detailed tutorial exercises in the subjects enabling the students to understand the principles and gain significant experience through the practice of the principles

SYLLABUS

Stress strain Analysis of stress and sir un principle stresses Poisson ratio Mohr s stress circle Material behaviour clastic and inelastic Bending of beams deflections effect of constraints Combined axial and bending stresses Column behaviour

Standards and codes of practice Pressure vessel design Piping Selection of fluid moving devices Seals


411-318 ENGINEERING ECONOMIC ANALYSIS

SEMES 1 ER 2

10 lectures

3 points Aims To enable the students to further develop their understanding in Process Economics

Objectives To provide a scries of lectures and exercises which enable students to provide preliminary economic analyses of processes

SYLLABUS

The course is designed to bring students to an understanding of all the patterns of cash flow which occur during the life of a project how these cash flows arc determined how they arc used to determine profitability criteria and how uncertainties in estimated costs can affect profitability criteria Exercise in applying this knowledge will be provided in Process Engineering

Cost estimation the time value of money taxation depreciation inflation profitability alternative investments introduction to risk and uncertainty in profitability estimation

ASSESSMENT One 90 minute examination at the end of semester 2 OR an assignment of not more than 3000 words

411-319 BIOCHEMICAL ENGINEERING

SEMESTER 2

15 lectures

4 points

Aims To enable the students to further develop their understanding of the principles of biochemical engineering

Objectives To provide a series of lectures which continue to develop the concepts initiated in the second year subject so that the students can apply chemical engineering principles to biological processes including the handling and treatment of wastes

SYLLABUS

A scries of lectures with the emphasis on the quantification of microbial growth and product formation

51

Microbial growth qualitative aspects Brief outline of microbial reproduction methods Spores and their practical significance Laboratory and industrial techniques for cultivation of micro organisms Inoculation procedures Selection screening and maintenance of commercial cultures Media

Batch growth of a pure culture Concept of growth limiting nutrient Continuous methods Practical problems in continuous cultures

Quantification of microbial growth and product formation Methods for estimating growth Stoichiometry and energetics of growth and product formation Concepts of yield and maintenance energy

Enzyme kinetics Inhibition Comparison with chemical catalysis In Vitro enzymic reactions of industrial significance Immobilized enzymes

Empirical and mechanistic mathematical models of microbial growth Monod model and us application in design of microbial reactors Modifications of the Monod model

Environmental factors influencing microbial growth Instrumentation for control of temperature pH dissolved oxygen etc in microbial reactors Computer control


411-310 PROCESS ENGINEERING

SEMESTER 2

30 tutorials

7 points

Aims To enable the students to develop further the principles of process engineering

Objectives To provide a series of exercises in process engineering for the students to gain hands on experience working to strict deadlines with computer applications and other problem solving techniques

SYLLABUS

The process engineer is responsible for creating and analysing processing systems which economically transform raw material energy and know how into useful products The process engineering course is aimed at the strategy involved in solving the problems encountered in the creation and analysis of processing systems The Chemical Engineering 2 component builds on the systems concept developed in Chemical Engineering 1 and introduces investigation of alternatives design variables in process analysis and economic concepts

ASSESSMENT Not more lhan 10 written assignments completed under design laboratory conditions each of which is not more than 10 000 words in length

411-321 PRACTICAL WORK

SEMESTER 1

56 hours laboratory work

7 points

Aims To enable ihc sludcnis lo develop further chemical engineering laboratory skills in examining basic principles

Objectives To illustrate chemical engineering fundamentals developed in the lecture programme using established chemical engineering experiments

SYLLABUS

A scries of one day laboratory exercises which illustrate the principles of the lecture material covered in the course

ASSESSMENT Not more than eight laboratory reports each not more than 10 000 words in length

411-322 CHEMICAL ENGINEERING MATERIAL AND ENERGY BALANCES

This is the subject 411 211 Material and Energy Balances as a core subject for the graduate diploma students

411-323 CHEMICAL ENGINEERING RATE PROCESSES

This is the subject 411 212 Introduction to Rate Processes as a core subject for the graduate diploma students

411-324 CHEMICAL ENGINEERING PROCESS CONTROL

This is the subject 422 214 Introduction to Process Control as a core subject for the graduate diploma students

CHEMICAL ENGINEERING FOURTH (FINAL) YEAR COMBINED COURSES AND GRADUATE DIPLOMA COURSES

411-411 HEAT TRANSFER

SEMESTER 1


4 points

Aims To enable students to further develop their understanding of the principles of conductive heat transfer

Objectives To provide a series of lectures which build on work done in previous years in heat transfer includmg an introduction lo recent concepts in the field

SYLLABUS

Steady state conduction in extended surface and other special cases Unsteady state conduction

ASSESSMENT One 90 minute examination at the end of semester 1

53

411-412 MASS TRANSFER

SHMhSlhR 1


8 points

Aims To enable students to further develop their understanding of the principles of mass transfer

Objectives To provide a series of lectures which build on work done in previous years with mass transfer including an introducuon to recent concepts in the field

SYLLABUS

Design of mass transfer equipment Multicomponent mass transfer Simultaneous heat and mass transfer Adsorption and ion exchange Thermodynamics and efficiencies of separation processes


411-413 P A R T I C L E MECHANICS

SEMES I ER 1


8 points

Aims To enable students to further develop their understanding of the principles of particle mechanics

Objectives To provide a series of lectures which build on work done in previous years in particle mechanics including an introduction to recent concepts in the field

SYLLABUS

Mechanics of particle systems and their application to fluid solid processes Particle st/.c distributions Gas cleaning processes fluid mechanical impingement and electrical mcihods Solid liquid separation thickeners and clarifiers Fluidtzation phenomena Particulate solids stress characteristics of bulk solids yielding and flow behaviour


411-414 M E T A L L U R G Y AND CORROSION

SEMESTER 1 and 2


7 points

Aims To enable students to develop an understanding of the problems relating to containment

54

Objectives To provide a series of lectures and case studies illustrating the necessity for safe containment with respect to vessels pipelines etc

SYLLABUS

The contribution of the Materials Engineer to the design operation and maintenance of engineering components and assemblies in such a way as to minimize risks of failure by the following mechanisms short term ductile fracture creep fatigue and cleavage or brittle fracture The effects of manufacturing methods and of environmental factors arising during service special attention being given to the mechanical and thermal history of components the role of stress raisers corrosion combined with stress and hydrogen contamination Case studies of some engineering alloys considered in relation to a range of applications Theory and application of electrochemical corrosion processes Practical aspects of corrosion and micro biological attack Corrosion mitigation by design inhibitors barriers cathodic and anodic protection Economics and management of corrosion protection

ASSESSMENT

Not more than 4 assignments during the year each of which is not more than 10 000 words

411-415 CHEMICAL REACTOR PRINCIPLES

SEMESTER 1


7 points

Aims To enable students to further develop their understanding ol reactor principles

Objectives To provide a scries of lectures which build on work done in previous years in reactor principles including an introduction to recent concepts in the field

SYLLABUS

Characteristics of heterogeneous reactions Analysis of catalytic and non catalytic reactions Application to the design of isothermal and non isothermal situations in gas liquid liquid liquid and fluid solid systems Application to design of reactors of various types including stirred tank packed bed and fluidi/cd bed contactors Consideration of relationship between reactor type and characteristics of reaction system by means of case studies

ASSESSMENT One three hour ex lmination at the end of semester 1

411-416 PROCESS DYNAMICS AND CONTROL

SEMESTER 1

13 lectures 13 tutonals

4 points

Aims To enable students to further develop their understanding of the principles of process dynamics and control

Objectives To provide a scries of lectures which build on work done in previous years in process dynamics and control including an introduction to recent concepts in the field

5 5

SYLLABUS

Response of linear and non linear systems for both closed and open loop situations Frequency response of processes controllers and control loops Prediction of controller settings Adaptive optimal and direct digital control Analog and digital computer simulations

ASSESSMENT

One 90 minute examination at the end of semester 1

411-417 CHEMICAL ENGINEERING THERMODYNAMICS, ELECTRICAL POWER AND MACHINERY

SEMESTER 1 and 2

26 lectures 13 tutorials 6 hours laboratory work

8 points

Aims To provide students with the concepts associated with electrical power distribution power machinery and heat engine thermodynamics

Objectives To provide a scries of lectures tutorials and some laboratory work to provide an understanding of the principles of electrical power distribution power machinery and heat engines

SYLLABUS

Thermodynamic analysis of flow gas and vapour processes including compression noz/lcs and throttles The application of thermodynamic cycles in analysis ard design of compressors heat engines refrigeration of heat pumped systems The available work system of energy analysis Revision on extension of single phase circuits Balanced three phase circuits AC instruments Rating and protection of rotating machines e g induction motors

ASSESSMENT One 90 minute examination at the end of semester 1 (thermodynamics) and an assignment in second semester of not more lhan 6000 words (electrical power and machinery)

411-418 BIOCHEMICAL ENGINEERING DESIGN

SEMES 1ER 1


7 points

Aims To enable students to further develop their understanding of the principles of biochemical engineering design

Objectives To provide a scries of lectures which build on work done in previous years in biochemical engineering design including an introduction to recent concepts in the field

SYLLABUS

Design of biological reactors Aeration mass transfer with simultaneous microbial respiration Agitation Sterilization Cleaning Product recovery Other design considerations Translation of laboratory culture results to plant operation scale up

56


411-420 P R O J E C T

SEMESTER 2

90 hours laboratory/project work

12 points

Aims To expose the students to a research problem for resolution using laboratory and/or computer techniques

Objectives To provide an independent research assignment which confronts the student with a practical and/or computer project such that the student can demonstrate the ability to tackle an unknown and il l defined task within a restricted time span

SYLLABUS

A final year project involving laboratory work theoretical analysis and where appropriate computer work is undertaken under supervision of a member of the academic staff The project is normally directly associated with the research activities of the Department

ASSESSMENT 25% is based upon the supervised programme during the project 50% is based upon a written report of not more than 10 000 words and 25% is based upon oral presentation

411-421 PROCESS ENGINEERING

SEMESTER 1

30 tutorials

7 points

Aims To further develop students skills in process engineering assignments and dealing with poorly defined problems

Objectives To provide a series of hands on assignments in process engineering drawn from the broad field of chemical engineering including computer based design assignments

SYLLABUS

A continuation of the third year course in process engineering with the emphasis placed on specification of equipment necessary to fu l f i l the processing requirement Costing and economic assessment techniques are stressed The subject provides a lead up to chemical plant feasibility study and design study in the second half of the final year

ASSESSMENT Not more than 10 assignments each of no more than 5000 words completed during the first semester

411-422 PROCESS PLANT DESIGN PRINCIPLES AND ECONOMICS

SEMESTER 2


7 points

Aims To provide students with exposure to various aspects of chemical engineering practice

Objectives To provide a course of lectures and plant visits wh ch supplement the major design study of the course matenal covering peripheral but important chemical engineering design concepts

SYLLABUS

Financial and commercial organization of a company in the chemical industry Source of funding assessment of profitability

Aspects of factory operation such as control of inventory maintenance labour relations factory regulations Market forecasts sales and distribution Control of capital expenditure Scheduling Research and development requirement and costs Tariffs

Basic concepts of legal system courts tribunals patent law licensing agreements professional liability standards and codes safety requirements sale practice and design

Conservation of the natural environment impact of the engineer on environmental aspects of liquid gaseous and solid disposal environmental legislation effect on planning and design Environmental impact statements Site selection plant layout

ASSESSMENT Not more than three assignments of not more than 10 000 words each

411-423 F E A S I B I L I T Y AND DESIGN STUDY

SEMESTER 2

80 tutonals

21 points

Aims To provide a comprehensive design task involving man> chemical engineering principles associated with the production of a particular product

Objectives To enable students to integrate their chemical engineering knowledge and apply it lo a major design project involving chemical engineering principles including hazards safety economics and environmental assessment

SYLLABUS

Ihc design of a process to meet a specified requirement including a study of the feasibility of various alternative processes which will meet the specification The sequence for investigation of a chemical manufacturing project and the preparation of a report on the work This includes the preparation of flowsheets the consideration of the effects of market forecasts economic evaluation estimates for the minimization of capital and production costs the specification of equipment the selection of appropriate materials of construction instrumentation location the requirements of staff and labour and safely precautions

ASSESSMENT An assignment of not more than 50 000 words

58

CIVIL AND AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING



617 005 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS 1* 25 points PLUS 75 points of units or subjects selected from subjects available in the University and with approval of the appropriate teaching Faculty

* This subject is a compulsory component of all First Year Engineering and Surveying courses but may be replaced by the three Mathematics subjects designated as the equivalent in content each weighted at 12 5 points where the course structure and workload permits the balance of the course is then 62 5 points In 1991 the subjects are


First Year lotal 100 points

A G R I C U L T U R A L E N G I N E E R I N G , C I V I L E N G I N E E R I N G S T R E A M S


BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING AND BACHELOR OF SCIENCE

COMBINED COURSES

Sec also under FIRST YEAR

B A C H E L O R O F E N G I N E E R I N G ( G E N E R A L ) S T R E A M

H R S I YFAR

6 17 101 MATHEMATICS IA 12 5 617 102 MATHEMATICS IB 12 5 617 132 MATHEMATICS IC 12 5 ELECTIVES 62 5*

* 400 101 Technology 1 credited to both Science and Engineering and 400 102 Technology 2 arc recommended for preparation for Agncultural Engineering and Civil Engineering 610 101 Chemistry is required for entry to the Chemical Engineering stream

B A C H E L O R O F E N G I N E E R I N G ( A G R I C U L T U R A L ) S T R E A M

SLCOND YEAR

200 032 AGRICULTURE 1 (ENGINEERING COURSE) 6 421 214 MECHANICS OF SOLIDS IC 1 4 421 272 AGRICULTURAL BIOLOGY 4 421 230 FLUID FLOW AND HEAT TRANSFER 1 0 431 215 ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING IB 9 436 203 ENGINEERING DESIGN 1 1 0 436 221 ENGINEERING MATERIALS 1 4 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS OR SCIENCE MATHEMATICS 1 8

200 level Science units

T H I R D Y F A R

200 033 AGRICULTURE 2 (ENGINEERING COURSE) 7 421 320 FLUID MECHANICS I 5 421 372 SOIL SCIENCE 8 421 373 SOIL DYNAMICS 4 421 375 AGRICULTURAL STRUCTURES DESIGN 9 421 376 AGRICULTURAL PHYSICS 4 421 377 PROPERTIES OF AGRICULTURAL MATERIALS 4 431 331 ELECTRONICS AND INSTRUMENTATION 7 436 202 DYNAMICS OF MACHINES 1 7 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS OR SCIENCE MATHEMATICS 9 617 002 STATISTICS FOR ENGINEERS OR SCIENCE STATISTICS 8


FOURTH AND HFTH YEAR

As for Agricultural Engineering Fourth Year and 300 level Science units

B A C H E L O R O F E N G I N E E R I N G ( C I V I L ) S T R E A M

SECOND YEAR

421 214 MECHANICS OF SOLIDS IC 14 421 230 FLUID FLOW AND HEAT TRANSFER 11 436 224 ENGINEERING MATERIALS (CIVIL ENGINEERING) 17 4 36 203 ENGINEERING DESIGN 1 9 45 1 213 SURVEYING (ENGINEERING COURSE) 9 626 023 GEOLOGY (ENGINEERING COURSE) 7 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS OR SCIENCE MATHEMATICS 1 7


IHIRD YEAR

4 21 3 10 STRUCTURAL THEORY AND DESIGN 2 6 421 320 FLUID MECHANICS 18 421 33 1 GEOMECHANICS 1 7 421 332 GEOMECHANICS 2 7 421 340 TRANSPORT ENGINEERING 6 421 350 ENGINEERING PRACTICES 7

421 360 ENGINEERING ECONOMICS 6 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS OR SCIENCE MATHEMATICS 8 617 002 STATISTICS FOR ENGINEERS OR SCIENCE STATISTICS 8


FOURTH YEAR

421 4 IX STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING A (COMBINED COURSE) 9 421 420 HYDRAULIC ENGINEERING 12 421 430 GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING 8 421 440 TRANSPORT ENGINEERING 7 421 45X ENGINEERING PRACTICES A (COMBINED COURSE) 3 421 46X CIVIL ENGINEERING DESIGN A 12 Civil Engineering elective unit 5


H F T H YEAR

421 41X STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING B (COMBINED COURSE) 9 421 45X ENGINEERING PRACTICES B 3 421 46X CIVIL ENGINEERING DESIGN B 12 421 464 RESEARCH PROJECT 7 Civil Engineering elective unit 5 421 444 VACATION WORK (PRACTICAL EXPERIENCE CIVIL) 0



See under FIRST YEAR

BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING (CIVIL), BACHELOR OF COMMERCE

SECOND YEAR

421 214 MECHANICS OF SOLIDS IC 421 230 FLUID FLOW AND HEAT TRANSFER 431 211 ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 1A 4 36 224 ENGINEERING MATERIALS (CIVIL ENGINEERING) 451 202 COMPUTER PROGRAMMING 451 213 SURVEYING (ENGINEERING COURSE) 617 203 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS 2A 617 204 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS 2B

316 101 ECONOMICS IA 316 102 ECONOMICS IB

THIRD YEAR

421 310 321 320

STRUCTURAL THEORY AND DESIGN FLUID MECHANICS

6 1

421 33 1 GEOMECHANICS 1

421 332 GEOMECHANICS 2

421 340 TRANSPORT ENGINEERING

421 370 ENGLISH EXPRESSION

436 203 ENGINEERING DESIGN 1

436 314 COMPUTATIONAL MECHANICS

617 303 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS 3A

626 023 GEOLOGY (ENGINEERING COURSE)

Two subjects to be chosen from among those offered by the Faculty of Economics and Commerce to satisfy requirements of the Bachelor of Commerce degree

EOUR1H YEAR

421 4 IX STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING A (COMBINED COURSE) 421 4 20 HYDRAULIC ENGINEERING 421 430 GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING 421 440 TRANSPORT ENGINEERING 421 45X ENGINEERING PRACTICES A (COMBINED COURSE) 421 46X CIVIL ENGINEERING DESIGN A (COMBINED COURSE)

Four subjects to be chosen from among those offered by the Facully of Economies and Commerce to satisfy requirements of the Bachelor of Commerce degree

FIFTH YFAR

421 41X STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING B (COMBINED COURSE) 421 45X ENGINEERING PRACTICES B (COMBINED COURSE) 421 46X CIVIL ENGINEERING DESIGN B (COMBINED COURSE)

Eight subjects to be chosen from among those offered by the Faculty of Economics and Commerce to satisfy requirements of the Bachelor of Commerce degree

BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING (AGRICULTURAL)

SFCOND YEAR

421 214 MECHANICS OF SOLIDS IC 1 4 421 271 ENGINEERING IN AGRICULTURAL PRODUCTION 4 421 272 AGRICULTURAL BIOLOGY 4 200 032 AGRICULTURE 1 (ENGINEERING COURSE) 6 421 230 FLUID FLOW AND HEAT TRANSFER 1 0 431 2 1 5 ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING IB 9 45 1 213 SURVEYING (ENGINEERING COURSE) 7 436 203 ENGINEERING DESIGN 1 1 0 436 221 ENGINEERING MATERIALS 1 4 45 1 202 COMPUTER PROGRAMMING 4 617 203 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS 2A 9 617 204 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS 2B 9


THIRD YEAR

200 033 421 320

AGRICULTURE 2 (ENGINEERING COURSE) FLUID MECHANICS

7 1 5

421 372 SOIL SCIENCE (AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING COURSE) 8 421 373 SOIL DYNAMICS 4 421 33 1 GEOMECHANICS 1 6 5 421 332 GEOMECHANICS 2 6 5 421 375 AGRICULTURAL STRUCTURES DESIGN 9 421 376 AGRICULTURAL PHYSICS 4 421 377 PROPERTIES OF AGRICULTURAL MATERIALS 4 626 022 GEOLOGY (AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING COURSE) 5 431 331 ELECTRONICS AND INSTRUMENTATION 7 436 202 DYNAMICS OF MACHINES 7 617 303 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS 3A 5 436 314 COMPUTATIONAL MECHANICS 4 617 002 STATISTICS FOR ENGINEERS 8


FOURTH YEAR

Production Agriculture Stream

421 47 1 TRACTOR IMPLEMENT DYNAMICS (AMI) 6 421 47 2 AGRICULTURAL MACHINE PERFORMANCE (AM2) 6 421 473 AGRICULTURAL MACHINE PROCESSES (AM3) 6 421 474 AGRICULTURAL MECHANIZATION (AM4)* 6 421 481 SURFACE HYDROLOGY (AHI) 6 421 48 2 AGRICULTURAL WATER MANAGEMENT (AH2) 6 421 48 3 GROUNDWATER HYDROLOGY (AH3) 6 421 484 AGRICULTURAL WASTE MANAGEMENT (AH4)* 6 421 486 AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING DESIGN 8 421 487 AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING RESEARCH PROJECT 8 421 491 FARM BUILDINGS AND ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL (ASl) 6 421 492 CROP STORAGE AND HANDLING (AS2) 6 421 493 AGRICULTURAL SYSTEMS MANAGEMENT (AE1) 6 421 494 PROFESSIONAL PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE (AE2) 6 421 445 VACATION WORK (PRACTICAL EXPERIENCE AGRICULTURAL) 0 200 041 AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS 6 Elective subject 5

and either 421 4 89 HYDRAULIC ENGINEERING (AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING

COURSE) 7 or

436 303 ENGINEERING DESIGN 2 7

* denotes alternatives Fourth Year Total 100

Natural Resources Stream

E i t h e r 421 471 TRACTOR IMPLEMENT DYNAMICS (AMI) 6 o r

421 47 2 AGRICULTURAL MACHINE PERFORMANCE (AM2) 6

E i t h e r 421 474 AGRICULTURAL MECHANIZATION (AM4) 6 o r 421 491 FARM BUILDINGS AND ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL (ASl) 6

6 3

421 481 421 482 421 483 421 484 421 486 421 487 421 489 421 493 421 494 421 445 h i t h e r 200 041 o r

421 360

SURFACE HYDROLOGY (AHI) AGRICULTURAL WATER MANAGEMENT (AH2) GROUNDWATER HYDROLOGY (AH3) AGRICULTURAL WASTE MANAGEMENT (AH4) AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING DESIGN AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING RESEARCH PROJECT HYDRAULIC ENGINEERING (AGR ENG CSE) AGRICULTURAL SYSTEMS MANAGEMENT (AEl) PROFESSIONAL PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE (AE2) VACATION WORK (PRACTICAL EXPERIENCE AGRICULTURAL) 0

AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS 6

ENGINEERING ECONOMICS

Elective subjects

Fourth Year lotal

23

100

Elective subjects

Production Agriculture Stream

Electives to total approximately 24 contact hours arc to be chosen from assessable University subjects of suitable content and extent Subjects must be approved by the Head of the Department of Civil and Agricultural Engineering and by the Head of the Department which provides the teaching Electives which arc not courses taught by the Faculty of Engineering arc weighted in points according to the value accorded them by the teaching faculty

Natural Resources Stream

Electives are chosen from the following

Geography

121 211 Physical Geography 121 311 Geomorphology 121 319 Biogeography

Meteorology

631 203 Planetary Climatology 631 103 Atmospheric Dynamics 631 304 Numerical Weather Prediction

Environmental Studies/Geography Environmental Planning

121 219 Environmental Politics & Mgmt 121 3xx Environmental Economics & Law 121 3xx Regional Devel t & Resources 121 105 Geography Environmental Mgmt

Architecture and Building

700 418 Land Economy

705 201 Conservation & Development 705 393 Environ 1 Resources & Pollution 705 399 Intro to Law & Environ 1 Law 705 481 Ecology & Environ 1 Assessment 705 482 Economic Assessment 705 484 Heritage Landscapes 705 487 Resource Management

Civil & Agricultural Engineering

421 423 Hydraulics of Rivers & Estuaries 421 421 Hydraulics of Coasts & Oceans

Other electives to total 23 points approximately may be chosen from assessable University subjects of suitable content and extent Subjects must be approved by the Head of the Department of Civil and Agricultural Engineering and by the Head of the Department which

64

provides the teaching Electives which arc not courses taught by the Faculty of Engineering are weighted in points according to the value accorded them by the teaching faculty

BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING (CIVIL)

SECOND YEAR

421 212 CIVIL ENGINEERING STUDIES 7 421 214 MECHANICS OF SOLIDS 1C 14 421 230 FLUID FLOW AND HEAT TRANSFER 11 431 211 ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 1A 12 436 203 ENGINEERING DESIGN 1 9 436 224 ENGINEERING MATERIALS (CIVIL ENGINEERING) 17 45 1 202 COMPUTER PROGRAMMING 4 45 1 213 SURVEYING (ENGINEERING COURSE) 9 617 203 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS 2A 8 5 617 204 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS 2B 8 5


THIRD YEAR

421 310 STRUCTURAL THEORY AND DESIGN 2 5 421 320 FLUID MECHANICS 18 421 331 GEOMECHANICS 1 7 421 332 GEOMECHANICS 2 7 421 340 TRANSPORT ENGINEERING 5 421 350 ENGINEERING PRACTICES 7 421 360 ENGINEERING ECONOMICS 5 421 370 ENGLISH EXPRESSION FOR ENGINEERING 0 617 303 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS 3A 6 436 314 COMPUTATIONAL MECHANICS 4 617 002 STATISTICS FOR ENGINEERS 8 626 023 GEOLOGY (ENGINEERING COURSE) 8


FOUR IH YEAR

421 4 10 STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING 16 421 420 HYDRAULIC ENGINEERING 12 421 430 GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING 8 421 440 TRANSPORT ENGINEERING 7 421444 VACATION WORK (PRACTICAL EXPERIENCE CIVIL) 0 421 450 ENGINEERING PRACTICES 7 421 460 CIVIL ENGINEERING DESIGN 2 3 421 464 RESEARCH PROJECT 7 Electives* 20

Fourth Year lota l 100

* Elective units are taken from the units offered by the Department each weighted at 5 points or from other subjects or units available in the University and approved by the Head of the Department of Civil and Agricultural Engineering

6 5


200-032 A G R I C U L T U R E 1 ( E N G I N E E R I N G C O U R S E )

SEMES 1ER 2

24 lectures and a 3 day excursion (approximately 15 hours)

6 points Agncultural Engineering

SYLLABUS

Crop and pasture production climatic environment grasses and legumes fertilizers rain fed pastures and crops weeds irrigation animal effects on pastures nutritional requirements of animals fodder conservation gra/ing animai industries

ASSESSMENT One 2 hour examination and an assignment based on the excursion

200-033 A G R I C U L T U R E 2 ( E N G I N E E R I N G C O U R S E )

SEMESTER 2

24 lectures and 18 hours of laboratory/demonstration work

7 points Agricultural Engineering

SYLLABUS

Selected themes to present the biological/agricultural background to an engineering application/input

Plants seedling establishments fertilizer practice phenology and yield development in wheat genetic variability and mechanical harvesting herbicide application biology of fodder conservation

A n i m a l s intensive pig and poultry production environmental physiology and growth animal behaviour and handling nutrition and growth

ASSESSMENT One 2 hour examination <M the conclusion ol the semester plus assignments and a component for practical work

200 041 A G R I C U L T U R A L E C O N O M I C S ( E N G I N E E R I N G C O U R S E )

SEMESTER 2

40 lectures

6 points

SYLLABUS

An introduction to the scope and nature of economics The farm as a firm and agriculture as an industry comparisons between primary industry and other sectors The farm problem and agricultural adjustment

The theory of the firm and price theory under perfect and imperfect competition Applications of these theories to the management of firms and to policy and marketing problems in agriculture Capital budgeting and investment analysis Private investment in agriculture with particular reference to replacement type problems Benefit cost analysis and public investment Machinery economics costs of machinery ownership and operation assessment of alternative means of providing machinery services taxation implications

Resources conservation and depletion economic aspects of energy and pollution particularly in relation to economic growth

ASSESSMENT One 3 hour examination

421-212 CIVIL ENGINEERING STUDIES

SEMESTER 2

24 lectures and 6 practice classes

7 points 1991 only

SYLLABUS

Project evaluation and selection Introduction to engineering economic analysis

Engineering management Principles Public and private sector Management organizations

Engineering construction Construction practice equipment techniques and applications

ASSESSMENT Work done in the two assignments set during the year will be assessed for examination purposes Students who do not reach a satisfactory standard will be required to take a 2 hour paper at the annual examination

421-214 MECHANICS OF SOLIDS IC

SEMESTER 1 and 2


14 points

SYLLABUS

The subject matter is the mechanics of deformable solids in which the basic principles governing the static behaviour of continua and of components of machines and structures are described using the first year subjects 400 101 Technology 1 and 4 00 1 0 2 Technology 2

Unit 1

Stress and strain characteristics of material behaviour Analysis of stress states uniaxial biaxial and triaxial Principal values Mohr s circle Analysis of thin rings and cylinders Flexural behaviour elastic action stress distributions curvature Deflection analysis integration methods for uniformly distributed loads and point loads Principles of superposition and reciprocity Inelastic behaviour

6 7

U n i t 2

Analysis of elements lorsion of shahs helical springs shear in beams combined bending and shear Combined stresses axial and flexural action Compression members elastic buckling ol columns equivalent length concept Southwell Plot Non elastic action in beams columns and shafts Analysis of strain states uniaxial biaxial elastic and non clastic Experimental stress analysis and other experimental techniques Deflection analysis for concentrated loads

Unit 3

Flexural action composite beams principal axes loading out of the principal planes Deformation analysis moment arc i strain energy and complementary energy shear distortion General methods for analysis of determinate and indeterminate systems flexibility and stiffness methods Application lo axial force systems Castighanos method for flexural systems

ASSESSMENT One 3 hour examination or its equivalent The examination may be held during the year Practical work done during the year will comprise 15% of the final assessment in this subject

421-230 FLUID FLOW AND HEAT TRANSFER

SEMESTER 1 and 2

12 lectures 8 tutorials and 4 hours of laboratory work in First semester on Fluid Flow 18 lectures 8 tutorials and 4 hours of laboiatory work in Second semester on He U Transfer

10 points Agricultural Engineering 11 points Civil Engineering

SYLLABUS

1 Fluid FTow An introduction lo fluid mechanics Basic definitions and fluid properties Equilibrium of fluids pressure shear and body ferecs hydrostatic pressures on submerged objects capillary effects Kinematics streamlines pathlincs reference frames Continuity equation General energy equation for incompressible fluids One dimensional steady flow equation Linear momentum equation Fluid dynamics of drag

2 Heat Iransfer Properties of" fluids gas laws compression and expansion liquid/vapor equilibrium vapor pressure viscosity conductivity and diffusivity Thermodynamics energy conservation energy conversion limits to energy exchange Conduction compression and expansion Convective heat transfer forced and natural convection Radiant heat transfer Mass diffusion evaporation humidity and drying

LABORATORY WORK The five 2 hour laboratory sessions for the Heat Transfer unit have been chosen to illustrate material dealt with in the lecture course Formal laboratory reports are not required

68

ASSESSMENT The Fluid Flow unil (1) will be examined by tests and assessment of work submitted through the course of the unit One 2 hour written paper will be held at the end of the year for the Heat Transfer unit (2) Laboratory work will also form part of the assessment

421-240 URBAN TRANSPORT

SEMESTER 2

Three lectures and tutorials per week

12 5 points (Architecture and Planning courses)

This subject is not normally available to students in the Faculty of Engineering

SYLLABUS

Introduction to transport and urban systems the interaction between transport and land use activities Transport infrastructure including road and street networks Analysis and forecasting of travel demands Urban goods movement Techniques for estimating various aspects of travel demand and assessing the impacts of transport policies and proposals

ASSESSMENT Assignments set throughout the semester equivalent to not more than 4 500 words and one 2 hour examination paper at the end of the semester

421-271 ENGINEERING IN AGRICULTURAL PRODUCTION

SEMESTER 1

12 lectures and 3 hours of project work

4 points

SYLLABUS

A review of the role of engineering in Australian agriculture with particular reference to historical environmental and technical factors The use and conservation of soil water and energy resources Agricultural mechanization a review of mechanized agricultural operations and associated machines

ASSESSMENT Two essays

421-272 AGRICULTURAL BIOLOGY

SEMESTER 1

12 lectures and 3 hours of laboratory and/or project work

4 points

SYLLABUS

The structure function and reproduction of living cells tissues and organisms and their interactions with the environment applications in agriculture

ASSESSMENT One 1 hour examination at the conclusion of the semester plus assignments and a component for practical work

6 9

421-310 STRUCTURAL THEORY AND DESIGN

SEMESTER 1 and 2

43 lectures 21 tutorials and 30 hours of laboratory work in First semester 42 lectures 21 tutorials and 25 hours of laboratory work m Second semester

25 points

SYLLABUS

Elements of structural behaviour Basic modes of structural action Analysis of statically determinate and indeterminate structures Structural mechanics including stability and dynamics Bases of structural design in various materials and for various criteria Behaviour and design of structural connections and elements

PRACTICAL WORK (97 hours included above) This will include sessions allocated to the following (1) practice classes tutorials and seminars (2) designs of structures and struetur il elements (3) laboratory classes associated with lecture material (4) visits to works (5) discussion sessions (6) essays reports and other assignments

ASSESSMENT One 3 hour and two 2 hour examinations or the equivalent one of which may be held at the end of the First semester The results of practical work and tests done during the year will be assessed as part of the examination

421-320 FLUID MECHANICS

SEMESTER 1 and 2

24 lectures 12 tutorials and 12 hours of laboratory work in each semester


SYLLABUS

A study of the basic principles of fluid mechanics together with some applications in hydraulic engineering Kinematics and dynamics of fluids Continuity energy and momentum equations Stress strain relations equations of motion specialized equations Dynamic similitude Laminar and turbulent flow boundary layers Incompressible flow in conduits mass surge transient flow open channel flovs Flow around solid bodies Turbo machinery Flow measurement Protection devices

PRACTICAL WORK Tutorial and practice classes with laboratory work Reports and other assignments associated with pr ictieal work must be submitted at specified times

ASSESSMENT Two 3 hour papers one of which may be held during the year There will be no practical examination but the written papers may include questions on the practical work Practical and tutonal work assignments and tests held during the year will be assessed for inclusion in the examination results

70

421-331 GEOMECHANICS 1

SHVIESTPR 1


6 5 points Agricultural Engineering 7 points Civil Engineering 9 2 points Science

SYLLABUS

Soil and rock identification mineral composition and classification Discontinuities in Rack Masses Clay mineralogy double layer theory Principle of effective stress Stress transmission Flow of water through soils Darcy s law seepage Design of Earth Dams

ASSESSMENT One assignment of not more than 2000 words and a 2 hour written paper at the end of the semester Laboratory work will be included as part of the assessment Weightings 10% assignment 70% examination 20% laboratory work

421-332 GEOMECHANICS 2

SFMESTLR 2


6 5 points Agricultural Engineering 7 points Civil Engineering 9 2 points Science

SYLLABUS

Compressibility of soil and settlement of structures Consolidation Strength of soils and rocks Brittle fracture of rocks Use of Mohrs circle Stress paths Drained and undrained loading Laboratory testing of mechanical properties for soil and rock Active and passive earth pressure problems

ASSESSMENT One assignment of not more lhan 2000 words and a 2 hour written paper at the end of the semester Laboratory work will be included as part of the assessment Weightings 10% assignment 70% examination 20% laboratory work

421-340 TRANSPORT ENGINEERING

SEMESTER 2


5 points (Civil Engineering)

SYLLABUS

Introduction to transport engineering The road/traffic system elements of traffic flow gap acceptance analysis traffic queues The transport planning process alternative transport technologies travel demand prediction

ASSESSMENT One 2 hour examination or the equivalent The results of assignments set during the course may be assessed as part of the examination

7 1

421-350 ENGINEERING PRACTICES

SEMESTER 2


7 points (Civil Engineering) 4 points Surveying course

SYLLABUS

1 Engineer in Society (12 hours) Exploring the role and responsibility of ihc engineer in construction planning management and design as private consultant or public service engineer Social responsibility and professional ethics in engineering with illustrations from case studies

2 Engineering Practices (12 hours) Civil engineering contracts and documents Planning with bar charts CPM and PERT Professional Practice in consulting and contracting both office and field

ASSESSMENT One 2 hour examination which may be held at the end of First semester

421-360 ENGINEERING ECONOMICS

SEMESTER 2


5 points Civil Engineering 6 points Agricultural Engineering 3 points Surveving course

SYLLABUS

The resource allocation problem in engineering design estimation of costs evaluation of projects choosing among investment alternatives value of output public welfare economics Techniques for decision analysis

ASSESSMENT One 2 hour examination or the equivalent The results of assignments set during the course may be assessed as part of the examination

421-370 ENGLISH EXPRESSION FOR ENGINEERS

SEMES I ER 2

7 lectures


SYLLABUS

The course is designed to give practical help in improving the students standard of writing A variety of written work will be discussed

ASSESSMENT By assignments for pass only

72

421-372 SOIL SCIENCE (AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING COURSE)

SEMESTER 1

30 lectures and 12 hours of practical work

8 points

SYLLABUS

Structure and properties of clay materials Soil colloids surface charges cation exchange Soil pH Inter particle bonding flocculation and dispersion Soil organic matter Potassium nitrogen and phosphorus in the soil

Soil physics soil physical properties soil water aeration and temperature

ASSESSMENT One 2 hour examination or the equivalent in time part of which may be held during the year plus a component for practical work

421-373 SOIL DYNAMICS

SEMESTER 1


4 points (Agricultural Engineering)

SYLLABUS

Mechanical properties of agricultural soils and granular matenals the effect of cementation compaction and moisture soil metal interaction In situ and laboratory measurement of soil properties

Analysis of forces on and the performance ol simple tillage tools application to tillage implements Tillage objectives in soil and moisture conservation and in root bed preparation

ASSESSMENT One 3 hour examination at the conclusion of the semester plus a component for practical work

421-375 AGRICULTURAL STRUCTURES DESIGN

SEMESTER 2


9 points

SYLLABUS

Analysis of determinate and simple indeterminate structures Structural properties of steel concrete and umber Codes of practice Design of beams slabs columns connections and trusses as applied to farm buildings

ASSESSMENT One 2 hour examination plus a component for practical work

73

421 376 A G R I C U L T U R A L PHYSICS

SEMESTER 2

12 lectures and 3 hours of laboratory and/or project work

4 points

SYLLABUS

Energy transfer solar radiation terrestrial radiation heat flow in soil and effect of soil moisture convection and latent heal flow Mass transfer atmospheric turbulence and momentum transfer Wind profiles Turbulent transfers of heal water vapour carbon dioxide and spray droplets


421-377 PROPERTIES OF AGRICULTURAL MATERIALS

SEMESTER 2


4 points

SYLLABUS

Mechanical properties of granular materials and agricultural products fluid particle mechanics


421-410 STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING

SEMESTER 1 and 2

24 lectures and 12 tutorials First semc.tcr 24 lectures 12 tutorials and 12 hours of laboratory work Second semester


SYLLABUS

Linear structural analysis Computer applications in design Concrete structures and concrete technology Steel structures connections and welding technology Non clastic and plastic behaviour and collapse analysis

PRACTICAL WORK (18 hours) this will include sessions allocated to laboratory work and visits to works

ASSESSMENT Two 3 hour examinations one of which may be held at the end of First semester The results of practical work and tests done during the year will be assessed as part of the examination

74

421-41x STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING A (Combined Course)

SEMESTER 1 and 2

(Successful completion of 421 310 is assumed)

33 lectures 16 practice classes 14 hours of practical work

9 points

SYLLABUS

Linear structural analysis Computer applications in design Concrete structures and concrete technology

ASSESSMENT Two 2 hour examinations Satisfactory performance is required on the practical work details of which will be specified at the beginning of the academic year

421-41x STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING B (Combined Course)

SEMESTER 1

(Successful completion of 421 41x is assumed)

15 lectures 8 practice classes 4 hours of practical work

9 points

SYLLABUS

Steel structures connections and welding technology Non elastic and plastic behaviour and collapse analysis

ASSESSMENT One 2 hour examination Satisfactory performance is required on the practical work details of which will be specified at the beginning of the academic year

421-411 ADVANCED STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS (ST1)

SEMESTER 2

24 lectures

5 points

SYLLABUS

Matrix mcihods for analysis of planar frames

Introduction to the finite clement method for solution of plane stress and plane strain problems

ASSESSMENT One 2 hour examination plus assignment work during the course

75

421-412 STRUCTURAL TECHNOLOGY 1 (ST2)

SEMESTER 1

24 lectures

5 points

SYLLABUS

Structural design using alternative materials masonry aluminium tubular steel construction composite construction

ASSESSMENT Two assignments of not more than 2 000 words each and a 2 hour written examination paper at the end of the semester Weightings arc 25% for assignments 75% for examination

421-413 STRUCTURAL TECHNOLOGY 2 (ST3)

SEMESTER 2

24 lectures

5 points

SYLLABUS

Topics relating to the use of composite materials in structural engineering including high performance structural concrete engineered timber structures modern polymer/fibre composites

ASSESSMENT Two assignments of not more than 2 000 words each and a 2 hour written paper at the end of the semester Weightings arc 25% assignments 75% examination

421-420 HYDRAULIC ENGINEERING

SEMES 1ER 1 and 2

18 lectures and 9 tutorials in First semester 18 lectures 9 tutorials and 6 hours of laboratory work in Second semester

12 points

SYLLABUS

Section 1 ODCH channel flow flood routing water quality modelling

Section 2 Flood hydrology rainfall/runoff modelling flood frequency analysis yield hydrology groundwater hydrology

LABORATORY WORK 6 hours of laboratory classes

ASSESSMENT Two 2 hour examinations one of which may be held during the year There will be no practical examination but the written papers may include questions on the practical work Practical and tutorial assignments and tests held during the year will be assessed for inclusion in the examination results

76

421-421 HYDRAULICS OF COASTS AND OCEANS (HI)

SEMESTER 1


5 points

SYLLABUS

Overview of oceanography gravity wave theories shoaling and breaking of waves reflection refraction and diffraction of waves tides beach profiles hydrodynamic forces on structures break waters wave forecasting coastal engineering models

ASSESSMENT One 2 hour examination at the end of the course

421-422 HYDRAULICS OF PIPE SYSTEMS (H2)

SEMESTER 2


5 points

SYLLABUS

Pipe networks under steady slate conditions mass surge water hammer equations reflection and transmission of pressure waves graphical solutions computational solutions air chambers

ASSESSMENT One assignment of not more than 2000 words and one 2 hour examination at the end of the semester Weightings 20% assignment 80% examination

421-423 HYDRAULICS OF RIVERS AND ESTUARIES (H3)

SEMESTER 2


5 points

SYLLABUS

Nature of stream flow and fluvial processes Hydraulics of flow in irregular channels flood plains and estuaries alluvial channel morphology and modelling mixing processes for pollutants

ASSESSMENT One 2 hour examination al the end of the semester

421-430 GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING

SEMESTER 1 and 2


8 points Civil Engineering 12 5 points Science

77

SYLLABUS

Compaction Analyses of the stability ol slopes Sue investigation Foundation engineering settlement and bearing capacity ol shallow and deep foundations Rock engineering in situ stresses in situ tests on rock design of shafts and tunnels reinforcement and stabilization of rock masses

ASSESSMENT One 2 hour examination one assignment of not more than 3000 words Laboratory work will be included as part of the assessment Weightings 10% assignment 80% examination 10% laboratory woik

421-431 EARTH PRESSURE AND RETAINING SYSTEMS (GT1)

SEMESTER 1

24 hours of lectures and practice elasscs

5 points Civil Engineering 10 points Science

SYLLABUS

Active passive and at rest pressures in sands ind clays Construction and long term earth pressures Earth pressure observations Elasticity considerations Design of rigid retaining walls Strutted excavations Use of ground anchors design of anchored bulkheads Influence of wall flexibility on earth pressure Reinforced earth retaining walls Alternative methods of support

ASSESSMENT One assignment of not more lhan 5000 words and one 2 hour open book examination at the end of the semester Weightings 10% assignment 90% examination

421-432 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF SHALLOW FOUNDATIONS (GT2)

SEMESTER 2

24 hours of lectures and practice elasscs

5 points Civil Engineering 10 points Science

SYLLABUS

Consideration of bearing capacity solutions Calculation of settlement on sand and clays consideration of Skempton Bjcrrum Lambe and Davis Poulos methods Raft foundations Compensated foundations Expansive clays Foundations on rock Machinery foundations Case studies

ASSESSMENT One assignment of not more than 5000 words and one 2 hour open book examination at the cud of the semester Weightings 10% assignment 90% examination

421-440 TRANSPORT ENGINEERING

SEMES 1 ER 1


78

7 points

SYLLABUS

Traffic engineering traffic behaviour traffic management and control design for traffic Transport planning and introduction to travel demand forecasting Geometric design of roads Road pavement design

ASSESSMENT One 2 hour examination which may be held at the end of the course

421-441 TRANSPORTATION PLANNING (Tl)

SEMESTER 2

5 points

24 hours of lectures and practical classes

SYLLABUS

This integrative course covers aspects of both transportation planning and traffic engineering Practical exercises and projects/assignments will provide students with opportunities to undertake directed investigation and solution of practical problems The topics and projects considered vary from year to year to include aspects of planning and design of both infrastructure and operations There will be the opportunity to examine some contemporary transportation problems in detail The emphasis will be on creative problem solving and the application of systematic analysis procedures

A selection from the following topics

( I ) Surveys and Measurements Covers design of surveys choice ol data collection techniques for traffic and transport surveys sample design issues determination of sample size and questionnaire design

( n ) Rural Intersections In contrast to the urban intersection design addressed in 421 440 the higher speed environment of rural roads is considered

( i n ) Public Transport Operations Planning Service design issues such as choice of headway fare fleet size requirements and service costing models Interaction of demand and supply issues in service design Operations issues including control and service reliability

(iv) Arterial Road Traffic Management Management objectives leading to trafhe encouragement and/or traffic restraint policies measures appropriate to each type of policy traffic management scheme development and evaluation

(v) Examination of Contemporary Transport Issues Part of the final session in this class will be devoted to a discussion of contemporary transport issues Further details about this session will be supplied at the beginning of the class

ASSESSMENT Assessed on the basis of not more than oral and written submissions totalling not more than 8 000 words to be submitted throughout the semester Details of component weightings will be published in the department at the beginning of teaching in the subject

421-442 T R A F F I C ENGINEERING (T2)

SEMESTER 1

24 hours of lectures and practice classes

5 points

SYLLABUS

This course in practical traffic engineering provides topics in road design for traffic traffic control and traffic management Topics include traffic surveys and measurements forecasting traffic demand capacity of roads and intersections design of road elements intersection design parking unsignalizcd intersection control isolated and synchronized traffic signals accident analysis speed regulation road markings and signs residential area traffic management and traffic restraint measures

PRACTICAL WORK Practical classes in traffic measurements Design assignment

ASSESSMENT One 2 hour examination The results of practical and design assignments set during the year may be assessed as part of the examinauon Details will be published in the department at the beginning of the academic year

421-444 VACATION WORK (PRACTICAL E X P E R I E N C E - C I V I L )

0 points


421-445 VACATION WORK (PRACTICAL EXPERIENCE -AGRICULTURAL)

0 points

This is a subject number used for the formal recording of satisfactory completion of the 12 weeks approved vacation work experience

421-450 ENGINEERING PRACTICES

SEMESTER 2



SYLLABUS

Topics selected from the following

Construction management control systems Networks for planning and control Engineering and Society Law and the engineer Industrial relations Engineering construction

ASSESSMENT One 2 houi examination

80

421-45x ENGINEERING PRACTICES A (Combined Course)

SEMESTER 1

(Successful completion of 421 350 is assumed )


5 points

SYLLABUS

Construction management systems Networks for planning and control Engineering and society Engineering construction


421-45x ENGINEERING PRACTICES B (Combined Course)

SEMESTER 1

(Successful completion of 421 45x is assumed)


3 points

SYLLABUS

Law and the Engineer Industrial Relations


421-451 PROJECT PLANNING AND CONTROL (EPl)

SEMESTER 1


5 points Civil Engineering 4 points Surveying

SYLLABUS

Planning and financing large projects Project management including feasibility studies construction groups cash flow and cost control Planning scheduling and control techniques Manual and simple computer techniques for different types of projects including time cost and resources

ASSESSMENT Up to 4 assignments of not more than 5000 words each and one 2 hour examination at the end of the semester Weightings 40% assignments 60% examination

8 1

421-452 CONSTRUCTION METHODS AND WORKS ORGANIZATION (EP2)

SEMES 1ER 2


5 points

SYLLABUS

Procedures and practice in civil engineering work including estimating organization and administration and schedules Selected construction techniques and applications from foundations shafts tunnels dams bridges and buildings

ASSESSMENT One 2 hour examination at the end of the semester

421-460 C I V I L ENGINEERING DESIGN

SFMESTER 1 and 2

48 tutorial/practice classes in First semester 69 tutorial/practice classes m Second semester

23 points

SYLLABUS

Students will be required to carry out a number ol major design projects which involve the application of studies undertaken throughout the civil engineering course

The designs may comprise distinct tasks in a narrow field or be wider in concept but each assignment will be required to be completed to a standard consistent with good design and engineering practice

The designs will include topics related to structures generally (including earth and rock structures) and systems such as in hydraulics and transportation They will be weighted for assessment according to difficulty or the time allocated for completion

An approximate weighting is as follows

Steel and concrete structures 40% Geotechnical 15% Hydraulic systems 20% Transportation systems 15% Other (eg Engineering Pr IUICCS) 10%

ASSESSMENT Assessment will be for pass only but individual prizes for distinction are available in a number of categories

421-46x C I V I L ENGINEERING DESIGN A (Combined Course)

SEMESTER 1 and 2

90 hours of design classes

82

17 points

SYLLABUS

Students will be required to carry out a number of major design projects which involve the application of studies undertaken throughout the civil engineering course


The designs will include topics related to structures generally (including earth and rock structures) and systems such as in hydraulics and transportation They will be weighted for assessment according to difficulty or the time allocated for completion


Steel and concrete structures 35% Geotechnical 20% Hydraulic systems 25% Transportation systems 20%

ASSESSMENT

Assessment will be based on the designs submitted in the four areas given in the syllabus The subject result will be returned as pass only

421-46x CIVIL ENGINEERING DESIGN B (Combined Course)

SEMESTER 1 and 2

28 hours of design classes

6 points

SYLLABUS

Students will be required to carry out a number of major design projects which involve the application of studies undertaken throughout the civil engineering course


The designs will include topics related to steel structures and general engineering practice They will be wcighicd for assessment according to difficulty or the time allocated for completion


Steel structures 60% Engineering Practices 40%

ASSESSMENT Assessment will be based on the designs submitted in the two areas given in the syllabus The subject result will be returned as pass only

83

421-461 NUMERICAL ANALYSIS AND COMPUTER APPLICATIONS IN C I V I L ENGINEERING- (CM1)

SFMES1ER 2


5 points

SYLLABUS

Topics (with typical applications) Linear algebraic equations (analysis of structures) ordinary differential equations partial differential equations (elasticity flow through porous media) elements of numerical analysis relevance of computer hardware and software to design and design office practice

ASSESSMENT Assignments and one 2 hour examination

421-462 STATISTICS AND PROBABILITY (CM2)

SEMES1ER 2


5 points

SYLLABUS

The course will emphasize the increasingly important role of statistics in civil engineering The emphasis will be on practical application rather than on rigorous mathematical detail Topics will include significance testing multiple regression extreme value distributions probabilistic models empirical selection of models Approximately one third of the course will consist of tutorials A knowledge of some basic statistics will be assumed


421-463 C I V I L ENGINEERING SYSTEMS MANAGEMENT (SEl)

SEMESTER 1

24 lectures

5 points

SYLLABUS

The role of systems analysis techniques as aids to decision making for planning design and management of engineering systems Techniques for optimization simulation decision making under risk and uncertainty and multi objective decision making will be studied A strong emphasis is placed on practical applications to problems in water resources transport structural engineering and agricultural engineering and general system operations

ASSESSMENT Assignments and one 2 hour examination which may be held at the end of the course

84

421-464 RESEARCH PROJECT

SEMESTER 1

35 hours laboratory/research work


SYLLABUS

Topics will be chosen from a list circulated at the start of First semester

ASSESSMENT The written report together with a verbal presentation of its major findings before an audience of students and teaching staff will be assessed

421 465 ADVANCED RESEARCH PROJECT

SEMESTER 2

Approximately 35 hours of research work


SYLLABUS

Some of the topics available for 421 464 Research Project are suitable for extension to advanced research projects Permission to make such extension depends upon satisfactory assessment in 421 464 Research Project

ASSESSMENT By written report

421-471 TRACTOR IMPLEMENT DYNAMICS (AMI)

SEMESTER 1

18 lectures 6 tutonals and 6 hours of practical work

6 points

SYLLABUS

Tractor engine and drawbar performance tractor testing power transmission traction and the performance of off road units trafficability tractor implement matching tractor implement dynamics weight transfer and instability implement hitching and control

ASSESSMENT

One 2 hour examination plus reports and assignments (not exceeding a total of 30 pages) on practical work and tutorials The weighting of the components of assessment will be displayed on Departmental notice boards at the commencement of the course

421-472 AGRICULTURAL MACHINE PERFORMANCE (AM2)

SEMESTER 1


8 5

6 points

SYLLABUS

Functional performance of agricultural machines including soil manipulation (tillage land forming compaction drainage) distribution of agncultural materials (sprays fertilizers seed water) harvesting and transport of agricultural products (roots forage grain horticultural crops milk timber)

ASSESSMENT One 2 hour examination plus reports and assignments (not exceeding a total of 30 pages) on practical work and tutorials The weighting of the components of assessment will be displayed on Departmental notice boards at the commencement of the course

421-473 AGRICULTURAL MACHINE PROCESSES (AM3)

SEMES 1ER 2

18 lectures 6 tutorials and 6 hours of practical work

6 points

SYLLABUS

Unit operations in agricultural field and crop processing machinery dynamics of soil crop machine interaction with examples in the analysis design and testing of agricultural machines


421-474 A G R I C U L T U R A L MECHANIZATION (AM4)

SEMESTER 1


6 points

SYLLABUS

Mcchani/ation in developed and developing countries appropriate technology economics of mechanization timeliness productivity assessment monitoring testing performance matching ergonomics safety


421-481 SURFACE HYDROLOGY (AHI)

SEMESTER 2


6 points

86

SYLLABUS

Precipitation atmospheric circulation hydiologie cycle rainfall processes measurement and data error analysis and regression spatial and temporal patterns rainfall frequency Streamflow gauging hydrographs rational method unitgraph and runoff routing models flood frequency yield from small and large catchments rainfall runoff models


421-482 AGRICULTURAL WATER MANAGEMENT (AH2)

SEMESTER 2


6 points

SYLLABUS

Irrigation crop requirements methods efficiency salinity control Drainage surface drains flood mitigation Erosion control water and wind processes land use and planning Evaporation empirical formulae lysimetcr lake evaporation combination formulae crop evapotranspiration including soil and plant factors

ASSESSMENT One 2 hour examination plus reports and assignments (not exceeding a total of 30 pages) on practical work and tutorials The weighting of the components of assessment will be displayed on Departmental notice boards al the commencement of the course

421-483 GROUNDWATER HYDROLOGY (AH3)

SEMESTER 2


6 points

SYLLABUS

Unsaturated flow moisture and temperature gradients infiltration redistribution Saturated flow confined unconfined and leaky aquifiers well hydraulics recharge of aquificrs sub surface agricultural drainage seepage through earth banks


421-484 AGRICULTURAL WASTE MANAGEMENT (AH4)

SEMESTER 2


6 points

SYLLABUS

Characteristics of livestock agricultural and lood wastes biological processes storage aerobic and anaerobic treatment land disposal utilization environmental impact

ASSESSMENT

One 2 hour examination plus reports and assignments (not exceeding a total of 30 pages) on practical work and tutorials The weighting of the components of assessment will be displayed on Departmental notice boards at the commencement of the course

421-486 AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING DESIGN

SEMESTER 1 and 2

8 points

36 hours of agricultural engineering design work

ASSESSMENT Written reports on design work

421-487 AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING RESEARCH PROJECT

SEMESTER 1 and 2

8 points

12 hours of project work on instrumentation and monitoring and 30 hours of research on a topic to be chosen in consultation with staff ol the Department of Civil and Agricultural Engineering

ASSESSMENT Written reports and assignments (not exceeding a total of 50 pages) on project and research work The weighting of the components of assessment will be displayed on Departmental notice boards at the commencement of the course

421-489 HYDRAULIC ENGINEERING (AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING COURSE)

SEMES I ER 1


7 points

SYLLABUS

Open channel flow flood routing water quality modelling

ASSESSMENT One 2 hour examination plus an allowance for practical work and design

421-491 FARM BUILDINGS AND ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL ( A S l )

SEMES I ER 1


88

6 point!)

SYLLABUS

Topics selected from the following functional design of farm buildings work study and ergonomics environmental conditions related to housed animals and plants including psychrometry ventilation and environmental control Examples from dairying wool harvesting animal housing greenhouses and cool stores


421-492 CROP STORAGE AND HANDLING (AS2)

SEMESTER 2


6 points

SYLLABUS

Storage and deterioration of agricultural products properties of agricultural materials unit operations in post harvest processing including drying aeration cleaning and materials handling


421-493 AGRICULTURAL SYSTEMS MANAGEMENT (AEl)

SFMES1FR 1


6 points

SYLLABUS

An introduction to systems analysis and opiimi/aiion techniques Outline of linear programming dynamic programming and queuing theories and their use in agricultural systems design and machinery management Application of simulation techniques to agncultural systems Sensitivity analysis and network analysis


421-494 PROFESSIONAL PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE (AE2)

SEMES 1 ER 1 and 2

6 lectures and 6 seminars in the First semester and 6 lectures and 6 seminars in the Second semester

89

6 points

SYLLABUS

Seminars to be given by each student and b> stafl members or outside speakers Professional ethics in engineering and the profession of agricultural engineering Australian law relating to aspects of agricultural engineering Sources of information and information retrieval relating to the discipline of agricultural engineering

ASSESSMENT Three written assignments and a seminar

431-211 ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING IA

SEMESTER 1 and 2


12 points Civil Engineering

SYLLABUS

1 Circuits AC units measurements and circuit analysis Resonance

2 Power Three phase circuits Basic characteristics rating and protection of transformers and rotating machines Introduction to electricity supply systems statutory regulations and safety

3 Electronics and Instrumentation Semiconductor devices and their applications Digital circuits and systems applications to industrial instrumentation PRACTICAL WORK Eight 3 hour experiments or demonstrations plus practice classes and regular assignments throughout the year All practical work reports and assignments must be submitted as required such work will be assessed and will count as part of the annual examination result


431-215 ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING IB

SEMES I ER 1 and 2



SYLLABUS



3 Adjustable speed Drives

90

PRACTICAL WORK Six 3 hour experiments or demonstrations plus practice classes and regular assignments throughout the year All practical work reports and assignments must be submitted as required such work will be assessed and will count as part of the annual examination result

ASSESSMENT One 3 hour examinauon

431-331 ELECTRONICS AND INSTRUMENTATION

SEMES I ER 1 and 2

First semester 12 lectures and 6 hours of laboratory work Second semester 12 lectures and 6 hours of laboratory work

7 points Agricultural Engineering 6 points Mechanical and Manufacturing Engineering

SYLLABUS

Semi conductor devices and their application in electronic circuits Operational amplifiers Digital circuits Instrumentation and ttansduccrs Studies of selected instrumentation systems

PRACTICAL WORK A lotal of 12 hours on experiments demonstrations and seminars related to the above syllabus to a maximum of 5 000 words or the equivalent Satisfactory completion of assigned practical work is required for a pass to be recorded in the subject unless an exemption has been granted Assigned practical work will count as part of the annual examination Weightings of components of assessment will be displayed upon the departmental noticeboards at the beginning of teaching in the unit

ASSESSMENT One 2 hour paper at the end of the Second semester

436-202 DYNAMICS OF MACHINES

SEMESTER 1 and 2

13 lectures and 11 tutorial/practice classes in each semester


SYLLABUS

1 Kinematics Mechanism Instant centres Velocity and acceleration diagrams Analytical Kinematics of particles and rigid bodies Application to plane mechanisms including cams and gears

2 Kinetics Forces in machine members torque diagrams Flywheels Power transmission gears belts cams Balancing of rotating masses Vibration of systems with one degree of freedom undamped and damped free and forced Transmissibility

ASSESSMENT One 3 hour paper Marked assignments submitted during the year will contribute towards the final assessment

436-203 ENGINEERING DESIGN 1

SEMESTER 1 and 2

18 lectures and 52 hours of practical work in engineering design throughout the year

9 1


SYLLABUS

General approach to design problems Invention analysis decision making Design strategies Synthesis of technical ergonomic and economic factors in design Fault and failure analysis

Integrity of structures and machines design against failure Design of elements of structures and machines from first principles Probability uncertainty and assessment of risk

Use of computers in engineering design interfacing geometric and mathematical models sensitivity analyses combinatorial search

PRACTICAL WORK Sludcnis will undertake assignments and projects during the year and submit oral and written reports The work submitted will be assessed as part of the annual examination

ASSESSMENT One 3 hour examination at the end of the year Work on design assignments and projects during the year will be given due weight in assessing the standard of all candidates

436-221 ENGINEERING MATERIALS

Sec under CHEMICAL ENGINEERING

436-224 ENGINEERING MATERIALS (CIVIL ENGINEERING)

SEMESTER 1 and 2

18 lectures 6 tutorials and 18 hours ol laboratory work in First semester 18 lectures 6 tutorials and 18 hours of laboratory work in Second semester

17 points

SYLLABUS

The nature of engineering materials anu the relationships between their structures and properties at the molecular microscopic and macroscopic levels The lecture course is represented as four units

1 Elastic and Plastic Behaviour The physical bases for clastic inelastic and visco elastic behaviour The plastic deformation ol crystalline solids yield strength tensile strength hardness and ductility

2 Structure of Materials The development of microstructure in alloys and its control through heat treatment The micro and macro structures of polymers sintered products composite materials concrete and timber

3 Performance of Materials in Service Fast fracture and the toughness of materials Fatigue failure Creep deformation and fracture Corrosion and its influence on performance under stress Friction and wear of materials

4 Civil Engineering Materials and their Behaviour Portland Cement Concrete Structural Brickwork Soils and Rocks Timbers Bitumens

92

ASSESSMENT One 3 hour (Units 1 2 3) and one 2 hour examination (Unit 4) All work done in connection with practical work problem sheets and test papers will be taken into account in assessing the results of the annual examination All records made during the year should be retained for submission if required in connection with the annual examination


SEMESTER 1 and 2

13 lectures and 13 tutorial/practice classes in First semester 11 lectures and 11 tutorial/practice classes in Second Semester

7 points Agncultural Engineering

SYLLABUS

Factors of safety and probability of failure Application to ball and roller bearings Design for fatigue Experimental data Design of mechanical elements subject to alternating axial stress and alternating combined stress Design of connections subject to fatigue loads Surface fatigue Aspects of mechanical design for special operating conditions creep high rates of strain low temperatures ultra high pressures Implementation of design Evaluation of uncertainties in manufacture

PRACTICAL WORK Sludcnis undertake projects on the design of plant and machinery for applications in agricultural engineering

ASSESSMENT One 3 hour examination Work on design projects during the year will be given due weight in assessing the standard of all candidates

436-314 COMPUTATIONAL MECHANICS

See under CHEMICAL ENGINEERING



451-213 SURVEYING (ENGINEERING COURSE)

SEMESTER 1

26 lectures 10 tutonals and 16 hours of laboratory work


Part of the lecture and practical program may be given as a one week field course held during the non instruction period at a location other than the University

The subject provides an introduction to the principles and practice of surveying with particular emphasis on engineering applications

SYLLABUS

The construction geometrical requirements and use of surveying instruments Methods of measurement Recording and reduction ol field data Engineering surveying including

9 3

specifications measurement ol earthworks quantities and setting out Introduction to specialist branches of surveying including geodetic topographic and cadastral surveying Photogrammetry and its engineering applications

PRACTICAL WORK A lotal of 26 hours ol tutorials field demonstrations and practical work

ASSESSMENT One 2 hour examination The examination may be held at the conclusion of the course Assignments and practical work will be included in the assessment







617-002 STATISTICS FOR ENGINEERS


626-022 GEOLOGY (AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING COURSE)

SEMESTER 1

12 lectures 12 hours of practical work and a one day field excursion

5 points Agricultural Engineering 4 points Surveying

SYLLABUS

Basic concepts in geology Mineralogy properties and genesis of common rock forming minerals Petrology characteristic features and genesis of the common igneous sedimentary and metamorphic rocks The development of landforms and landscapes Underground water Aerial photography and remote sensing Terrain evaluation Subsurface investigations by geophysical methods

ASSESSMENT Up to two 90 minute examinations or the equivalent in time which will cover both the theory and practical work and part of which may be held during the year

626-023 G E O L O G Y (ENGINEERING COURSE)

SEMESTER 1

26 lectures 26 hours of laboratory work and a one day field excursion

8 points Civil Engineering

94

SYLLABUS

Basic concepts in geology Mineralogy properties and genesis of common rock forming minerals Petrology characteristic features and genesis of the common igneous sedimentary and metamorphic rocks Structural geology descriptive treatment of folds joints and faults Rock weathering the formation of clay minerals and of soils and soil profiles The development of landforms and landscapes Fluvial erosion Underground water Aerial photography and remote sensing Terrain evaluation Soil and rock as engineering materials Applied mineralogy and petrology Elementary rock mechanics Subsurface investigations by boring sampling and geophysical methods The application of geology to engineering projects including quarries open cut mines slope stabilization foundations tunnels dams and reservoirs

ASSESSMENT Up to three 90 minute examinations or the equivalent in time which will cover both the theory and practical work and part of which may be held during the year Additional tests may be held during the semester and given some weight in assessing final examination results

9 5

DEPARTMENT OF COMPUTER SCIENCE, DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONIC ENGINEERING

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING SOFTWARE ENGINEERING COMPUTER ENGINEERING

COMPUTING STUDIES


:?:::s§^ TZA:Z COOKIE


617 005 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS 1* 25 points PLUS 75 points of units or subjects selected from subjects available in the University and with approval of the appropriate teaching Facully

* This subject is a compulsory component of all First Year Engineering and Surveying courses but may be replaced by the three Mathematics units designated as the equivalent in content each weighted at 12 5 points where the course structure and workload permits the balance of the course is then 62 5 points In 1991 the units arc


First Year lota l 100 points

E L E C T R I C A L , ELECTRONIC, COMPUTER, SOFTWARE ENGINEERING, INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

The First Year of the course lor the degree ol BACHELOR Ob E N G I N E E R I N G ( E L E C I R I C A L ) is a general (unspccihed) course but with the following prerequisites for later years

431 101 ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 1 125 points 433 121 ENGINEERING COMPUTING 1 12 5 617 005 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS 1* 2 5 640 006 PHYSICS 1 (ENGINEERING COURSE) 25

96

433 122 COMPUTER SYSTEMS I 12 5 points if not taken in First Year will be taken at a later stage of the course (or its equivalent will be taken) by those students wishing to continue study in Cngineeiing Computing or comparable studies

Students who do not complete the Physics prerequisite will be unable to pursue studies in the Electrical Engineering stream


See also under FIRST YEAR

B A C H E L O R O F E N G I N E E R I N G ( E L E C T R I C A L ) S T R E A M (Combined Course)

EIRSI YFAR

400 101 TECHNOLOGY 1 12 5 points (option) 431 101 ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 1 125 (prerequisite) 433 101 COMPUTER SCIENCE IA 12 5 OR (prerequisite) 433 121 ENGINEERING COMPUTING 1 12 5 433 1 02 COMPUTER SCIENCE IB 12 5 OR (option) 433 1 22 COMPUTER SYSTEMS 1 1 2 5 617 101 MATHEMATICS IA 1 2 5 (prerequisite) 617 1 02 MATHEMATICS IB 12 5 (prerequisite) 617 132 MATHEMATICS IC 1 2 5 (prerequi site) 640 120 PHYSICS 1 (ADVANCED COURSE) 25 (prerequisite)*


* Completion of an approved course in Physics is a prerequisite for study in Physics at the Second or Third Year level which in turn is a prerequisite for certain studies in the Fourth Year of the Electrical Engineering stream

SECOND YEAR

(FROM 1991 A NFW COURSE" WII L OPE RA1E EOR SECOND YEAR, 1992 FOR IHIRD YEAR AND 1993 E"OR EOUR1H \ E A R )

See under Electrical Engineering Second Year combined courses with Science will be arranged for students according to individual requirements, in view of the number of possible combinations of streams in Engineering and Science Students should note, however, that students who seek to undertake Computer Science studies as p irt of the Science degree may not also do so as optional Engineering studies, and conversely, students who enter the Computer or Software Engineering streams will not be able to undertake a full range of studies in Computer Science as part of the Science degree, since there are insufficient studies in this discipline to permit construction of a full dual course Students in the latter group will normally be expected to undertake studies in Mathematics and Physics but may with the permission of both Faculties undertake other studies which satisfy the degree requirements of both Faculties

97

(NO I E all points allocations are as for the subiects of the Electrical Engineering course Points allocations for components of the Science course are listed in fu l l in the Faculty of Science Course and Subiect Guide )

IHIRD YFAR

43 1 301 ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 2 617 003 STATISTICS AND STOCHASTIC PROCESSES ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS as for ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

AND

Approved units in Computer Science and Mathematics (approximately 15 25% of the year) or Mathematics and electives (approximately 25% of the year) or Physics (approximately 20% of the year) according to the stream of Science study preferred

FOURIH YEAR

100 points of 300 level Science units approved by that Faculty

H U H YFAR

431 401 ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 3

431 412 DISCUSSION SESSIONS 2 (ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING) 431 444 VACATION WORK (PRACTICAL EXPERIENCE ELECTRICAL) together with options and electives available in the ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING course

BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING (ELECTRICAL)

IHIRD YEAR (1991)

431 301 ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 2 67 431 312 DISCUSSION SESSIONS 1 7 436 313 THERMODYNAMICS AND FLUID MECHANICS 1 3 618 309 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS 3G 3 619 003 STATISTICS AND STOCHASTIC PROCESSES 1 0

Third Year l o t a l 100

FOUR I I I YFAR (1992)

431 401 ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 3 75 431 412 DISCUSSION SESSIONS 2 5 431 444 VACATION WORK (PRACTICAL EXPERIENCE ELECTRICAL) 0 together with e i ther 317 203 BUSINESS DECISIONS 1 0 and one of 316 308 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS 1 0 317 201 ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOUR 1 0 317 202 ORGANIZATION AND MANAGEMENT 1 0 or one of 433 202 COMPUTER SCIENCE 2B 20* 433 313 COMPUTER DESIGN 20* 433 332 OPERATING SYSTEMS 20* 433 361 PROGRAMMING LANGUAGES 20* (not available

Fourth Year lotal 100

98

* Subject to the approval of the Head of the Department of Electrical and Electronic Engineering Points weightings for these subjects arc set differently in the Science course and the Graduate Diploma in Computing Studies For this course in 1991 and 1992 points weightings for these subjects will be fixed at 20 points as in 1990 but students entering the revised courses in the School (Irom 1991 Second Year) will undertake such subjects with weightings approved at the time

SCHOOL OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY AND ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING (ELECTRICAL) AND COMBINED COURSES FROM 1991

b LECTRICAL FNGINrERING SFCOND YFAR

Electrical Engineering stream

The Second Year of the Electrical Engineering course comprises a selection of subjects totalling at least 100 points from the following subjects

42 points from Electrical Engineering subjects 431 2xx Networks 2# 431 2xx Electronics 2U* 431 2xx Power 2 431 2xx Digital Electronics and Computer Systems 2#* 431 2xx Field and Transmission Lines 2 431 2xx Communications 2# 431 2xx Control 2# 431 2xx Laboratory 2 (sec below) 431 2xx Physical Electronics (select for all streams)

Select all subjects for Electrical Engineering stream or at least 28 points for the Computer Engineering stream or at least 14 points for the Software Engineering stream

# Recommended subjects for the Computer Engineering stream * Recommended subjects (or the Software Engineering stream

One of

431 2xx Laboratory 2A/B/C (8 6 or 4 points)

Laboratory 2A for Electrical Engineering Laboratory 2B for Computer Engineering Laboratory 2C for Software Engineering

One two or three of

433 221 Engineering Computing 2 (10 points) 433 201 Computer Science 2B (17 5 points) 433 211 Mathematical Software A (9 5 points)

Select Engineering Computing 2 for the Electrical Engineering stream or Engineering Computing 2 and Computer Science 2B for the Computer Engineering stream or all three for the Software Engineering stream Intending Computer Engineering stream

99

students should note that they may maintain flexibility in their choice of course by choosing all the Electrical Engineering subjects including Laboratory 2A and Computer Science 2B in second year This allows the choice of either the Electrical Engineering stream or the Computer Engineering stream in third year

All of

618 205 Engineering Mathematics 2C 618 206 Engineering Mathematics 2D 618 207 Engineering Mathematics 2E 618 208 Engineering Mathematics 2F (21 points total)

Select all subjects for all streams

Optional subjects

Either 640 026 Physics 2 (Engineering Course)

or 640 242 Optics and Relativity and 640 243 Quantum Mechanics or the Advanced study equivalents

Physics 2 (Engineering Course) or equivalent subjects offered in Physics is a prerequisite for many of the Electrical Engineering subjects in the fourth (final) year of the course It is therefore expected that all students will take this subject as an option in cither the second or third year of the course

Options to the balance of 100 points options may be chosen from any department in the University willing to accept the student s enrolment and should be chosen to achieve a total enrolment of at least 100 points Students should remember however that the Faculty which teaches the subject is also responsible for setting its points weighting and where this presents any difficulty it should be referred to the Student Adviser in the first instance who will then consult the Head of the Department of Electrical and Electronic Engineering before Facully approval is granted This is to ensure that students are fully aware of the consequences of their choice

Combined course Computer Science and Flectrical Engineering stream in BE (Elec)

Electrical Engineering subjects Laboratory subject Physical Electronics Engineering Mathematics as for the standard course

78 points

Either 433 201 Computer Science 2A

or 433 221 Engineering Computing 2

433 202 Computer Science 2B

Either 640 026 Physics 2 (Engineering Course)

or 640 222 Optics and Relativity and 640 223 Quantum Mechanics

Combined course Mathematics stre im and any stream of BF (Flet)

As above but with Physics 2 (Engineering Course) and

100

617 201 Analysis 617 231 Vccior Analysis 617 232 Mathematical Methods 617 207 Engineering Mathematics 2E 617 208 Engineering Mathematics 2F

NOTE other approved Physics subjects may be substituted for Physics 2 (Engineering Course)

Combined course Physics stream and any stream of BE (Elec)

As for Electrical Engineering subjects and instead of Physics 2 640 222 Optics and Relativity 640 223 Quantum Mechanics

Computer Engineering stream

Engineering Mathematics as above 433 221 Engineering Computing 2 (10 points) 433 202 Computer Science 2B (17 5 points) Options 13 points Physical electronics 7 points Electrical Engineering subjects approximately 32 points

Software Engineering stream

Engineering Mathematics as above 433 221 Engineering Computing 2 (10 points) 433 211 Mathematical Software A (9 5 points) 433 202 Computer Science 2B (17 5 points) Options 13 points Physical electronics 7 points Electrical Engineering subjects approximately 18 points

E L E C T R I C A L ENGINEERING IHIRD YEAR (from 1992)

The third year of the Electrical Engineering course comprises a selection of subjects totalling at least 100 points from the following groups of subjects

431 3xx Networks 3 431 3xx Control 3 431 3xx Field and Transmission Lines 3 431 3xx Communications 3 (7 points each)

Select at least 21 points for the Electrical Engineering stream at least 14 points for the Computer Engineering stream none arc required for the Software Engineering stream

431 3xx Digital Electronics and Computer Systems 3 431 3xx Power 3 431 3xx Electronics 3 (7 points each)

Select at least 14 points for the Electrical Engineering stream at least 7 points for the Computer Engineering stream none arc required for the Software Engineering stream

(Examples only)

431 3xx Computer Control

101

431 3xx CAD Design ol VLSI 431 3xx Switching and Signalling 431 3xx Solid State Semiconductors Devices (3 5 points each)

Select 7 points for the Elccincal Engineering stream none required for the other streams

431 3xx Laboratory 3A/B (8 or 6 points)

Select Laboratory 3A for the Electrical Engineering stream Laboratory 3B for the Computer Engineering stream neither is required for the Software Engineering stream

433 21 1 Mathematical Software A (9 5 points) 433 313 Computer Design (12 5 points)

Select Mathematical Software A for the Electrical Engineering stream both for the Computer Engineering stream and 50 points from 300 level Computer Science subjects for the Software Engineering stream

617 309 Engineering Mathematics 3G (2 5 points) 617 003 Statistics and Stochastic Processes

Select both for all streams

Options options may be chosen from any department in the University willing to accept the student s enrolment and should be chosen to achieve a total enrolment of at least 100 points bearing in mind the constraints explained under the Second Year entry

Science subjects in Computer Science, Mathematics and Physics compatible with the Engineering Timetable

Second Year Third Year

Computer Science 433 201 Computer Science 2A 433 202 Computer Science 2B 433 21 1 Mathematical Software A

433 211 Mathematical Software A 433 212 Models of Computation 617 242 Computational

Mathematics

Mathematics 617 201 Analysis 617 202 Algebra 617 231 Vector Analysis 617 232 Mathematical Mcihods

617 201 Linear Prog &Optimi/ n 617 242 Computat Mathematics

Physics 640 222 Optics & Relativity 640 223 Quantum Mechanics

640 226 Thermal Physics 640 224 Classical Mechanics

These subjects arc listed for information only and should not be seen as a formal constraint on choice of subjects available in the BSc component provided that these are approved in the normal manner Students are however reminded lhat timetabling is a major concern and that it is academically highly undesirable for students to seek to undertake studies in subjects which they would not be able to attend fully

E L E C T R I C A L ENGINEERING FOUR 1 II YhAR (from 1993)

431 4xx Thesis 16 12 or 8 points

431 4xx Project Work 8 16 points Elecuves 36 points chosen from a list of advanced Electrical Engineering electives to be notified at the beginning of each year A typical list of electives would be

Optical Communications Microwaves Digital Signal Processing High Performance Computer Architecture Information and Coding Electronic Circuit Design Computer Communications Teletraffic Engineering Bioengineering Topics in Advanced Control Computer Aided Design Design of Very Large Scale Integrated Circuits Network Synthesis and Filter Design Computer Control Power System Dynamics and Stability Analysis

Options to total 100 points in all

The above details are for the Electrical Engineering stream Computer Engineering stream students will choose 75 points from subjects offered in cither Electrical Engineering or Computer Science Software Engineering students will take 75 points from Computer Science subjects plus options to bring the total to 100 points



GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN COMPUTING STUDIES

FULL TIME COURSE

1st semester 2nd semester

433 291 433 292 433 293 and one 433 343 433 211

Computing Computing Computing

of Computers

Studies Studies Studies

2A 2B 2C

and Society Mathematical Software A

433 390 Computing Studies Project and three of 433 313 Computer Design 433 353 Networks and Communications 433 361 Programming Languages 433 380 Graphics

PART TIME COURSE

1st semester

Year 1

2nd semester

433 292 Computing Studies 2B 433 293 Computing Studies 2C

433 291 Computing Studies 2A and one of 433 353 Networks and Communications

103

433 361 Programming Languages 433 380 Graphics

Year 2

Two of 433 390 Computing Studies Project 433 315 Data Management and one of 433 343 Computers and Society 433 313 Computer Design 433 21 1 Mathematical Software A 433 353 Networks and Communications 433 303 Artificial Intelligence 433 361 Programming Languages 433 332 Operating Systems 433 380 Graphics


From 1991 prerequisite requirements are applied to subjects and courses in the School of Information Technology and Electrical Engineering These requirements may be waived by the Faculty through its Examinations and Progress Committee, through the Dean acting on behalf of the Faculty, and through the Department teaching the subject and the Department responsible for the course so recommending to the Faculty All applications for such exemption must be submitted in writing to the Assistant Registrar (Engineering) before the commencement of semester 1 in the year in which exemption is sought

421-224 A P P L I E D M E C H A N I C S

SEMESTER 1 and 2 this subject may not be available in 1991

18 lectures 9 practice classes 21 hours of laboratory work Semester 1 18 lectures 15 practice classes Semester 2

14 points Electrical Engineering

SYLLABUS

Section A Statics

The subject matter of this section is the mechanics of deformable solids in which the basic principles governing the static behaviour of continua and of the components of machines and structures are described

Unit 1

Stress and strain Characteristics of material behaviour Analysis of stress states Uniaxial biaxial and triaxial Principal values Mohr s circle Analysis of thin rings and cylinders Flexural behaviour Elastic action stress distributions curvature Deflection analysis Integration methods for uniformly distributed loads and point loads Principles of superposition and reciprocity Inelastic behaviour

Unit 2 Analysis of elements Torsion of shafts helical springs shear in beams combined bending and shear

1 04

Combined stresses Axial and llexural action Compression members Elastic buckling of columns

ASSESSMENT One 2 hour examination The examination may be held during the year Practical work done during the year will comprise 20% of the final assessment of the subject

Section B Dynamics

This section is concerned with the dynamic behaviour of bodies subjected to forces Fundamental ideas in kinematics (description of motion) and kinetics (relation of the motion to applied forces) are developed These principles arc then applied to a study of mechanical vibrations

Kinematics and kinetics of particles and systems of particles Work energy and impulse momentum relations Rigid body dynamics angular velocity moments of inertia gyroscopics

Small vibrations of systems with one or two degrees of freedom damped and undamped free and forced motions Rotating machinery balancing critical speeds Rayleigh s method for continuous systems

ASSESSMENT One 2 hour examination Practice class work will be taken into account in the final assessment

431-2xx COMMUNICATIONS 2

SEMESTER 2

13 lectures 3 practice classes

3 5 points

Prerequisite 431 101 Electrical Engineering 1

SYLLABUS

An introduction to amplitude frequency and phase modulation and demodulation examples of practical systems which use these techniques Pulse code modulation Time division multiplexing Baseband digital data transmission Examples of communication networks

ASSESSMENT One 1 hour examination Practice classes tests and assignments not exceeding 12 pages will be taken into account The weighting of components will be provided at the start of the semester

431-2xx CONTROL 2

SEMESTER 2


3 5 points


SYLLABUS

Continuous time linear systems transfer functions feedback transient and steady state analysis second order systems higher order systems Stability in the time domain Routh

105

Hurwit/ root locus stability in the frequency domain Bode Nyquisi PI PD and PID controllers time and frequency dom tin compensator design


431-2xx DIGITAL ELECTRONICS AND COMPUTER SYSTEMS 2

SEMESTER 2


7 points


SYLLABUS

Digital Electronics and CSE 2 Logic families counters shift registers and memory Analog to digital and digital to analog converters Microprocessor architecture from a programmers viewpoint instruction sets programming in assembler interfacing memory ADCs DACs and other peripherals to microprocessors interrupts and interrupt structures Computer architecture


431 -2xx ELECTRONICS 2

SEMESTER 2


7 points


SYLLABUS

Models of semiconductor devices diodes bipolar transistors JFETS and MOSFETS Integrated circuit fabrication Large and small signal equivalent circuits and their application in amplifiers and switching circuits Basic one and two transistor circuit configurations Frequency and time domain response of amplifiers Computer simulation of devices and circuits


431-2xx FIELDS AND TRANSMISSION LINES 2

SEMESTER 1


106

7 points


SYLLABUS

Maxwell s equations Electric fields and magnetic fields in conductors and magnetic materials Electric scalar and magnetic potentials Numerical computation of electromagnetic fields Time varying fields in material media Plane wave propagation of electromagnetic fields interface phenomena Power density Lossless transmission lines Introduction to optical fibre transmission


431-2xx LABORATORY 2A

SFMES1ER 1 and 2

Twenty four 3 hour laboratory sessions

8 points

Prerequisite 431 101 Electrical Engineering I

Corequisite enrolment in an approved combination of second year subjects from the Electrical Engineering course

This course applies to the Electrical Engineering stream

SYLLABUS

Practical work related to the topics in the second year Electrical Engineering course Students will only undertake those sections of the laboratory work which are relevant to the Electrical Engineering subjects for which they arc enrolled

ASSESSMENT Attendance at laboratory classes and satisfactory completion of laboratory reports each not exceeding 1 200 words No more than 1 report for each two laboratory sessions will be required Attendance at laboratories ol less than 75% may require a laboratory examination to be undertaken or result in refusal of permission to sit for the examinations Attendance at one laboratory session is defined as (a) being marked present for thai session (b) recording the results of experiments in an appropriately bound notebook and (c) presenting any requested written or verbal report on the work undertaken in that session Written reports are not required to exceed 1 200 words in length nor to contain more lhan 4 diagrams of such complexity lhat they could not reasonably be expected to fit on a single A4 page for each 3 hour session and verbal reports arc not to take longer than 10 minutes for each student Failure to comply with any of these conditions can be recorded as non attendance for that session

The laboratory examination is to take ihc form of a laboratory session of 3 hours when the candidates will be expected to perform individually one of the experiments undertaken during the laboratory course under examinauon These will be open book examinations but candidates will not be able to take any written reports on any of the laboratory experiments into the examination

107

431-2xx LABORATORY 2B

SEMESTER 1 and 2

Eighteen 3 hour laboratory sessions

6 points


Corequisite enrolment in an approved combination of second year subjects from the Electrical Engineering course

This course applies to the Computer Engineering stream

SYLLABUS

Practical work related to the topics in the second year Electrical Engineering course Students will only undertake those sections of ihc laboratory work which are relevant to the Electrical Engineering subjects for which they arc enrolled

ASSESSMENT Attendance at laboratory classes and satisfactory completion of laboratory reports each not exceeding 1 200 words No more lhan 1 report for each two laboratory sessions will be required Attendance at laboratories of less than 75% may require a laboratory examination to be undertaken or rcsull in refusal of permission to sit for the examinations Attendance at one laboratory session is defined as (a) being marked present for that session (b) recording the results of experiments in an appropriately bound notebook and (c) presenting any requested written or verbal report on the work undertaken in lhat session Written reports are not required to exceed 1 200 words in length nor to contain more than 4 diagrams of such complexity that they could not reasonably be expected to fit on a single A4 page for each 3 hour session and verbal reports are not to take longer than 10 minutes for each student Failure to comply with any of these conditions can be recorded as non attendance for that session

The laboratory examination is to take the form of a laboratory session of 3 hours when the candidates will be expected to perform individually one of the experiments undertaken during the laboratory course under examination These will be open book examinations but candidates will not be able to take any written reports on any of the laboratory experiments into the examination

431-2xx LABORATORY 2C

SEMESTER 1 and 2

Twelve 3 hour laboratory sessions

4 points


Corequisite enrolment in an approved combination of second year subjects Trom the Electrical Engineering course

This course applies to the Software Engineering stream

108

SYLLABUS

Practical work related to the topics in the second y t j r Electrical Engineering course Students will only undertake those sections of the laboratory work which are relevant to the Electrical Engineering subjects lor which they are enrolled

ASSESSMENT Attendance at laboratory classes and satisfactory completion of laboratory reports each not exceeding 1 200 words No more than 1 report for each two laboratory sessions will be required Attendance at laboratories of less than 75% may require a laboratory examination lo be undertaken or result in refusal of permission to sit for the examinations Attendance at one laboratory session is defined as (a) being marked present for that session (b) recording the results of experiments in an appropriately bound notebook and (e) presenting any requested written or verbal report on the work undertaken in that session Written reports arc not required to exceed 1 200 words in length nor to contain more than 4 diagrams of such complexity that they could not reasonably be expected to fit on a single A4 page for each 3 hour session and verbal reports arc not to take longer than 10 minutes for each student Failure to comply with any of these conditions can be recorded as non attendance for that session


431-2xx NETWORKS 2

SEMESTER 1


7 points


SYLLABUS

Analysis of lumped component linear time invariant DC and steady stale AC networks Network theorems Connection matrices graph theory differential equations discretisation of continuous time systems difference equations transients in linear networks resonance impulse response convolution Laplace irutislorms / transforms


431-2xx PHYSICAL ELECTRONICS

SEMESTER 1

26 lectures 6 practice elasscs and three 3 hour laboratory sessions

7 points


109

SYLLABUS

Band .structure holes and electrons Carrier dynamics drill and diffusion Generation and recombination carrier lifetime Einstein relations The p n junction injected carrier densities charge storage diffusion and depletion capacitances the ideal diode equation non ideal diode processes Introduction to bipolar transistors junction field effect transistors Schottky barrier diodes MOS transistors Spontaneous and stimulated emission light emitting diodes semiconductor diode lasers Photodiodes


431 2xx POWER 2

SEMESTER 1 and 2


7 points


SYLLABUS

Introduction to power systems and power system component Electromechanical energy conversion magnetic circuits dc motors transformers induction motors Measurements transducers Single and balanced three phase power system network analysis Introduction to electric supply systems Rectifiers


431-301 E L E C T R I C A L ENGINEERING 2

SEMES 1ER 1 and 2


67 points Electrical Engineering 1991 only

SYLLABUS

1 Networks and Control

Network theory Transients in lumped linear networks impulse response convolution State equations derivation from simplest graph theory switched sources Two port parameters Impedance matching at discrete Frequencies Fourier transforms generalized functions Application to communications Control Systems Open and closed loop systems Mathematical Modelling Transfer functions block diagrams and signal flow graphs Classical performance criteria sensitivity Frequency response methods of analysis Routh Hurwit/ Nyquist Bode Nichols Root locus Design of compensators lead lag lead lag PID minor loop stabilization Stability Nonlinear systems and phenomena peculiar to nonlinear systems The describing function Stability Direct digital control

1 1 0

2 Flectronics and Communications

Analogue Circuits High I requeue y device models (BJT JFET MOSFET) Diflereniial amplifiers asymmetry drill offsci Power amplifiers Operational amplifiers applications comparators realization in IC technology Active Loads stage interaction Fields Plane wave propagation normal incidence multiple interfaces interface matching Distributed circuits transmission lines in frequency and lime domains reflection matching losses including skin effect scattering parameters Magnetic vector potential the simplest antennas Propagation between antennas Communication and Signal 'Iheory Signal description transform theorems correlation linear modulation power spectral density Noise detection in noise

3 Power Networks, Fquipment, and Systems

Power System Networks Unbalanced three phase loads fault calculations symmetrical components the power flow problem introduction to digital computer methods of solution Electromechanical Energy Conversion Doubly excited systems principles of machine windings dynamical equations of motion Power Equipment Theory operation and practice of single phase transformer three phase connections three phase and single phase induction machines synchronous machines de machines and speed control drives polyph isc power rectifiers power electronics and motor control ratings and protection of devices Power and Energy Systems The structure and nature of an electricity supply system loads prime movers and plant characteristics energy resources representation and models of components for power system studies dynamic performance and the general problem of transient and steady state stability power frequency and voltage control the use of digital computers in power system analysis Measurement s A C bridge circuits selected types of digital instruments recording equipment and transducers

4 Digital lechniques and Computer Systems

Digital Techniques Characteristics and limitations ol logic families functional study of monostablcs astablcs Schmitt trigger A/D and D/A converters counters and shift registers design of sequential circuits memory elements Computer Systems Advanced microprocessor systems computer architecture

LABORATORY PRACTICE CLASSES AND TUTORIALS 166 hours of laboratory work and 48 hours of tutorials practice classes and excursions related to the above course Reports on laboratory work and practice class calculations must be submitted lor marking as directed by the demonstrators and tutors No student will be admitted to the annual examination without evidence of satisfactory practical work A practical examination may be held in doubtful cases

ASSESSMENT There will be five 3 hour examinations and one 2 hour examination or the equivalent in time Some of these examinations may be held during the year Work performed during the year on laboratory work will be taken into account in assessing the examination results The weighting of components will be provided at the start of the year

431-312 DISCUSSION SESSIONS 1 ( E L E C T R I C A L ENGINEERING)

SEMESTER 1 and 2

7 points Electrical Engineering course 1991 only

111

SYLLABUS

A course of about 15 hours of lectures tutorials and assignments and about 30 hours of assignment and essay preparation and study of selected literature

Candidates will be assessed on written work and oral presentation performed during the year

431-382 DIGITAL CIRCUITS

SEMESTER 2

18 hours lectures 5 hours tutorials 9 hours laboratory work

8 4 points Science course this subject is not normally available to students in the Faculty of Engineering

Prerequisites Some knowledge ol microprocessor organi/auon and programming is assumed Special provision may be made for students without this background

Objectives To introduce digital circuits in the context of computer design and programming

SYLLABUS

Characteristics and limitations of logic families functional study of monostablcs astablcs Schmitt trigger A/D and D/A converters counters and shift registers design of sequential circuits memory elements

ASSESSMENT One 90 minute examination (85%) laboratory work (15%)

431-3xx COMMUNICATIONS 3

SEMES 1 ER 1 not available until 1992


7 points

Prerequisite Communications 2

SYLLABUS

Probability concepts applied to wave forms Random processes Analog phase and frequency modulation Radio receivers and narrowband noise Comparison of analog modulation techniques Pulse code modulation Baseband digital data transmission Modulated carrier data transmission Digital data networks Codes Optical communication systems Radio signal fading Shot and avalanche noise


431-3xx CONTROL 3

SEMES 1FR 1 not available until 1992


1 1 2

7 points

Prerequisite Control 2

SYLLABUS

State space representation of dynamic systems solving the state equations state space representations of discrete time systems solving the discrete time state equations state transform methods controllability observability controller design by pole placement state observers optimal control adaptive control nonlinear control systems phase plane analysis of linear and nonlinear systems


431-3xx DIGITAL ELECTRONICS AND COMPUTER SYSTEMS 3

SEMESTER 2 not available until 1992


7 points

Prerequisite Digital Electronics and Computer Systems 2

SYLLABUS

Relaxation oscillators multivibrators analysis and design of sequential digital systems Hardware aspects of DMA serial and parallel communication 16 and 32 bit processors memory management Architecture of high performance compuiers Computer networks and communications IEEE 488 parallel communications protocols cihcrnct token ring token bus


431-3xx ELECTRONICS 3

SEMES 1 ER 2 not available until 1992


7 points

Prerequisite Electronics 2

SYLLABUS

High frequency device models charge storage and switching large signal device models Switching performance of devices computer simulation Analog integrated circuit technology differential amplifiers asymmetry drift offset Current sources and active loads Power amplifiers Multistage frequency response Feedback frequency response and stability of feedback amplifiers Operational amplifiers Nonlinear analog circuits Noise in devices and circuits Bandpass amplilicrs and oscillators

1 1 3


431-3xx FIELDS AND TRANSMISSION LINES 3



7 points

Prerequisite Fields and Transmission 2

SYLLABUS

Plane wave propagation with multiple interfaces and oblique incidence General lossy transmission line in both time and frequency domain Applications of distributed circuits Matching techniques Smith chart Scattering parameters Coupled lines and directional couplers Stnplines and microstnp Waveguides and cavities Dielectric waveguides integrated optics and optical (ibrcs Radiation and simple antennas Propagation between antennas


431-3xx LABORATORY 3A

SEMESTER 1 and 2 not available until 1992

Two 3 hour laboratory sessions for each ol 26 weeks

8 points

Prerequisite Laboratory 2

Corequisite enrolment in an approved combination of subjects from the third year of the Electrical Engineering course

SYLLABUS

Practical work related to the topics in the third jear Electrical Engineering course Students will only undertake those sections of the laboratory work which are relevant to the Electrical Engineering subjects for which they arc enrolled

ASSESSMENT Attendance at laboratory classes and satisfactory completion of laboratory reports each not exceeding 1 200 words No more than 1 report for each two laboratory sessions will be required Attendance at laboratories of less than 75% may require a laboratory examination to be undertaken or result in refusal of permission to sit for the examinations Attendance at one laboratory session is defined as (a) being marked present for that session (b) recording the results of experiments in an appropriately bound notebook and (c) presenting any requested written or verbal report on the work undertaken in that session Written reports arc not required to exceed 1 200 words in length nor to contain more than 4 diagrams of such complexity that they could not reasonably be expected to fit on

1 1 4

a single A4 page for each 3 hour session Failure 10 comply with conditions (a) (b) or (c) can be recorded as non attendance for that session


431-3xx LABORATORY 3B

SEMESTER 1 and 2 not available until 1992

Two 3 hour laboratory sessions for each of 20 weeks

6 points

Prerequisite Laboratory 2

Corequisite enrolment in an approved combination of subjects from the third year of the Electrical Engineering course

SYLLABUS

Practical work related to the topics in the third year Electrical Engineering course Students will only undertake those sections of the laboratory work which are relevant to the Electrical Engineering subjects for which they are enrolled

ASSESSMENT Attendance at laboratory classes and satisfactory completion of laboratory reports each not exceeding 1 200 words No more than 1 report for each two laboratory sessions will be required Attendance al laboratories of less than 75% may require a laboratory examination to be undertaken or result in refusal of permission to sit for the examinations Attendance at one laboratory session is defined as (a) being marked present for that session (b) recording the results of experiments in an appropriately bound notebook and (c) presenting any requested written or verbal report on the work undertaken in that session Written reports are not required lo exceed 1 200 words in length nor to contain more than 4 diagrams of such complexity that they could not reasonably be expected to fit on a single A4 page for each 3 hour session Failure to comply with conditions (a) (b) or (c) can be recorded as non attendance for that session

The laboratory examination is lo take the form of a laboratory session of 3 hours when the candidates will be expected to perform individually one of the experiments undertaken during the laboratory course under examination These will be open book examinations but candidates will not be able to take any written reports on any of the laboratory experiments into the examination

431-3xx NETWORKS 3



7 points

Prerequisite Networks 2

1 1 5

SYLLABUS

Analysis of lumped component linear ume invariant DC and sicady siaie AC networks Network theorems Connection matrices graph theory differential equations discretisation of continuous time systems difference equations transients in linear networks resonance impulse response convolution Laplace transforms 7 transforms


431-3xx POWER 3



7 points

Prerequisite Power 2

SYLLABUS

Introduction to unbalanced three phase loads power flow problem Electro mechanical energy conversion doubly excited systems dynamical equation of motion Power system equipment polyphase transformers and machines Power electronics application to variable speed drives


431-401 E L E C T R I C A L ENGINEERING 3

SEMES 1ER 1 and 2

First Semester 104 lectures 78 tutorials and 40 hours ol laboratory work Second Semester 68 lectures 78 tutorials and 40 hours of laboratory work

75 points Electrical Engineering course 1991 1992 only

SYLLABUS

Section 1 comprising about 104 lectures of core material is compulsory for all students Most of the Section 1 lectures will be given in the first semester

Section 2 comprising courses of about 26 lectures provides for further study in one of two major professional areas of electrical engineering Students will be required to take one only of the two courses offered in this section

Section 3 makes up the remainder ol the lectures and consists of a number of elective courses These elecuves are directed to more specialized topics or aim to advance knowledge of areas introduced in the core course (Section 1) Students will be required to select three of these option courses

Supplementary notes expanding on the organization of the course for the year and including details of the Section 1 lecture and laboratory arrangements will be available at the

1 1 6

beginning ol first semester Details loi Sections 2 and 1 will tx made av ulablc during the scmcsicr Section 2 and 3 ol the course will Ix given m Scnn.sui 2

Section 1

Control Systems State space description of systems Multivariable control system theory Introduction to optimal control theory Transducers and actuators in industrial control systems Computer control Machines and Power Systems Advanced rectifier/inverter circuits high voltage d c transmission Synchronous machines considerations of steady state analysis for cylindrical rotor and salient pole machines synchronous machine equations two reaction method of analysis transient behaviour and reactances Short circuit studies under conditions of balanced and unbalanced faults Analogue Circuits Design and stability ol Iccdback amplifiers Band pass amplifiers power pulse circuits and oscillators Signal and Communications Iheory Filter design methods passive and active common realizations FM PCM and delta modulation Digital signals Antennas waveguides strip lines coupled transmission lines Terrestrial electromagnetic propagation Digital Systems Computer hardware and architecture state machines interfacing hardware digital instrumentation Digital Computer Applications The use of mini and micro computers for instrumentation measurements data processing and the control of systems

Section 2

Students are required to study one of the following

Communication Systems or

Real Time Control of Dynamical Systems

Communication Systems

(a) Study of the factors influencing the choice of particular communication systems including the constraints imposed by technological limitations of the transmission medium and of electronic devices and systems The economies of large capacity communication systems

Topics to be considered and from which a small selection will be made for in depth study include

Cable radio microwave and optical transmission channels Multiplexing methods telephone and data Repeater performance High data rate systems synchronization and error control Detection methods

(b) A complete design study and proposal for solving a particular communication problem

Real lime Control of Dynamical Systems

(a) Power System Modelling Power and Frequency control reactive power and voltage control System stability transient models effect of controllers on stability (b) Real Time Operation of Computers Input output programming under an operating system device management Mulli tasking real time operating system Computer interfacing transducers data acquisition Development of real time control algorithms parameter identification (c) Multivariable Control Systems Multivariable process control design methods Controllers with deterministic disturbances A number of realistic processes will be presented or modelled for controller design exercises Output feedback controllers and realization of state observers

1 1 7

Section 3

The elective units to be offered will be notified to students towards the end of the Core course (Section 1) The following list of electives offered in the past is included as an indication of the amount of choice usually available The units listed may not all be presented in any one year depending on staffing and demand Approval of the head of department must be obtained for the electives selected Some restriction on choice may apply and students may be directed to particular electives Each elective will be a 14 lecture unit

Bioengineering Control Engineering Applications Microwaves and Optoelectronics Electrical Power Systems Digital Signal Processing Network Synthesis and Filter Design Power System Dynamics Computer Control and Identification Principles of V L S I Design Electronic Circuit Design Optical Fibre Systems and Components Information and Coding

Practical Work

LABORATORY WORK In first Semester there will be 6 hours per week devoted to experiments related to the Section 1 syllabus Additional time will be taken up in presenting verbal reports related to these laboratory periods During the remainder of the year students will be expected to undertake project work under supervision requiring about 8 hours per week including consultation with the supervisor

TUTORIALS There will be about three 1 hour tutonals per week devoted to topics associated with lecture courses and practice classes Practice classes must be submitted as required Compulsory excursions may also be held from time to time

REPORT Each student is required to submit a report on vacation experience by the end of the second week of First Semester

THESIS Each student will be required to write a thesis during the Second Semester not exceeding 5 000 words on a topic in electrical engineering to be determined after consultation with staff Two typed copies arc required to be submitted by the end of September

NOTE No student will be admitted to the innuul examination without evidence of satisfactory work during the year in all the above practical work A practical examination or resubmission of work may be required in doubtful cases All the above work will be used in assessing the examination results

ASSESSMENT There will be up to seven 3 hour examinations or the equivalent in time Some of these examinations may be held at the end of the First Semester Additional tests may be held during the year and given some weight in assessing the final examination results

431-412 DISCUSSION SESSIONS 2 ( E L E C T R I C A L ENGINEERING)

SEMESTER 1 and 2

5 points Electrical Engineering course 1991 1992 only

SYLLABUS

A course of 50 hours generally on topics of literary historical social concern and professional practice Essays tests and/or project work will be prescribed

ASSESSMENT Candidates will be assessed on the work performed during the year

1 1 8

431-444 VACATION WORK (PRACTICAL EXPERIENCE -ELECTRICAL)

0 points


433-113 INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTING

SEMESTER 3 (summer semester)

This is a preliminary unit for students entering the Graduate Diploma in Computing Studies but with insufficient background in programming

24 lectures 8 two hours laboratory classes 32 hours project work Eight weeks part time throughout January and February This subject is normally only available to students currently enrolled in the Graduate Diploma course

10 points

SYLLABUS

Programming problem specification problem decomposition and algorithm design procedural programming languages introduction to software engineering Basic data structures arrays records files basic algorithms searching sorting merging matching Introduction to computer organization CPU memory peripherals

ASSESSMENT One 2 hour written examination at the end of the course and projects not exceeding 32 hours Project work must be completed satisfactorily to pass the unit Weighting of assessment components will be made known at the commencement of the subject

COMMENT This course is an introduction to programming Practical work will be in the C programming language and students will be introduced to the UNIX operating system

PRESCRIBED TEXTS Kernighan BW and Ritchie DM I he C Programming Language 2nd ed Addison Wesley 1988

433-201 COMPUTER SCIENCE 2\

SEMESTER 1

52 lectures 13 one hour tutorials

17 5 points Science

Prerequisite Computer Science 433 102 or 433 122

Objectives To write larger programmes to use a real assembly language (M68000) and to understand the principles of computer organt/ation

SYLLABUS

Design and manipulation of larger programmes modules programming tools applications

1 1 9

Assembly language programming assembly language structure control and data representation input/ouipul programming procedure call implementation structure of object files linkers loaders and assemblers Computer structure combinational and sequential logic central processor organi/auon interrupts and DMA microprogramming

ASSESSMENT Examinations not exceeding 4 hours at the end of Semester 1 Students will be expected to complete approximately 48 hours of project work Project work must be completed satisfactorily to pass the subject Weightings of the components of assessment will be made known at the commencement of the subject

NOTE Students may not gain credit for both 433 201 and 433 102

4 3 3-202 COMPUTER SCIENCE 2B

SEMESTER 2


17 5 points Science 20 points Electrical Engineering Fourth Year

Prerequisites {Computer Science 433 201 or [122 and 221|) and Mathematics 618/617 101 or 618 005 or equivalent

Objectives To use a systems programming language (C) to use a variety ol data structures and file structures to improve the efficiency of programmes and to understand the principles of database systems SYLLABUS

Systems programming languages

Data structures and algorithms analysis ol algorithms abstract data types heaps balanced trees optimal binary search trees disjoint set algorithms graph algorithms dynamic storage management storage allocation methods garbage collection File structures and algorithms physical devices and access methods external searching and sorting static file structures primary and secondary key retrieval dynamic file structures B trees

Database systems network hierarchical rcl nional and deductive data models database design entity relationship diagrams data normalization relational query languages integrity security concurrency

ASSESSMENT Written examinations not exceeding 4 hours at the end of the semester Students will be expected to complete approximately 48 hours of project work Project work must be completed satisfactorily to pass the subject Weighting of assessment components will be made known at the commencement of the subject

433-211 MATHEMATICAL SOFTWARE A

SEMESTER 1


9 5 points Science 12 5 points Graduate Diploma in Computing Studies and Electrical Engineering

Prerequisites Computer Science 433 102 or 433 122 and Mathematics 618/617 102 or 618 005

1 20

Objectives To study elementary numerical analysis construction of mathematical software and use of a scientific programming language (Fortran)

SYLLABUS

Numerical analysis Analysis of errors solution of nonlinear equations solution of linear systems polynomial interpolation finite differences and their application numerical integration

Programming languages for mathematical software

Structure of mathematical software

This course is an introduction to mathematical software Practical work will be in the programming language Fortran

ASSESSMENT One 3 hour examination at the end of the semester Students will be expected to complete approximately 40 hours of project work Project work must be completed satisfactorily to pass the subject Weighting of assessment components will be made known at the commencement of the subject

433-212 MODELS OF COMPUTATION

SEMESTER 2

26 lectures 13 one hour tutorials

9 5 points Science 12 5 points Graduate Diploma in Computing Studies

Prerequisites Computer Science 433 102 or 433 122 Mathematics 618/617 101 or 618 005 and Mathematical Sciences 617 170

Objectives To reason mathematically about simple models of computers (formal languages and automata) and to understand some non procedural programming techniques

SYLLABUS

Computability solvable and unsolvuble problems recursive and recursively enumerable sets Turing machines Church s thesis

rormal languages regular languages and finite state automata context free languages and pushdown automata pumping lemmas related algorithms

Declarative programming functional logic and object oriented programming techniques and languages

ASSESSMENT One 3 hour examination at the end of Semester 2 Students will be expected to complete approximately 40 hours of project work Project work must be completed satisfactorily to pass the subject Weightings of the components of assessment will be made known at the commencement of the subject


SEMESTER 1


1 2 1

10 poinis

Prerequisites 433 121 Engineering Compuung 1 or 433 101 Computer Science IA and 617/618 101 or equivalent

SYLLABUS

Program design techniques modules abstract data types programming tools Dynamic data structures lists binary trees binary search trees hash tables files Programming applications data processing simulation graphics symbolic mathematics

ASSESSMENT One 3 hour examination at the end of the semester Students will be expected to complete approximately 24 hours of project work Project work must be completed satisfactorily to pass the unit Weighting of assessment components will be made known at the commencement of the subject

433-291 COMPUTING STUDIES 2A

SEMKS1ER 1 or 2


Prerequisite Computer Science 433 113 or equivalent

Students may not gain credit for both Computer Science 433 291 and 433 201

1 2 5 points

SYLLABUS

Assembly language programming assembly language structure control and data representation input/output programming procedure call implementation structure of object files linkers loaders and assemblers Compuier structure combinational and sequential logic central processor organization interrupts and DMA microprogramming Introduction to software engineering problem decomposition programming tools applications

ASSESSMENT Written examinations not exceeding 4 hours at the end of the semester Students will be expected to complete approximately 65 hours of project work Project work must be completed satisfactorily to pass the subject Weighting ol assessment components will be made known at commencement of the subject

433-292 COMPUTING STUDIES 2B

SEMESTER 1


12 5 points

Prerequisite Computer Science 433 113 or equivalent

Students may not gain credit for both Computer Science 433 292 and either 433 102 or 433 122 or 433 202

122

SYLLABUS

Systems programming languages Data structures and algorithms analyses of algorithms lists trees binary search trees has tables heaps balanced trees Dynamic storage management storage allocation methods garbage collection File structures and algorithms physical devices and access methods external searching and sorting static file structures primary and secondary key retrieval dynamic file structures B trees and dynamic hashing Programming methods and applications sequential file algorithms graphics symbolic mathematical computing text processing discrete event simulation

ASSESSMENT Written examinations not exceeding 4 hours at the end of Semester 1 Students will be expected to complete approximately 65 hours of project work Project work must be completed satisfactorily to pass the subject Weighting of assessment components will be known at commencement of the subject

433-293 COMPUTING STUDIES 2C

SEMESTER 1


Prerequisite 433 1 13 or equivalent

Students may not gain credit for both Computer Science 433 293 and 433 202

12 5 points 15 points Surveying course

SYLLABUS

Principles and practice of a selection ol modern computer packages lor communication document preparation graphics data management systems modelling program preparation testing and debugging and other applications User interface design principles Database systems data modelling database design query languages integrity security concurrency

ASSESSMENT Written examinations not exceeding 4 hours at the end of Semester 1 Students will be expected to complete approximately 39 hours of project work Project work must be completed satisfactorily to pass the subject Weighting of assessment components will be made known at commencement of the subject

433-303 ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE

SEMESTER 1

26 lectures 13 one hour practice classes


Prerequisite Computer Science 433 202

Objectives To study the principles of artificial intelligence and to use programming languages used for building artificial intelligence systems (Prolog Lisp)

SYLLABUS

Searching problem solving logic and deduction knowledge representation learning programming languages for artificial intelligence A selection from the additional topics expert systems vision language robotics

1 23

Practical work will use one ol the programming langu iges Prolog or Lisp

ASSESSMENT One 3 hour examinauon at the end of the semester Students will be expected to complete approximately 36 hours of project work Project work must be completed satisfactorily to pass the subject Weighung ol assessment components will be made known at the commencement of the subject

433-313 COMPUTER DESIGN

SEMES 1ER 2


12 5 points Science 12 5 points Graduate Diploma in Computing Studies 20 points Electrical Engineering Fourth Year


Objectives To understand the principles mil practice of modern compuier design and construction

SYLLABUS

Hardware description languages component technology design methodologies comparative study of computer design peripherals and their interfacing communications

Practical work will use the C programming language

ASSESSMENT One 3 houi examinauon at the end ol the semester Sludcnis will be expected lo complete approximately 36 hours of projeel work Project work must be completed satisfactorily to pass the subject Weighung of assessment components will be made known at the commencement of the subject

433-315 DATA MANAGEMENT

SEMESTER 1

26 lectures

12 5 points Science 12 5 points Graduate Diploma m Computing Studies


Objectives To use a wider range of data structures to improve the efficiency of programmes and to introduce them to the principles of modern database models

SYLLABUS

Data structures amorti/cd analysis self adjusting data structures splay trees multiway search trees range queries quad and oet trees optimal hashing dynamic file structures extendible and linear hashing partial match retrieval

Database systems semantic data modelling deductive database systems object oncntcd database systems implementation ol data models and database languages query processing and optimi/ation

124

ASSESSMENT One 3 houi examination al I IK end ol Scnicstct 1 Students will be expected to complete ipproximatcly 3ft hours ol project work Project work must be completed satisfactorily to pass the subject Weightings of the components of assessment will be made known at the commencement of the subject

433-325 MATHEMATICAL SOFTWARE B

SEMESTER 1



Prerequisites Computer Science 433 21 1 and Mathematics 618/617 201

Objectives To continue the study of numerical analysis and mathematical software begun in Mathematical Software A

SYLLABUS

Advanced analysis of errors polynomial minimax rational and spline approximation numerical linear algebra numerical integration Fourier analysis numerical solution of ordinary differential equations


433-330 THEORY OF COMPUTATION

SEMESTER 2

26 lectures 13 one hour practice elasscs


Prerequisites Computer Science 433 202 and 212

Objectives To study a wider range of compu ational models and problems and to give more experience at reasoning mathematically about these models

SYLLABUS

A selection from the topics computability recursive functions logic clausal form unification resolution Hcrbrand models soundness tnd completeness of resolution formal languages Chomsky hierarchy deterministic pushdown automata theory of lexical analyzers and parsers

Complexity the classes P and NP NP complete problems lattices operators and fixpoints information and coding theory cryptography


125

433-332 OPERATING SYSTEMS

SPMFSIFR 1




Objectives To understand the principles and practice of modern operating system design and implementation

SYLLABUS

Design issues in operating systems concurrent processes memory management file systems distributed operating systems


ASSESSMENT One 3 hour examinauon ai the end ol the semester Students will be expected to complete approximately 36 hours ol project work Project work must be completed satisfactorily to pass the subject Weighting ol assessment components will be made known at the commencement ol the subject

433-340 COMPUTER SCIENCE PROJECT

SEMESTER 1 and 2

6 one hour tutorials 75 hours project work

12 5 points Science

Corequisite Computer Science 433 34 1

Objectives To complete a substantial practical computing group project The project aims to provide experience in performing requirements analysis functional specification system design implementation and testing in a group under time constraints

SYLLABUS

A substantial project drawn from such areas as microprocessors system software applications software data processing graphics or networks

ASSESSMENT Written progress reports and linal rcpon on project not exceeding 10 000 words in total

4 3 3-341 SOFTWARE ENGINEERING

SFMPS1ER 1


12 5 points Science


1 26

Objectives To understand the principles and pracuce of software engineering

SYLLABUS

Study of the problems connected with the development of large scale software systems 'topics include structured systems analysis and design techniques systems specification techniques user interface principles project management and development team structure programming and documentation techniques programming toolj and languages programme specification verification testing evaluation and modification application to data processing systems

ASSESSMENT One 3 hour examination at the end ol Semester 1 Students will be expected to complete approximately 36 hours of project work Project work must be completed satisfactorily to pass the subject Weightings of the components of assessment will be made known at the commencement of the subject

433-343 COMPUTERS AND SOCIETY

SEMES 1ER 1




Objectives To study and describe the roles ol computers and computing professionals in society

SYLLABUS

Study of the present and potential uses and stgntfu ance of compuiers in society and of the management and professional responsibility of computing professionals Topics include computer uses in industry education medicine law economics and public administration social implications of computers professional aspects computer facilities management

ASSESSMENT Written project work not exceeding 15 000 words in total A satisfactory performance on each project is required to pass the subject

433-353 NETWORKS AND COMMUNICATIONS

SEMESTER 2


125 points Science 12 5 points Graduate Diploma in Computing Studies


Objectives To study the principles and practice of modern computer communication systems

SYLLABUS

Communication hardware network topology local area and long haul networks OSI model and alternatives error control integrity security

1 27


ASSESSMENT One 3 hour cxamm uion al UK ciul ol ihc semester Students will be expected to complete approximately 36 hours of project work Project work must be completed satisfactorily to pass the subject Weighting of assessment components will be made known at the commencement of the subject

433-361 PROGRAMMING LANGUAGES

SEMESTER 2

NOT A V A I L A B L E IN 1991




Objectives To study the principles and practice of modern programming languages and their implementation

SYLLABUS

Programming language una lure sequential functional relation il and object oriented programming languages

Compilers and interpreters compiler structure intermediate representations of programmes global tables run time structures lexical analysis parsing semantic analysis code generation optimization meta circular interpreters partial evaluation Practical work will use one of the programming languages C or Pascal and also compiler tools available under UNIX

ASSESSMENT One 3 houi examination at the etui of the semester Students will be expected to complete approximately 36 hours ol project work Project work must be completed satisfactorily to pass the subject Weighting of assessment components will be made known at the commencement of the subject

433-380 GRAPHICS

SEMES 1ER 2




Object ivcs To study the principles and practice of modern computer graphic systems and introductory image processing

SYLLABUS

Graphics hardware specification of structures picture generation raster algorithms image processing

128

Practical work will use ihc C programming language

ASSESSMENT One 3 hour examinauon al ihc ciul ol ihc semester Students will be expected to complete approximately 36 hours of project work Project work must be completed satisfactorily to pass ihe subject Weighting of assessment components will be made known at the commencement of the subject

433-390 COMPUTING STUDIES PROJECT

SEMESTER 2

13 lectures 6 tutorials 65 hours project work

Prerequisite Computer Science 433 292 and 293

Students may not gain credit for both Computing Science 433 390 and cither 433 340 or 341

12 5 points

SYLLABUS

Problems connected with the development of large scale software systems A substantial project drawn from such areas as microprocessor system software applications software data processing graphics or networks

ASSESSMENT One 2 hour written examinauon at the end of Semester 2 and written progress reports and final report on the project not exceeding 10 000 words in total Project work must be completed satisfactorily to pass the subject Weighting of assessment components will be made known at commencement of the subject

433-399 DIRECTED STUDY

SEMESTER 1 or 2

26 lectures


Prerequisites Computer Science 433 399 may only be taken with approval of the Head of the Department

Objectives the objectives of this subject depend on the course of directed study selected

SYLLABUS

A course of directed study in Computer Science covering material which is noi otherwise available to the student

ASSESSMENT One examination not exceeding 3 hours at the end of the course Students will be expected to complete approximately 36 hours of project work Assigned project work must be completed satisfactorily to pass the subject Weightings of the components of assessment will be made known at the commencement of the subjeci

129

436-223 ENGINEERING MATERIALS ( E L E C T R I C A L )

SEMESTER 1 and 2 this subiett m ly not be ivailable in 1991

39 lectures 16 tutorials 26 hours ol laboratory work

14 points

SYLLABUS

Electronic structure of semi conductor materials conduction processes pn junctions

Crystal structure single phase materials mechanical properties of alloys Dielectric magnetic and super conducting materials

ASSESSMENT One 3 hour examination L tbor ttory work and practice class work will be taken into account in the final assessment

436-313 THERMODYNAMICS AND FLUID MECHANICS

SEMESTER 1 and 2

40 lectures 40 hours of laboratory work

13 points Electrical Engineering 1991 (this subject may not be available after 1991)

SYLLABUS

1 Basic Thermodynamics Fundamental concepts work and heat 1st and 2nd laws entropy properties of pure substances

2 Basic Fluid Mechanics and Applications Statics kinematics dynamics of fluids momentum and energy equations and applications dimensional analysis flow measurement Flow in pipes pumps fans compressors turbines

3 Vapour power cycles and refrigeration Gas powci cycles

4 Ileal transfer conduction convection i tdi mon extended surf ices heal exchanges atmospheric heat transfer

ASSESSMENT Two 2 hour examinations Laboratory work and practice class work will be taken into account in the final assessment

617 205 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS 2C

Sb MbS 1 b R 1

26 lectures and 13 one hour practice elasscs

7 points Electrical Engineering Mechanical and M inufucturing Engineering

Prerequisite Engineering Mathematics 1 or Mathematics 101 102 and 132

SYLLABUS

1 Functions of several variables

130

Cham rule lor derivatives Change ol v in iblcs Jacobians Stationary values with constraints Lagrange multipliers

2 Mult iple Integrals Area and volume integrals iterated integrals Cartesian and polar coordinates in two and three dimensions Surface integrals

3 Vector Analysis Gradient divergence curl operators Integral theorems and applications

4 Fourier Series Simple expansions Sine cosine and exponential scries Pointwise and least square errors

ASSESSMENT One examination of not more than three hours duration at the end of the semester

617-206 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS 2D

SEMESTER 2


7 points Electrical Engineering 6 points Mechanical and Manufacturing Engineering

Prerequisite Engineering Mathematics 1 or Mathematics 101 102 and 132

SYLLABUS

1 Dif ferent ia l Equations Linear differential equations with constant coefficients particular integral complementary function Solution of homogeneous systems with constant coefficients by eigenvectors and generalized eigenvectors Normal modes Linear differential equations with variable coefficients independent solutions Wronskians Fundamental matrices for inhomogencous linear systems

2 Liplace transforms Standard treatment operational calculus and applications including the solution of linear differential equations

3 Complex Variables Functions of a complex variable mappings Complex series Contour integration Cauchy s theorem residue calculus and applications Inversion of Laplace transforms via contour integrals

ASSESSMENT One examination of not more than 3 hours duration

617-207 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS 2E

SEMESTER 1


3 5 points Electrical Engineering

Prerequisites Engineering Mathematics 1 or Mathematics 101 102 and 132

131

1 Matrices

Review of general properties ol matrices Rank of a matrix partitioned matrices

2 Eigenvalues and Canonical Forms

Eigenvalues and eigenvectors of a square matrix Multiplicity of eigenvalues Special matrices including Hermitian real symmetric banded and triangular Diagonalization by non singular and unitary transformations Jordan canonical form Gershgorin s circle theorem Estimation of the dominant eigenvalue and eigenvector Cayley Hamilton theorem spectral decomposition

3 Applications

Ordinary differential equations control systems stability linear systems and triangular decomposition

ASSESSMENT One written examination of not more lhan two hours duration at the end of First semester

617-208 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS 2F

SEMESTER 2


3 5 points Electrical Engineering

Prerequisites Engineering Mathematics 1 or Mathematics 101 102 and 132

SYLLABUS

1 Fourier transforms Connection between Fourier scries and Fourier transform Fourier inversion theorem Properties of Fourier transforms Riemann Lebesgue lemma Establishing a table of Fourier transforms Cosine and sine transforms Parscval s theorem

2 Generalized functions

Delta function Ordinary functions as gcncrali/cd functions Common properties Fourier scries of gcncruli/ed functions Unilorm train of delta functions Poisson summation

3 Linear systems

Convolution and correlation Linear time invariant systems Causality Application of convolution and correlation Integral equations of convolution type Band limited functions and sampling theorems

4 Applications

Partial differential equations Green s functions

ASSESSMENT One examination ol not more lhan two hours duration ai ihc end of the semester

617-309 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS 3G

SEMESTER 1


3 points Electrical Engineering (1991) 4 points Mechanical and Manufacturing Engineering

SYLLABUS

Partial Differential Equations

First order partial differential equations characteristics shocks applications Separation of variables solution of Laplace s equation the wave equation and the heat equation in various geometries

ASSESSMENT One written examination ol not more than two hours duration at the end of First semester

617-003 STATISTICS AND STOCHASTIC PROCESSES

SEMESTER 1 and 2


10 points Electrical Engineering (1991)

SYLLABUS

Revision Some elements ol the lollowing list ol probability topics as prescribed by class needs

Basic Probability and Statistics Simple and conditional probabilities up to Bayes Theorem Random variables (discrete) Common counting distributions Bernoulli genetic hypergeometric and Poisson Random variables (continuous) Cumulative distributions Probability densities Some common continuous distributions


Statistical Estimation Minimum variance and unbiasedness Methods of Moments and Maximum Likelihood These applied to Poisson and Normal distributions Statistical data processing Confidence intervals Robust estimation

Hypothesis Testing Tests on normal data Chi square distribution Goodness of fit testing

Multivariate Distributions Joint densities Bivariate and Multivariate Systems Correlations Covariance sums convolutions of random variables Weak law of large numbers Expectations Multivariate Gaussian processes Chcbyshcv/Chcrnov inequalities Central limit theorem Weighted non independent random variables

Stochastic Processes Introduction to Stochastic Processes Stationarity non stationarity Markov processes

lime Series and Linear Systems Basic time scries concepts autocovanances and power spectra Impulse response transforms transfer lunction and spectral relationships

133


ASSESSMENT One 3 hour examination 70% one 2 hour lest at the end of First semester 20% credit for assignments as specified above 10%

640-026 PHYSICS 2 (ENGINEERING COURSE)

SEMESTER 1 and 2

A course of 39 lectures consisting of three units of 13 lectures each

7 points Electrical Engineering

Prerequisite Physics 1 (Engineering Course) or Physics 140 or 120

SYLLABUS

Unit 1 Introduction to Quantum lheorv

Theory of thermal radiation Photons Dilfraction of X rays electrons and neutrons and their relation to the crystalline structure of mallei Quantum mechanical basis of the structure of matter The Schroedinger equation and its solution in simple cases of importance to atomic molecular and solid state systems Implications regarding spectra and their applications

Unit I I Quantum Theory Applied to M iterials

Electrical and thermal conductivity of metals and alloys classical and modern theory Quantum mechanical theory of metals Electron emission processes and their applications Contact potential Quantum mechanical theory of insulators Optical and electrical properties photo conductivity Luminescence Qu intum mechanical iheory of semiconductors Applications to electronic devices

Unit I I I Geometrical and Physical Optics

Paraxial theory of optical elements and systems matrix mcihods aberrations image forming instruments fibre optics Electromagnetic waves wave packets phase and group velocities photons dispersion reflection refraction of electromagnetic waves polarization coherence interference diffraction interferometric instruments quantum behaviour of photons photo electricity lasers colour

ASSESSMENT One 3 hour examination at the end of First Semester on the work covered in lhat semester and one 90 minute examination at the end of the Second Semester on the work covered in that semester The first examination counts for 2/3 and the second examination for 1/3 of the final mark

134

MECHANICAL AND MANUFACTURING ENGINEERING


™ § T ¥£A1R< e©U!ft§]£§


618 007 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS 1* 25 points PLUS 75 points of units or subjects selected Irom subjects available in the University and with approval of the appropriate teaching Faculty

* This subject is a compulsory component ol all First Year Engineering and Surveying courses but may be replaced by the three Mathematics subjects designated as the equivalent in content each weighted at 12 5 points where the course structure and workload permits the balance of the course is then 62 5 points In 1991 the subjects are


First Ye ir lotal 100 points

A G R I C U L T U R A L E N G I N E E R I N G , C I V I L F N C I N E E R I N G , M E C H A N I C A L AND M A N U F A C T U R I N G E N G I N E E R I N G S T R E A M S


COMBINED C O U R S E S WITH S C I E N C E

A combined course of Bachelor of Engineering (Mechanical and Manufacturing) and Bachelor of Science may be available in 1992 at Second Year level Students seeking entry to this course will normally have applied for and been accepted into the Bachelor of Engineering (Gencral)/Baehclor of Science combined course in 1991 and in the First Year of study will normally take the three prescribed Mathematics subjects as listed above and 400 101 Technology 1 Also recommended aic Engineering Computing 1 (which may be included for credit towards the Science degree) and Technology 2



135

BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING (MECHANICAL AND MANUFAC I URINC ENGINEERING)

Points SECOND YEAR

431 213 ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING IM 9 436 250 APPLIED MECHANICS 1 35 436 25 1 MANUFACTURING SCIENCE 1 14 436 252 ENGINEERING DESIGN AND MATERIALS 1 2 1 618 205 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS 2C 7 618 206 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS 2D 6 6 1 9 004 STATISTICS FOR MECHANICAL AND MANUFACTURING ENGINEERS 8

Second Year Total 100 THIRD YEAR

431 331 ELECTRONICS AND INSTRUMENTATION 6 436 315 APPLIED MECHANICS 2A 2 8 436 317 ENGINEERING DESIGN AND MATERIALS 2 22 436 318 MANUFACTURING SCIENCE 2A 11 618 307 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS IE 4 618 309 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS 3G 4

and Either 436 316 APPLIED MECHANICS 2B 2 5

Or 436 319 MANUFACTURING SCIENCE 2B 2 5

Ih i rd Year Total 100

FOURTH YFAR

Mechanical Stream

436 450 APPLIED MECHANICS 3 4 4 436 460 ENGINEERING DESIGN 3 1 1 436 461 ENGINEER IN SOCIETY 6 436 462 SPECIAL PROJECT 1 5 436 444 VACATION WORK (PRACTICAL EXPERIENCE MECHANICAL &

MANUFACTURING) 0

Plus electives totalling 24 points

Group 1 (Choose 12 points)

436 451 ADVANCED COMPUTATIONAL MECHANICS 6 317 301 MARKETING 1 6 317 203 MANAGING STRATEGIC CHOICE 6 436 463 ADVANCED MATERIALS 6


436 472 ERGONOMICS 6 436 453 SOME ASPECTS OF BIOENGINEERING 6 436 454 ENERGY CONVERSION AND UTILIZATION 6 436 464 HISTORY OF TECHNOLOGY 6 436 465 ADVANCE DESIGN METHODS IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 6

136

436 473 ROBOTICS THEORY AND APPLICATION 6 436 474 TOOL ENGINEERING 6

Manufacturing Stream

436 460 ENGINEERING DESIGN 3 1 1 436 462 SPECIAL PROJECT 1 5 436 470 MANUFACTURING SCIENCE 3 5 0 436 444 VACATION WORK (PRACTICAL EXPERIENCE MECHANICAL &

MANUFACTURING) 0

Plus electives totalling 24 points


317 301 MARKETING 1 6 317 202 PRINCIPLES OF ORGANIZATION 6 436 463 ADVANCED MATERIALS 6 436 471 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT (MANUFACTURING) 6 436 472 ERGONOMICS 6 436 473 ROBOTICS THEORY AND APPLICATION 6


317 302 MARKETING 2 6 316 308 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS 6 436 451 ADVANCED COMPUTATIONAL MECHANICS 6 436 453 SOME ASPECTS OF BIOENGINEERING 6 436 454 ENERGY CONVERSION AND UTILIZATION 6 436 464 HISTORY OF TECHNOLOGY 6 436 474 TOOL ENGINEERING 6 436 475 OPERATIONS RESEARCH 2 6 436 476 SYSTEMS AND INDUSTRIAL ORGANIZATION 6

Fourth Year Total 100

S P E C I A L N O T E

M E C H A N I C A L AND M A N U F A C T U R I N G E N G I N E E R I N G

T H I R D Y E A R

In the second semester some specialization is possible in cither mechanical or manufacturing engineering The choice of second semester study has to be nominated to the Head of the Department before the end of the first semester The specialization will normally continue into fourth year Consistent with the prcicquisitcs and timetabling special courses may be planned which consist of a combination ol mechanical and manufacturing stream subjects

G E N E R A L A S S E S S M E N T R E Q U I R E M E N T S IN T H E D E P A R T M E N T O F M E C H A N I C A L AND M A N U F A C T U R I N G E N G I N E F R I N G

All laboratory design tutorial work assignments and occasional tests (lo a maximum of 15 000 words or the equivalent) set in any course will be assessed and included with the examination marks in determining final results A list of the relative weightings will be displayed upon the departmental notice boards al ihc beginning of the year All reports and assignments should be kept until after the publication of results

137

INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING

FOURTH YEAR

This course is no longer available except for continuing students, students who do not complete the final year of the course in 1990 will enrol in an equivalent combination of subjects approved by the Faculty for completion of the degree requirements

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

FOURTH YEAR

This course is no longer available except for continuing students, students who do not complete the final year of the course in 1990 will enrol in an equivalent combination of subiects approved by the Faculty for completion of the degree requirements

Students are reminded that no disadvantage will accrue to those failing to complete within a specified time a course being phased out, provided that they meet the normal requirements of the Faculty's Examinations and Progress Committee and are permitted by the Faculty and the Academic Board to continue in their course The Ficulty of Y ngineering is committed to providing such students with a programme of study sufficient to ensure their completion of their qualification as if the course had not been discontinued This is in accordance with the Unnersitys requirements and principles Students in doubt as to their status in such circumstances are invited to consult the Head of the Department and the Assistant Registrar (Fngmeering)

D E T A I L S OF SUBJECTS (in numerical order)

431-213 E L E C T R I C A L ENGINEERING IM

SEMFSTFR 1 and 2

21 lcctuies 6 tutorials and 15 hours ol laboratory work in First semester 9 lectures 3 tutorials and 9 hours of laboratory work in Second semester

9 points Mechanical and Manufacturing Engineering

SYLLABUS



3 Adjustable speed Drives

PRACTICAL WORK Six 3 hour experiments or demonstrations plus practice classes and regular assignments throughout the year All practical work reports and assignments must be submitted as required such work will be assessed and will count as part of the annual examination result


138

431-331 ELECTRONICS AND INSTRUMENTATION

Sec under CIVIL AND AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING

436-250 APPLIED MECHANICS 1

SEMESTER 1 and 2

35 points

SYLLABUS

DYNAMICS OF MACHINES (a course of 13 lectures and 6 tutorials in Semester 1 13 lectures and 7 tutorials in Semester 2 13 hours o( laboratory and analytical and graphical assignments throughout the year)

(a) Kinematics and dynamics of a rigid body in plane motion Relative motion

(b) Kinematics of mechanisms Structural analysis and synthesis Mobility Velocity and acceleration diagrams Analytical kinematics of planar mechanisms Application to cams gears and linkage mechanisms Epicyclic and dillcrcntial gear trains

(c) Dynamics of mechanisms Forces in m ichinc members Dynamic reactions in joints Equivalent mass and force Dynamics ol mechanism input link Driving forces Equation of motion Flywheels Balancing Power transmission

(d) Vibration of a system with one degree of freedom Engineering systems modelling equivalent mass stiffness and damping Equations of motion for undamped damped free and forced vibration kinematic and dynamic excitation Solutions of equation of motion Natural frequency critical speed resonance Transfer functions Application of integral transformation Laplace transform Applications in machine design vibration isolation and vibration measurement

1 HER MODY N A M I C S (a course of 13 lectures and 7 tutorials in Semester 1 10 lectures and 10 tutorials in Semester 2 and 9 hours of laboratory work distributed the year)

Fundamental concepts system and control volume system properties heat and work ideal non flow and flow processes Laws of thermodynamics internal energy and entropy as properties Carnot s principle Claustus mcquu tty direct and reversed heat engines absolute temperature thermal and iscntropic efficiencies

Properties of a pure substance change of phase triple and critical points for H2O Graphical and tabular representation of properties steam and air tables Vapour equations of state ideal gas rule gas constants perlcel g iscs

Non reactive mixtures of ideal gases Dalton s law Gibbs law Lcduc s law partial volume partial pressure psychometry Reactive mixtures of ideal gases molal gravimetric and volumetric analyses stoichiometric combustion Introduction to ideal power cycles for internal combustion engines Carnot Otto Diesel Mixed Joule and other cycles for ideal gases

FLUID MECHANICS (a course of 13 lectures and 6 tutorials in Semester 1 13 lectures and 7 tutorials in Semester 2 and a total of 13 hours of laboratory work throughout the year)

This subject will deal with the basic principles and behaviour of fluids at rest and in motion and will include statics forces on submerged structures stability of floating bodies

139

kinematics and dynamics ol (luids incompressible How in pipes and ducts compressible flow flow around immersed bodies such is vehicles structures and airfoils introduction to boundary layers characteristics ol fluid machinery and applications to fluid networks flow measurements and instrumentation dynamical similarity model testing

SOLID MECHANICS (a course of 13 lectures and 6 tutorials in Semester 1 11 lectures and 7 tutorials in Semester 2 and 12 hours of laboratory work throughout the year)

Fundamentals of linear elastic behaviour the principle of superposition uniqueness of solutions the reciprocal theorems

Stress and strain definitions Hookc s law clastic constants combined stress and strain principal values thermal effects

Introduction to Plasticity Stress/strain behaviour of materials failure criteria including Von Miscs

Stress analysis of simple components engineering theory of bending for straight beams shear stress distributions shear centre bending of thin sections deflection by integration Columns Euler formula secant formula tangent modulus and reduced modulus design formulae Torsion of circular shafts Curved beams Thick and thin walled pressure vessels

Energy methods Energy conservation suddenly applied loads and impact strain energy and complementary strain energy Castigliano s theorems

ASSESSMENT All laboratory/tutorial woik assignments and occasional tests set in any course will be assessed and included with the c\mimalion marks in determining final results A list of the relative weightings will be displayed upon departmental notice boards at the beginning of the year All reports etc should be kept until after the publication of results

Examinations

Dynamics of Machines One 3 hour examination Thermodynamics One 3 hour examination Fluid Mechanics One 3 hour examination Solid Mechanics One 3 hour examination

436-251 MANUFACTURING SCIENCE 1

SEMESTER 1 and 2

14 points

SYLLABUS

MANUFACTURING PROCESSES (a course of 11 lectures and 2 tutorials in Semester 1 13 lectures and 2 tutorials in Semester 2 with 4 hours ol laboratory work throughout the year)

The relationship between engineering science and manufacturing processes will be developed in the introduction to the principles pcrlormancc characteristics and process selection of a range of manufacturing processes The processes considered will include a selection from casting moulding and other forming and bulk deformation processes material removal finishing fabrication and assembly applicable to established and newly developed materials

140

ENGINEERING ECONOMICS (a course ol 13 leciurcs and 5 tutorials in Semester 1 and 5 lectures and 3 tutorials in Semester 2)

Supply mil dun ind thioiy is the hisis ol economic ictivity The e summon ot the level ol aggregate output employment and the price level Theory ol the Itrni ind the structure ol organizations The sources ol income and the allocation of iesourccs Costs of production capital operating and labour costs and their influence on manufacturing management decision making Description of a range of operating budgets financial statements and performance measures

COMPUTER PROGRAMMING (a course of 10 lectures and 13 tutorials and practice classes)

Compuier programming using Fortran or other suitable languages (The syllabus is identical with 451 202 Computer Programming )

ASSESSMENT Laboratory tutorial work assignments and occasional tests set in any course will be assessed and included with the cxamin mon marks in determining final results A list of the relative weightings will be displayed upon departmental notice boards at the beginning of the year All reports etc should be kept until after the publication of results

EXAMINATIONS

Manufacturing Processes One 3 hour cx limitation Engineering Economics One 3 hour examination Computer Programming By assignment is for 451 202

436-252 ENGINEERING DESIGN AND MATERIALS 1

SEMESTER 1 and 2

21 points

SYLLABUS

ENGINEERING DESIGN 1 (a course ol 13 lectures and 26 hours of practical work in Semester 1 and 5 lectures and 26 hours of practical work in Semester 2)

General approach to design problems Invention analysis decision making Design strategics Synthesis of technical ergonomic and economic (actors in design Fauli and failure analysis

Integrity of structures and machines design against failure Design of elements of structures and machines from lirst principles Probibiliiy uncertainty and assessment ol risk

Use of computers in engineering design interfacing geometric and mathematical models sensitivity analyses combinatorial search

ENGINEERING M A T E R I A L S (a course of 13 lectures in Semester 1 13 lectures and 13 tutorials in Semester 2 and 12 hours of laboratory work throughout the year)

The objective of this course is to develop an elementary understanding of the nature and behaviour of engineering materials during their processing and in service The course will be closely linked to the lectures in Engineering Design and in Manufacturing Processes where the understanding of materials can be developed lor use in engineering practice

Properties and Applications The clastic behaviour of materials The physical basis for elastic behaviour Anelastic and visco clastic behaviour Plastic deformation in crystalline and non crystalline solids In

141

l h i s section of ihc course emphasis is placed on the identification of the properly requirements of typical applicaiions

Microstructure and Properties The evolution of microstructure in meialhc and non metallic materials The phase diagram Kinematics of structural change Control of microsiructurc through heat treatment The microstructure of composite materials Throughout this section of the course there is emphasis on the relationships between structure and the properties discussed in section 1

ASSESSMENT

ENGINEERING DESIGN Practical Work Students undertake assignments and projects during the year and submit oral and written reports The work submitted will be assessed as part of the annual examination

Examinations One 3 hour paper Work on design assignments and projects during the year will be given due weight in assessing the st uulard oT all candidates

ENGINEERING MATERIALS All work done in connection with practical work problem sheets and test papers will be taken into account in assessing the results of the annual examination All records made during the year should be retained for submission if required in connection with the annual examination

Examination at the end of the year One 3 hour examination

436-315 APPLIED MECHANICS 2A

SEMESTER 1

28 points

SYLLABUS

1 Control Systems (18 lectures and 8 tutorials in First Semester and 6 hours of laboratory work)

The role of feedback in engineering systems accuracy stability sensitivity disturbance reduction extension of lincai range Maihematical representation of simple mechanical electrical hydraulic and thermal systems translcr functions poles and /.cros transient and steady state responses Linear control system analysis root locus frequency response diagrams Nyqutst and Routh stability criteria error coefficients system type sensitivity

2 Computational Mechanics (First Semester 13 lectures and 4 tutorials) plus assignments taken as part of other third year subjects A selection of the following topics will be made

Review of Mechanics Interpolations and approximations and the need for numerical mcihods Analysis of discrete continuous and lumped systems Stability instability in numerical methods including stiff equations Interpolation methods linear quadratic and cubic interpolation Polynomials in computations Roots of polynomials Curve and spline fitting Matrix formulations Various methods ol solving linear and nonlinear equations Gauss elimination Gauss Seidal methods Interactive mcihods Eigenvalue problems Differential and variational formulation Classification of differential equations Finite clement and finite difference methods Examples of commercial packages Linear modelling of continua Applications to heat transfer fluid mechanics mechanics of solids dynamics of machines

142

etc Examples of computations and numerical error analysis Writing computer codes Pre and post computational analysis

3 Dynamics of Machines (18 lectures ind 9 tutorials in First semester and 6 hours of laboratory work)

Kinematics of spatial motion Applications to kinematics of robots and textile machinery Inertial frames Moving frames Translating and rotating of co ordinates Matrix of directional cosines Euler s angles Angular velocity and acceleration Derivative of a vector Motion of a rigid body Application to kinematic analysis of spatial mechanisms and machines

Kinetics of systems of particles Internal and external forces Linear momentum Moment of momentum Equations of motion and their first integrals Impulse momentum principle D Alcmbcrt principle

Kinetics of a rigid body Inertia constants Kinetic energy Moment of momentum Equations of motion Modified equations of motion Driving forces and dynamic reactions

4 Fluid Mechanics (18 lectures 9 tutorials m First semester and 6 hours of laboratory work)

(a) Classical Hydrodynamics Stream (unctions circulation vorticity velocity potential complex potential conformal transformations two dimensional and three dimensional vortex motions

(b) Fluid Machinery and devices

5 Mechanics of Solids Stress Analysis for Engineering Design (18 lectures and 8 tutorials in First Semester and 3 hours ol laboratory work)

Mathematical theory of elasticity energy methods in stress analysis and an introduction to plasticity

6 Thermodynamics Heat transfer (18 lectures and 9 tutorials in First semester and 6 hours of laboratory work)

Concepts of heat transfer and relevant laws Generalized heat conduction in plane cylindrical and extended surface bodies Conduction in combined bodies Unsteady heat conduction heat sources and sinks and application of numeric il methods Convection thermal and velocity boundary layers Reduction ol the conservation equation terms to dimensionless groups Reynolds analogy and applications to sutliccs heal exchanges and heat exchanger design methods Free convection mixed convection and boiling and condensation Radiation heat transfer concepts laws black and grey body radiation

ASSESSMENT All laboratory tutorial work assignments and tests (to a maximum of 20 000 words or the equivalent) in any course will be assessed and included with the examination marks in determining final results A list of the relative weightings will be displayed upon the departmental notice boards at the beginning of the year All reports and assignment work should be kept until after the publication of results

One 90 minute paper in each of Control Systems Computational Mechanics Dynamics of Machines Fluid Mechanics Mechanics of Solids and Thermodynamics to be held at the end of Semester 1

143

436-316 APPLIED MECHANICS 2B

SEMES iER 2

25 points

SYLLABUS

1 Control Systems Mechanical (17 lectures and 18 tutorials and project work in Second semester)

Further classical control design cascade and feedback compensation applications state space representation of continuous systems solving state equations analysis stability controllability observability design pole placement state feedback estimators compensator design

2 Dynamics of Machines (17 lectures and 8 tutorials in Second semester and 6 hours of laboratory work)

Kinetics of mechanical system Application to dynamic analysis of vehicles robots and textile machinery Number ol degrees of freedom Gcncrali/cd eo ordinatcs Constraints Virtual displacement Virtual work Generalized lorecs Constraint forces and impressed forces Principle of virtual work Lagrange equations of motion Motion in terms of Euler s equations Collisions of unconstrained and constrained bodies Centre of percussion

Analysis and experimental investigations of mechanical systems Gyroscopes Gyrocompass Gyro stabilization

Stability of motion Definitions of stability Differential equations of disturbances Criteria of stability

3 Huid Mechanics (17 lectures 8 tutonals in First semester and 6 hours of laboratory work)

Gas Dynamics One dimensional flow energy relations Shockwaves entropy changes flow in nozzles oblique Shockwaves Mach lines characteristics hodographs Prandtl Meyer expansions Ackeret theory small perturbations

4 Mechanics of Solids Stress Analysis for Engineering Design (12 lectures and 7 tutorials in First semester and 6 hours of laboratory work)

Pressure vessel design rotating machinery thin plates and sheets and structural modelling and analysis

5 thermodynamics Application of das and Vapour Cycles (17 lectures and 8 tutorials in First semester and 6 hours ol laboratory work)

Analysis of the cycles applicable to simple and compound compressors gas turbines influence of reheat intercooling and design specification refrigeration including absorption cycle and liquification of gases steam plant with superheating regeneration and fecdwater heating spark ignition and dicscl engines

ASSESSMENT All laboratory tutorial work assignments and occasional tests (to a maximum of 15 000 words or the equivalent) in any course will be assessed and included with the examination marks in determining final results A list of the relative weightings will be displayed upon the departmental notice boards at the beginning ol the year All reports and assignments should be kept until after the publication of results

1 44

A 90 minute paper in each of Control Systems Dynamics of Machines Fluid Mechanics Mechanics of Solids and Thermodynamics to be held at the end of Semester 2

436-317 ENGINEERING DESIGN AND MATERIALS 2

ShMESIER 1 and 2

22 points

SYLLABUS

1 Engineering Design (First semester 12 lectures and 20 practice classes Second semester 12 lectures and 40 practice classes )

Design for function value and quality Design and manufaciurc concurrent engineering Probabilistic decision making in design Application to factor safety probability of failure reliability and quality assurance Design (or ( ltigtic Experimental data Design of mechanical elements subject to alternating axi il stress and alternating combined stress Design of connections subject to fatigue loads Surface lauguc Tribology in design Surface phenomena Application to bearings and seals Management of the design process Task identification and allocation of resources

2 Materials (First semester 13 lectures 6 tutorials Second semester 13 lectures 6 tutorials 8 hours of laboratory work throughout the year)

The relationships between structures and properties of the four major classes of materials metals ceramics polymers and composites The selection of materials for service and for manufactunng on the basis of their properties Non destructive testing of materials

ASSESSMENT Two 3 hour wntten examinations at the end of Semester 2 All laboratory design tutorial work assignments and occasional tests (to a maximum of 15 000 words or the equivalent) set in any course will be assessed and included with the examination marks in determining final results A list of the relative weightings will be displayed upon the departmental notice boards at the beginning of the year All reports and assignments should be kept until after the publication of results

436-318 MANUFACTURING SCIENCE 2A

SEMESTFR 1

1 1 points

SYLLABUS

1 Manufacturing Processes Materials Forming (18 lectures and 8 hours of tutorials in First semester)

( I ) Metals Metal forming as a system Metal Forming Processes including sheet metal forming drawing forging net shape manufacturing Process modelling Tools and materials used in different forming processes

(n) Ceramics Raw materials characicn/ation and additives Particle mechanics and rheology Forming processes including pressing plastic forming and casting Drying and firing Manufacture of fibre reinforced composites

145

2 Manufac tu r ing Management Organizat ion and Management 1 Organizational Behaviour (13 lectures and 26 hours workshop sessions in Firsi semester)

This is a foundation unit addressing individual and group reactions to the process of organization Emphasis is placed on active participation in organizational simulations and experiments designed to provide insight into individual and social phenomena considered relevant to the management of people Basic concepts include learning personality motivation group dynamics communication power and social effects of change

ASSESSMENT All laboratory tutorial work assignments and occasional tests (to a maximum of 10 000 words or the equivalent) set in any course will be assessed and included with the examination paper marks in determining final results A list of the relative weightings will be displayed upon the departmental notice boards at the beginning of the year All reports and assignments should be kept until after the publication of results

Manufacturing Processes One two hour paper at the end of Semester 1 Manufacturing Management One iwo hour paper at the end of Semester 1 Organizational Behaviour One 2 hour paper (60%) and one small group

assignment of about 2 000 words (40%)

436-319 MANUFACTURING SCIENCE 2B

SEMESTER 2

25 points

SYLLABUS

1 Manufacturing Processes

(a) Material removal 18 lectures 2 tutorials and 6 hours laboratory work in Second semester)

(0 Conventional Processes Machining as a basic manufacturing process Chip formation and mechanics of cutting analyses for classical orihogonal and oblique cutting processes Turning operations and the specification of single poini lathe tools Analyses ol turning operations for the prediction of forces power chip flow direction and surface finish computerized predictive models for machining processes Cutting fluid action and applications

(n) Non Conventional Processes The mechanics of processes such as Electric discharge machining (EDM) electro chemical machining (ECM) ultrasonic machining and laser beam machining (LBM)

(b) Engineering Dimensional Metrology (13 lectures 5 tutorials and 8 hours laboratory work in Second semester)

( I ) Fundamentals ol engineering dimensional metrology Principles of length angle and form tolerances Standards Statistical estimation of errors and uncertainty in measurements The application of computers

(n) Design and analysis of measurement systems Gauging systems design Taylors Principle Physics of lasers interfcromciry and collimation and the application of these methods Metrology of specific features/components including surface texture threads and gears

146

(in) Computer controlled coordmiic measuring machines Mathematical and statistical analysis of measurements to estimate conformance lo shape and dimensional tolerances

2 Manufacturing Management

(a) Operations Planning (13 lectures 10 tutorials/practice classes in Second semester)

Characteristics of productive systems and the role of operations planning and design in manufacturing Plant Layout machine loading and detailed scheduling of discrete part intermittent production Analyses of automated flowlincs assembly line balancing Use of computers in the design and planning

(b) Applied Statistics (13 lectures and 10 tutorials in Second semester)

( I ) Experimental design Simple comparative experiments randomization experimental error reliability Sampling and testing methods objects of experiments sampling and testing errors estimates of variance Various experimental designs randomized block Latin square factorial Determination of optimum conditions Design problems when humans arc used in experiments

(n) Data analysis methods Regression simple multiple non linear step wise comparison of regressions Analysis of variance one way two way two way with interaction split plot designs

The practical work will emphasize the use ol statistical packages for analysis of data sets obtained from experiments

(c) Control Systems Manufacturing (17 lectures and 13 tutorials in Second semester)

Control in modern manufacturing servo drives for machine tools and robots structure modelling analysis design digital implement mons NC and CNC motion control systems NC programming

(d) Work Organization and Design (13 lectures and 12 hours tutorial/practice classes in Second semester)

(0 Work study Method study work measurements predetermined motion time systems (both theoretical and practical aspects) precision Union attitudes Introduction to M T M and MODAPTS

(ii) Biological work measurement Heavy physical work Light work (active and passive) Work/rest cycles shift work Physical and mental workload Operator variability quality of performance pacing of production lines Learning fatigue age effects

ASSESSMENT All laboratory tutorial work assignments and tests (to a maximum of 15 000 words or the equivalent) set in any course will be assessed and included with the examination paper marks in determining linal results A list ol the relative weightings will be displayed upon the departmental notice boards at the beginning ol the year All reports and assignments should be kept until after the publication of results

1 Manufacturing Processes One two hour paper for part a One two hour paper for part b at the end of Semester 2

2 Manufacturing Management One two hour paper for part a (Assessment for part b will be by assignment)

147

One iwo hour p iper lot pin t One iwo houi piper loi p in d Ul ihc eiul ol ScliKstci 2

436-333 HISTORY OF TECHNOLOGY

SEMESTER 1 and 2

26 lectures and 35 hours of seminars/field work directed research (approximately 90 minutes per week)

16 7 points Science

Objectives To focus on selected studies in the history of technology

SYLLABUS

Studies in the history of technology selected from the following related topics

1) Ancient technology The mathematics and technology of Neolithic stone rings surveying and building dams irrigation canals Wmdpowcr in middle Asia Naturally occurring metals the Bron/c Age the discovery of iron ihc development of tools and weaponry

2) Technology in classical times Early mechanisms and machine elements Greek catapults automata Large scale civil engineering in Roman times

3) Technology in medieval times Fortifications mortars and cannon the manufacture of armour Wind and water power in Western Europe The cathedral builders The clock and other mechanisms Records of mining and metallurgical practices

4) Mechanicians and engineers of the Ren ussanee Leonardo his predecessors and successors the Machine Books and their authors The canal builders

5) Engineering formalized during the 1StIi and 19th centuries Steam power and the Industrial Revolution Coke iron developments in machine tools and the early railways A new style of agriculture Flour milling technology

6) 19th century technology The development of engineering education and the engineering institutions The great British civil engineers bridges drainage canals and water supply Bessemer steel and its consequences Railways New machines for textiles and agriculture Large ships and their influence upon the trade and economy of England New sources of power electric dynamos and generators water turbines steam turbines and the internal combustion engine Steps towards rcali/ing the dream of human flight

7) Farly 20th century technology Professional institutions and the growing role of research in science and technology The transport revolution the motor ear jel engines aircraft nuclear power

8) Aus t ra lun technology Agricultural machinery mining and heavy engineering Australian inventors

Field work may include study and classification of industrial and technological relics on site

ASSESSMENT The assessment will be based on performance throughout the year in field work (4 5 days) assignments (totalling not more lhan 30 pages) and one seminar presentation (20

148

minutes) Details of weightings of components will Ix posii.il on dcp ulmuil il noticeboirds al ihc beginning ol le idling in ilie subject

436-444 VACATION WORK (PRACTICAL EXPERIENCE MECHANICAL & MANUFACTURING)

0 points


436-450 APPLIED MECHANICS 3

SEMESTER 1 and 2

44 points

SYLLABUS

The subject is divided into five sections each section comprising a compulsory core course and an optional advanced couisc Every sludcni is required lo lake the advanced course in three sections

1 Control Systems

(Core course 24 lectures and 6 tuionals and laboratory sessions in First semester Advanced course 24 lectures and 6 tutorials and laboratory sessions in Second semester)

Core course Review of control design methodology and implementation technology with industrial examples Digital control theory sampling theory z transforms time and z domain analysis bilinear transformation ind ficquency domain analysis stability compensator design Digital control technology microprocessor structure 10 structure interrupts and polling digital interface components and systems ADC and DAC control implementation PLCs

Advanced option Selection of topics fioni Nonlinear systems multivariable systems linear systems theory optimal control adaptive control knowledge based systems

2 Dynamics ol Machines

(Core course 24 lectures and 6 tutorials ind laboratory sessions in First semester Advanced course 24 lectures and 6 tutorials and laboratory sessions in Second semester)

The core course comprises

Introduction Machine systems Dynamic interaction Forced and unstable vibrations Properties of mechanical vibrating systems System modeling

Multi degree of freedom systems Vibration ol reciprocating and rotating machines Dynamic design Vibration isolation Equations ol motion Undamped Ircc vibration Natural modes and natural frequencies Eigenvalue problems Normal co ordinates Response to initial excitation Response to harmonic excitation Modal analysis and rcccptance method Torsional vibration of crankshaft mechanisms Bending vibrations of rotors Vibration absorbers Balancing of elastic rotors

Continuous models for machine elements ind systems Equations of motion of strings bars beams and shafts Boundary conditions Naturil modes and frequencies Free and forced

149

vibrations Approximate methods Ruylcigh s method Raylcigh Rit/ method Hol/.crs method for eigenvalue problems ol machines and siiueiuics

Dynamic system composition anil design Rcecpi mcc Connecting co ordinatcs Rcccptancc matrices for subsystems and the whole system Application to composed machine system c g rotor hearings Inundation system D\nunic design lor system selected response

Hydrodynamic lubrication of journal bearings Lubricants Reynold s equations Pressure distribution Hydrodynamic forces Equilibrium position Linearise stiffness and damping coefficients Bearings and their dynamic influence in rotating machines

Finite elements method Element stiffness matrix Element equations of motion Equation of motion for the complete system Application to machine and structure dynamics

Advanced topics will be selected Irom

1) Nonlinear vibrations Shock clearance and error effects Application to machinery problems Free vibration of a single degree of freedom system Phase plane plots Perturbation technique Secular terms Forced vibration Jump phenomenon Self excited vibration Limit cycles for friction induced vibrations

2) Advance bearing dynamics Application to stability problems of rotating machinery

3) Finite elements method Advanced problems Application to machine and structure dynamics (continuation)

4) Dynamic system composition Dynamic chat aetcrisiies lo subsystems Principle of synthesis and analysis ol complex systems Application to dynamic analysis ol pumping systems robots and mechanisms

5) Parametric vibrations Asymmetry related stability problems in machines Floquet s theory Hill and Mathieu equations Perturbation technique Stability boundary Multi degree of freedom systems Simple and combined instability regions Non circular shaft application and crack monitoring possibility

6) Random vibration Vehicle dynamics processes Probability density functions system to random excitation

Stationary random processes Ergodic random Autocorrelation function Response of linear

3 Fluid Mechanics

(Core course 24 lectures and 6 tutorials and laboratory sessions in First semester Advanced course 24 lectures and 6 tutorials and laboratory sessions in Second semester)

The core course and advanced course will be selected from the following topics The first 4 topics arc usually selected for the core course

1) Wing Theory Prandtl lifting line three dimensional effects aircraft performance 2) Propellers jets and fans Froudc momentum theory blade clement theory axial flow fans and pumps 3) Waves ship resistance model testing wave resistance ocean waves 4) Boundary Layers Navicr Stokes equations Prandtl s assumptions Laminar solutions von Karman s momentum integral equation transition turbulence turbulent boundary layers turbulent flow in pipes and ducts 5) Hot wire and laser ancmomciry 6) Flow pattern topology 7) Theories of turbulence 8) Vortex dynamics

150

<•)) Molccul I I gas dyn nuns 10) Acoustics

4 Mechanics of Solids Advanced Solid Mechanics and Computational Mechan ics

(Core course 24 lectures and 6 tutorials and laboratory sessions in First semester Advanced course 24 lectures and 6 tutonals and laboratory sessions in Second semester)

Core course

Numerical methods Ro/.vany s method liniic differences finite elements displacement and force methods clement and structure stiffness matrices beam rectangular and triangular elements full and reduced integration

Torsion warping function Prandtl s stress lunction boundary conditions shear stress trajectories Brcdt Batho formula solutions by scnu inverse Raslcigh Rit/. TreffiU methods thin tubes thin open sections multi cell lubes

Engineering plasticity review of plastic flow rules slate variable theories instability clasto plastic deformation bending of beams residual stress ultimate strength of plane structures plastic collapse

Linear fracture mechanics effect of a crack rcsiduil strength safe life fail safe damage tolerance brittle/ductile concepts energy methods system energy release rate stress intensity factor two and three dimensional cricks mixed mode cracking ASTM codes

Advanced course

Bending and buckling of thin plates laterally loaded rectangular plates Navier and Levy s solution twisting combined loads energy methods Raylcigh Rit/. structural instability beams under axial and transverse loads buckling of plates stiffened panels tension field beams buckling of shells cylindrical and spherical shells under external pressure and axial loads cured panels

Nonlinear fracture mechanics and fitiguc limn uions of LEFM large scale yielding clastic plastic fracture mechanics crack opening displ iccmcnt energy mcihods J and T* integrals R curve ASTM codes fatigue mechanisms st iges of growth LEFM and crack growth Pavis Erdogan law R factor Col fin Manson relation low cycle latigue effect of mean stress crack closure life estimation fatigue spcetia ASTM codes

Composite materials anisotrophy matrix representation coordinate transformation symmetry Lekhnitski and Chertsov coefficients stiffness and compliance matrices monochnic orthotropic transversely isotropic plies with arbitrary directions anisotropic plate theory lamination theory laminate construction maximum stress and strain theories Tsai Hull Tsai Wu failure theories edge stress and dclamination

5 I herniodynamics

(Core course 18 lectures and 12 hours ol laboratory work in First semester Advanced course 25 lectures and 5 hours ol laboratory work m Second semester)

The core course comprises

1) Mass transfer air conditioning and refrigeration Laws and concepts of mass transfer and psychrometry Application to heating cooling humidification and dehumidification Aspects of human comfort requirements

1 5 1

2) Combustion Equilibrium and rate controlled reactions dame temperature and pollutants formation Ignition flame speeds stability and flammabihiy limits detonation prcmixcd and diffusion flames Radiation heat transfer in combustion Pollution control through combustion optimisation

Advanced topics will be selected from

1) Steam Turbines Boiler design steam turbines and control characteristics Heat rates and turbine losses Cycle optimisation Impulse and impulse reaction turbines Economics of plant operation

2) Gas Turbines Cycle performance of a range of engine configurations Component efficiencies and characteristics of stationary and aircraft gas turbines Variable specific heats and working fluids in open and closed cycles Component matching and ofr design

3) I C Engines Ideal air and fuel air cycles Effect ol fuel composition dissociation and heat transfer on cycle work and efficiency Performance characteristics of spark ignition and dicsel engines Advanced engine performance simulation Abnormal combustion and fuel rating

4) Solar Energy The nature of solar radiation and measurement methods Absorptivity and iransmissivity selective surfaces and surface treatments The thermal performance of collectors Cost analyses of various solar heating and power systems

5) Unsteady Gas Dynamics Iscntropic and non lseniropic wave propagation Solutions for one dimensional unsteady compressible flow over the range of Mach numbers End junction and pipe cross sections on particle motion and pressure Applications to pressure exchangers and exhaust systems

6) Generalized Thermodynamic Property Relations Specification of the state of a fluid Maxwell s equations property relations including Gibbs free energy and fugacity Estimation of fluid properties and plant performance using rare working fluids

7) Turbocharging Compressor and turbine characteristics The effect of pulsating flow exhaust system geometry nozzle configuration pulse convenors and variable geometry on turbine performance Quasi steady versus full dynamic simulation in turbo charger/engine matching Turbo charger lag and prospects lor minimisation Turbo charged versus normally aspirated engine performance

ASSESSMENT All laboratory tutonal work assignments and tests (to a maximum of 30 000 words or the equivalent) in any course will be assessed and included with the examination marks in determining final results A list of the relative weightings will be displayed upon the departmental notice boards at the beginning of the year All reports and assignments should be kept until after the publication ol results

Eight 90 minute papers at, the end of the Second semester

436-451 ADVANCED COMPUTATIONAL MECHANICS

SEMESTER 1

26 lectures and 13 hours practice classes

152

6 points

SYLLABUS

Further advanced topics of computational mechanics which will include topics such as Modelling engineering systems using ordinary differential equations Physical and engineering problems described by partial differential equations Spectral and generalized basis function methods Chaotic behaviour of nonlinear systems Supercomputer architecture Vector and parallel processing

ASSESSMENT One 3 hour examination (60%) at the end of the First semester plus several assignments to a maximum of 5 000 words or the equivalent on the computer (40%)

436-453 SOME ASPECTS OF BIOENGINEERING

SEMLSTLR 1 and 2

26 lectures and 13 hours of demonstration laboratory and seminar work

6 points

SYLLABUS

The subject matter to be covered is included in the following list of topics The topics will be chosen to accommodate the particular interests of candidates as far as possible

1) Structure and Function of the Body Skeletal nervous respiratory and cardio vascular systems General structure of the body body materials

2) Effects of Forces on the Human Body Orientation effects linear acceleration vibration weightlessness

3) Hearing and the Auditory Environment Nature of sound the ear psycho acoustics effects of noise designing the acoustic environment

4) Vis on and Illumination Nature of light the eye visual performance effects of light designing the light environment

5) Structural and Functional Biomechanics Kinematics of the human body biomechanics of musculo skeletal components prostheses artificial limbs and implants

6) Respiration and the Atmospheric Environment Characteristics respiration and metabolism oxygen deficiency decompression hazards special environments contaminants designing for the atmospheric environment

7) Temperature Regulation and the I hernial Environment B ^ t h e r m o d y n a m i c s thermoregulation biothcrmal environment analysis and conditioning

8) Ihe Effects and Control of loni/ing Radiation Physics of radiation and high energy particles measurement effects control and protective engineering

ASSESSMENT Tests will be held at the end ol Semesters 1 and 2 together with a final 3 hour examination paper at the end ol the Second semester In the assessment consideration will be given to performance in the examination tests laboratory and seminar work Written assignments laboratory and seminar work will comprise a maximum of 5 000 words or the

153

equivalent Details of relative weightings ol components will be posted on departmental noticeboards at the beginning of teaching in the subject

436-454 ENERGY CONVERSION AND UTILIZATION

SEMESTER 2

26 lectures and 13 practical/tutorial classes

6 points

SYLLABUS

The syllabus will normally contain topics in each of the following sections

1) Resources A study of available energy resources levels of extraction and technically feasible extraction

2) Conversion Review of current conversion system thermal solar nuclear wind and tidal Alternative fuels and their potential conversion efficiencies including advanced systems e g solar hydrogen economy

3) Uti l izat ion Efficiencies of conversion systems in current use in transportation manufacturing processes and heating Matching of energy sources to application Hybrid and stored energy systems

4) Environmental Impact Aspects of air and thermal pollution and waste disposal problems arising from conversion systems

ASSESSMENT The assessment will be based on a 2 hour paper ai the end of the Second semester and on performance throughout the year in tests practical work and seminars (to a maximum of 5 000 words or the equivalent) Details of relative weightings of components will be posted on departmental noticeboards at the beginning ol teaching in the subject


SEMESTER 1 and 2

First semester 13 lectures and 26 practice classes Second semester 26 practice classes

11 points

SYLLABUS

Examination and discussion via lectures and case studies of the following

The design process Invention and innovation conceptual design Design strategies Topological and mathematical models Reliability probabilistic methods in design Integration of design and manufacturing Quality and fitness for purpose

An important part of this course is the practical work in engineering design Students will be required to carry out one or two major design projects involving the application of studies undertaken elsewhere in the Mechanical and M lnulaciunng Engineering course

ASSESSMENT Examination by assignments throughout the year to a maximum of 20 000 words or the equivalent Detailed assessment requirements and the weightings of components will be displayed on departmental noticeboards at the beginning of teaching in the subject

154

436-461 ENGINEER IN SOCIETY

SEMESTER 1 and 2

13 lectures in First semester 13 lectures in Second semester

6 points

SYLLABUS

The nature of technology Historical sociological and other factors in invention and innovation Patenting Technology forecasting Statutory requirements and legal responsibilities The consequences of new technology for the environment the workforce and human relations

ASSESSMENT One 2 hour examination paper and assessed assignments to a maximum of 5 000 words or the equivalent A list of rcl Hive weightings will be displayed upon the departmental notice boards at the beginning of ihc year

436-462 SPECIAL PROJECT

SEMESTER 1 and 2

15 points

SYLLABUS

A major project of 78 hours devoted to independent investigation and report on an advanced topic in engineering The investigation requires initiative and the capacity for sustained independent action in obtaining and applying theoretical and practical knowledge of engineering It is carried out under the supervision of a member of the academic staff on a topic selected from a wide range offered by staff in the Department A list of topics is circulated at the beginning of each year

ASSESSMENT Students will be assessed on their work during the project and on their written and oral reports to a maximum of 30 000 words or the equivalent

436-463 ADVANCED MATERIALS

SEMESTER 2

A course of 26 lectures and 13 practice classes

6 points

SYLLABUS

A study in depth of the design manufacture and application of advanced composite and polymeric materials

ASSESSMENT Assessment will be based on a 2 hour paper at the end of the Second semester and on project work and assignments to a m iximum of 5 000 words or the equivalent Details of relative weightings of components will be posted on departmental noticeboards at the beginning of teaching in the subject

155

436-464 HISTORY OF TECHNOLOGY

SEMESTER 1 and 2

12 lectures and 27 hours of directed field work for the engineering heritage stream or 20 lectures and 19 hours of directed research (or ihc technical history stream

6 points

SYLLABUS

Studies in the history of technology selected from the following related topics

1) Ancient technology The mathematics and technology of Neolithic stone rings surveying and building dams irrigation canals Windpower in middle Asia Naturally occurring metals the Bronze Age the discovery of iron the development of tools and weaponry

2) Technology in classical times Eirly mechanisms and machine elements Greek catapults automata Large scale civil engineering in Roman times

3) Technology in medieval times Fornlicdtions mortars and cannon the manufacture of armour Wind and water power in Western Europe The cathedral builders The clock and other mechanisms Records of mining and metallurgical practices

4) Mechanicians and engineers of the Renaissance Leonardo his predecessors and successors the Machine Books and their authors The canal builders

5) Engineering formalized during the 18th and 19th centuries Steam power and the Industrial Revolution Coke iron developments in machine tools and the early railways A new style of agriculture Flour milling technology

6) 19th century technology The development of engineering education and the engineering institutions The great British civil engineers bridges drainage canals and water supply Bessemer steel and its consequences Railways New machines for textiles and agriculture Large ships and their influence upon the trade and economy of England New sources of power electric dynamos and generators water turbines steam turbines and the internal combustion engine Steps towards realizing the dream of human flight

7) Early 20th century technology Professional institutions and the growing role of research in science and technology The transport revolution the motor car jet engines aircraft nuclear power

8) Australian I echnology Agriculluial rn ichincry mining and heavy engineering Australian inventors

ASSESSMENT Engineering heritage stream written assignments comprising a maximum of 6 000 words or the equivalent Technical history stream one 90 minute test at the end of the Second semester and written assignments comprising a maximum of 5 000 words or the equivalent Details of weightings of components will be posted on departmental noticeboards at the beginning of teaching in the subject

156

436-465 ADVANCED DESIGN METHODS IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

SEMESTER 2

26 lectures and 13 tutorials and case study discussions

6 points

SYLLABUS

A selection from the following topics with examination of applications in mechanical engineering

1) Creativity Psychology of creativity and intelligence Social and environmental factors Invention and innovation

2) Design decisions Multiple criteria optimization Strategics information flows Uncertainty and risk

3) Design for production Capability ol common manufacturing processes Matching process capability to design requirements Effect of unccrtainiies in manufacture on product design tolerances and costs

4) Design for reliability Statistical theory Renewal of components and maintenance policies Fault failure analysis

5) Computer aids to design Man computer communication Component design shafts bearings power transmitting devices Design and layout of industrial plant

ASSESSMENT One 3 hour paper at the end of the Second semester Contributions to case study discussions and work on class assignments (to a maximum of 5 000 words or the equivalent) during the year will be given weight in assessment Details ol relative weightings of components will be posicd on departmental noticeboards at the beginning of teaching in the subject

436-470 MANUFACTURING SCIENCE 3

SEMESTER 1 and 2

A course of 156 lectures and 130 hours of tutorials practice classes and laboratory work

50 points

SYLLABUS

1 ADVANCED MANUEAC IURINC PROCESSES

(a) Material Forming (13 lectures and 13 hours of practice classes in Semester 1)

Fundamentals of Plane Strain theory and the theory of Slip Line Fields and their applications to metal shaping processes Applications of Limit Analysis in metal forming such as heading extrusion forging Recent developments in metal forming techniques and applications of CAD/CAM

(b) Casting, Moulding and Welding Processes (13 lectures and 13 tutorial/practice classes in Semester 2)

157

A review of the mathematical and computational techniques used to model the casting moulding and welding processes Applications to heat transfer and fluid flow in casting and welding Solidification processes and discussion of segregation and porosity in cast product

PRACTICE CLASSES These will be directed toward the development and use of appropriate models and software

(c) Mater ia l Removal (26 lectures 6 hours of laboratory work and 7 hours of tutorial/practice classes throughout the year)

(i) Abrasive Processes principles ol main abrasive processes such as grinding honing lapping and supcrfinishing Variables affecting performance

( I I ) Bulk Material Removal Processes mechanics of cutting analyses of fundamental single and multiple edge tool processes and their extension to major processes such as machining with form tools turning drilling milling and threading Wear theories tool wear tool temperatures and tool life Machinability and machining properties of materials Computer aided prediction of machining performance for advanced manufacturing

( in ) Economics of Mater ia l Removal Processes criteria and constraints Optimization of process variables for single ind mulu pass turning drilling milling and grinding operations Computerized consiiaincd optimization strategics for process planning Canned cycles for CNC machine tool controllers

2 MANUFACTURING MANAGEMF N 1

(a) Managing Company Operations (13 lectures and 26 hours of tutorial work in Semester 2)

This unit examines the process of management planning organizing and controlling It deals with specific techniques and practices that support effective decision making as well as tactical and operational planning and control

(b) Operations Research 1 (26 lectures ind 26 hours of luiorial/pracncc classes throughout the year)

(i) Optimization general optimization methods Free and Constrained systems Simplex method of linear programming duality theory Non linear programming systems Dynamic programming Network analysis applied to project management

(n) Forecasting Mathemaucal aids to trend estimation and forecasting Analysis of time series into seasonal fluctuations trend and disturbances Review and optimization of forecasting methods

(c) Quality Management (26 lectures 7 hours of tutorial/practice classes and 6 hours of laboratory work throughout the year)

(i) lo ta l Quality Management fundamental concepts of quality Process variability measures and interaction with design Quality productivity and cost relationships Quality systems objectives functions planning and implementation Alternate systems approaches such as Demming Juran Crosby Feigcnbaum and CWQC

(n) Quality Control The role of the control function Theory of sampling implications of Bayes Theorem The Operating Characteristic curve and us calculation The use of the Hypergeometric Binomial Poisson and Norm il distributions Single double multiple sequential continuous and variables sampling schemes Sampling scheme design

158

(in) Quality Improvement Process capability and improvement studies Control charts theory design and implementation State ol statistical stability Computerization of process monitoring SPC Theory and design of CUSUMS Experimental design for quality improvement Ishikawa chart accumulation and segregation

(iv) Reliability and Maintenance Management failure determination and measures Effect of failures on quality Failure frequency distributions including exponential and Wcibull Reliability and maintenance Maintenance policies economics and management

(d) Manufac tu r ing Systems and Control (26 lectures and 13 hours of laboratory/practice classes throughout the year)

(i) NC and CNC manufacturing systems hardware and software interpolators control of point to point and contouring systems design considerations

( I I ) Adaptive control systems estimation theory and system identification with applications to machine tools welding and forming

( H I ) Computer integrated manufacturing systems hierarchical computer control part family formation and manufacturing cell design materials handling and control interfaces with CAD systems

(e) Work Organi/ation/Design (13 lectures and 13 hours tutorial and practical classes during semester 1)

(i) 1 ask/activity analysis methods in industry Methods available allocation of tasks to humans and machines case studies

(n) The work environment Effects of temperature humidity noise on task performance Anthropometry of workplaces

(in) Robots in industry Comparison with human performance in different types of tasks Allocation of tasks Safety issues

ASSESSMENT All laboratory and tutorial work assignments and occasional tests to a maximum of 30 000 words or the equivalent set in any course will be assessed and included with the examination marks in determining the final results A list of relative weightings will be displayed upon the departmental notice boards at the beginning of the year All reports and assignments should be kept until after the publication of results

EXAMINATIONS

1 Advanced Manufacturing Processes One 2 hour paper for part (a) end of Semester I No written paper for part (b) One 3 hour paper for part (c) end ol Semester 2

2 Manufacturing Management One 2 hour paper for part (a) end of Semester 2 Two 2 hour papers lor part (b) one at the end of each Semester One 3 hour paper for part (c) end of Semester 2 One 2 hour paper for part (d) end of Semester 2 No written paper for part (c)

1 5 9

436-471 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT (MANUFACTURING)

SEMESTER 2

A course of 26 lectures and 13 tutorials/practice classes

6 points

SYLLABUS

The management structure and associated financial control of a manufacturing firm Objectives of a manufacturing firm The role of financial management in assisting to achieve the firms objectives Cost centres standards and reconciliation of demands on funds Cash flow budgets financial statements and annual reports Activity and performance measures of the firm and its various departments The development and implementation of Management Information Systems and their components to assess and improve the effectiveness and competitiveness of the firm

ASSESSMENT One 2 hour examination paper at the end of Semester 2 and assessed assignments to a maximum of 5 000 words or the equivalent A list of relative weightings of components will be displayed upon the departmental notice boards at the beginning of the year

436-472 ERGONOMICS

SEMESTER 1

26 lectures and 13 tutorial/practice classes

6 points

SYLLABUS

Introduction to the consideration of human factors in engineering systems The role of the psychologist physiologist and anatomist in providing the design engineer with information on human characteristics capabilities and limn tiions Workplace design information displays and design of controls environmental effects Man as a controller pursuit and compensatory tracking quickened and predictive displays

Man as a processor of information task design and its effect on speed and accuracy Decision making signal detection and probability judgments Man as a monitor effects of task design environment and personal factors on vigilance

Man as a source of power physiological effects of prolonged work Environmental effects

Personal and social factors in engineering systems abilities motives habits attitudes preferences and emotions Individual differences selection ol operators for specified tasks

The nature of skill Training principles transfer of training simulation and part task training

System studies the allocation of sub tasks to man and to machine for reliability and for optimum system performance Man machine and man man interactions group dynamics

Methods of measuring human factors anthropometry psychophysical methods measurement of subjective factors population stereotypes and physiological functions The analysis of complex systems and identification of critical factor

160

ASSESSMENT The assessment will be based on a 2 hour paper at the end of the First semester on performance throughout the year and on tests practical work and seminars to a maximum of 5 000 words or the equivalent Details ol relative weightings of components will be posted on departmental noticeboards at the beginning ol teaching in the subject

436-473 ROBOTICS - THEORY AND APPLICATION

SEMESTER 1


6 points

SYLLABUS

1) Overview and Classification of Robot Svstems pick and place devices continuous path manipulators telechirs wabots articulated grippers load capacities working volume and limits to accuracy of performance characteristics robot vision voice actuators obstacle avoidance movement strategies specific examples of robot applications and limitations to performance

2) Programming and response point to point programming higher level languages teach mode programming space and tool coordinates computer off line programming programming for flexible manufacture human factors in the management of robot systems

3) Kinematics of robot arms kinematic description of multi degree of freedom manipulators joint coordinates task coordinates transformation of coordinate systems kinematic models industrial task description and translation to robot requirements

4) Dynamics dynamical equations for six degree of freedom robot arms Lagrangian and Newton Euler viewpoints non linear systems of equations with time varying coefficients real time dynamics and associated problems dynamic models predicted limits to performance in industrial tasks

5) Control motion rcsolvcrs passive compliant devices positive Iced forward techniques m obstacle avoidance control force feedback for grippcr and arm control vision control for location in automated assembly

ASSESSMENT One 3 hour examination at the end ol ihc Second semester Project work throughout the course to a maximum ol 5 000 words or the equivalent will be given weight in final assessment Details of relative weightings of components will be posted on departmental noticeboards at the beginning of teaching in the subject

436-474 TOOL ENGINEERING

SEMFSTFR 2

13 lectures and 26 hours of project / pracuce el isscs

6 points

SYLLABUS

More advanced aspects of the design specification and manufactunng methods of cutting tools selected from single point tools milling cutters twist drills reamers and taps Cutting tool

161

materials and surf ice co mugs Chip contiol lool pel f orrn uiec ind in lehinahility data ind data banks Tool selection Pioeess pi inning opium/mon siruegics mil CAD/CAM software

ASSESSMENT Assessment will be b ised on issignmuiis and piojeel work to a maximum of 10 000 words or ihc equivalent and a test dunng the semester Details of the relative weightings of components will be posted on departmental noticeboards at the beginning of teaching in the subject

436-475 OPERATIONS RESEARCH 2

SEMFSTER 1

19 lectures and 20 hours of tutorial/practice elasscs

6 points

SYLLABUS

Storages and Queues Basis for optimization of inventories with random demands Simple single and many server queues arrival patterns and service mechanisms Correspondences between inventories storages and queues Equilibrium behaviour

ASSESSMENT One 2 hour cxaminition paper at the end of Semester 1 and assessed assignments to a maximum of 5 000 words or the equivalent A list of relative weightings will be displayed upon the departmental notice board at the beginning of the year

436-476 SYSTEMS AND INDUSTRIAL ORGANIZATION

SEMESTER 2

26 lectures and 13 hours of tutorial/practice work

6 points

SYLLABUS

1) Systems theory abstract dynamical and control systems hierarchical/multilevel systems consistency and coordination adaptivity and learning

2) Systems modelling equivalence decomposition simplification

3) technical problems specifications and solution strategics with applications to inventory control production planning and industrial management

4) Programmable logic and microprocessor control systems start up and shut down of complex industrial systems

ASSESSMENT One 2 hour examination paper at the end of Semester 2 and assessed assignments to a maximum ol 5 000 words or the equivalent A list of relative weightings will be displayed upon the departmental notice boards it the beginning of the year

451 202 COMPUTER PROGRAMMING


617-205 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS 2C

Sec under ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

617-206 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS 2D

See under ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

617-309 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS 3G

See under ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

617-307 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS 3E

SEMESTER 1


4 points Mechanical and Manufacluring Engineering

1 Matrices

Review of general properties of matrices Rank of a matrix partitioned matrices

2 Eigenvalues and Canonical horms

Eigenvalues and eigenvectors of a square mainx Multiplicity of eigenvalues Special matrices including Hermitian real symmetric banded and triangular Diagonali/.ation by non singular and unitary transformations Jordan canonical form Gcrshgorin s circle theorem Estimation of the dominant eigenvalue and eigenvector Caylcy Hamilton theorem spectral decomposition

3 Applications

Ordinary differential equations control systems stability linear systems and triangular decomposition

ASSESSMENT One written examination of not more than two hours duration at the end of First semester

617-004 STATISTICS FOR MECHANICAL AND MANUFACTURING ENGINEERS

SEMESTER 1 and 2


8 points Mechanical and Manufacturing Engineering

SYLLABUS

Revision Some elements ol the following list of probability topics as prescribed by class needs

Basic Probability and Statistics Simple and conditional probabilities up to Bayes Theorem Random variables (discrete) Common counting distributions Bernoulli genetic

163

hypergeometric and Poisson Random variables (continuous) Cumulative distributions Probability densities Some common continuous distributions


Statistical Fstimation Minimum vanancc and unbiasedness Mcihods of Moments and Maximum Likelihood These applied 10 Poisson and Normal distributions Statistical data processing Confidence intervals Robust estimation

Hypothesis Testing Tests on normal data Student T Chi square and F distributions

Goodness of Fit Iesting Chi square goodness of f i t Kolmogorov Smirnov test Contingency table tests Cell frequencies and grouping

Elementary Regression Analysis Linear regression Hypothesis testing and confidence intervals Prediction intervals

Analysis of Variance One way analysis ol vuiinee Two way analysis of variance

Basic ideas of Multiple Regression and Stepwise Procedures


ASSESSMENT One 3 hour examination 70% one 2 hour test at the end of First semester 20% credit for assignments as specified above 10%

164

COURSES IN SURVEYING (Department of Surveying and Land Information)

SURVEYING

BACHELOR OF SURVEYING

FIRST YEAR SEMESTER POINTS

COMPUTER SCIENCE IA SURVEYING SCIENCE 1 RESIDENTIAL FIELD COURSE PHYSICS 1

MATHEMATICS IA MATHEMATICS IB MATHEMATICS IC

433 101 451 100 451 101 640 140 AND 617 101 617 102 617 132 OR AN APPROVED STREAM OF MATHEMATICS OR 617 101 MATHEMATICS IA 617 102 MATHEMATICS IB AND AN ELECTIVE SUBJECT

SECOND YEAR

1 1 2 3 (S) 1 2

1 2 2

1 2

1

2

1 OR 2

I irst Year 1 otal

12 5 20 5 25

1 2 12 12

37 5

12 12 12

1 00

200 021 ECOLOGY (SURVEYING COURSE) 2 6 431 214 ELECTRONICS FOR SURVEYORS 2 4 433 293 COMPUTING STUDIES 2C 1 1 5 451 200 SURVEYING SCIENCE 2 1 2 20 451 201 RESIDENTIAL FIELD COURSE 2 3 5 45 1 202 COMPUTER PROGRAMMING 1 4 45 1 203 LAND LAW AND MANAGEMENT 1 2 4 45 1 204 PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT 1 2 3 451 205 COMPUTER SYSTEMS (SURVEYING COURSE) 2 4 451 206 CARTOGRAPHY 2 4 617 203 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS 2A 1 6 617 204 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS 2B 2 6 617 002 STATISTICS FOR ENGINEERS 1 2 9 626 022 GEOLOGY (AGR ENG COURSE) 1 4 705 545 TOWN PLANNING 1 6


T H I R D Y E A R

421 314 HYDROLOGY 1 5 421 350 ENGINEERING PRACTICES 1 5 421 360 ENGINEERING ECONOMICS 2 4 451 300 SURVEYING SCIENCE 3 1 2 2 1

165

45 1 301 MATHEMA I ICS 3 (SURV1 Y1NC. COURSE) 1 2 1 4 45 1 302 SPATIAL ANALYSIS 2 1 3 45 1 303 LAND LAW AND MANAGEMENT 2 1 2 1 4 45 1 304 PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT 2 2 4 451 305 COMPUTER GRAPHICS 1 (SURV CSE) 2 9

45 1 306 LAND AND GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION SYSTEMS 1 1 5 700 418 LAND ECONOMY 1 6

I h i r d Year Total 100

FOURTH YEAR (1991)

45 1 401 SURVEYING 3 2 0 45 1 402 PHOTOGRAMMETRY 2 2 0 45 1 403 SURVEYING STUDIES 2 5 45 1 404 LAND LAW AND MANAGEMENT 18 45 1 444 VACATION WORK (PRACTICAL EXPERIENCE SURVEYING) 0 705 545 TOWN PLANNING 7 ELECTIVES 1 0


FOURTH YEAR (FROM 1992)

421 451 PROJECT PLANNING AND CONTROL 1 4 45 1 400 SURVEYING SdENCE4 1 2 3 2 451 402 SURVEYING AND LAND INFORMATION STUDIES 1 4 45 1 403 LAND LAW AND MANAGEMENT 3 1 2 13 45 1 404 PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT 3 1 3 45 1 405 COMPUTER GRAPHICS 2 (SURV CSE) 1 9 45 1 406 LAND AND GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION SYSTEMS 2 2 6 45 1 407 REMOTE SENSING PRINCIPLES 1 4 45 1 408 REMOTE SENSING APPLICATIONS 2 4 451 409 PROJECT A 1 2 15 451 444 VACATION WORK (PRACTICAL EXPERIENCE SURVEYING) 0 7 05 441 ECOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT 2 6


BACHELOR OF SURVEYING AND BACHELOR OF SCIENCE COMBINED COURSE

FIRST YEAR

433 101 COMPUTER SCIENCE 1A 1 12 5 45 1 100 SURVEYING SCIENCE 1 1 2 2 0 45 1 101 RESIDENTIAL FIELD COURSE I 3 (S) 5 640 140 PHYSICS 1 1 2 2 5 AND 617 101 MATHEMATICS 1A 1 12 5 617 102 MATHEMATICS IB 2 12 5 617 132 MATHEMATICS IC 2 12 5 OR AN APPROVED STREAM OF MATHEMATICS 1 2 37 5

166

OR 617 101 MATHEMATICS 1A 1 12 5 617 102 MATHEMATICS IB 2 12 5 AND AN ELECTIVE SUBJECT 1 OR 2 12 5

First Year Total 100

SECOND YKAR

200 021 ECOLOGY (SURVEYING COURSE)* 2 6 43 1 214 ELECTRONICS FOR SURVEYORS 2 4 43 3 102 COMPUTER SCIENCE IB 2 15 45 1 200 SURVEYING SCIENCE 2 1 2 2 0 45 1 201 RESIDENTIAL FIELD COURSE 2 3 5 45 1 202 COMPUTER PROGRAMMING 1 4 45 1 203 LAND LAW AND MANAGEMENT 1 2 4 45 1 204 PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT 1 2 3 45 1 205 COMPUTER SYSTEMS (SURVEYING COURSE) 2 4 45 1 206 CARTOGRAPHY 2 4 617 203 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS 2A 1 6 617 204 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS 2B 2 6 617 002 STATISTICS FOR ENGINEERS* 1 2 9 626 022 GEOLOGY (AGR ENG COURSE)* 1 4 705 545 TOWN PLANNING 1 6

Second Year ' lotal 100

* Subjects marked with an asterisk may be replaced by equivalent Science subjects or other combinations of Science subjects

IHIRD YEAR

433 201 COMPUTER SCIENCE 2A 1 16 45 1 300 SURVEYING SCIENCE 3 12 2 1 451 301 MATHEMATICS 3 (SURVEYING COURSE) 12 13 451 302 SPATIAL ANALYSIS 2 13 451 303 LAND LAW AND MANAGEMENT 2 12 13 451 304 PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT 2* 2 4 45 1 305 COMPUTER GRAPHICS 1 (SURV CSE) 2 8 45 1 306 LAND AND GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION SYSTEMS 1* 1 6 700 418 LAND ECONOMY* 1 6

Third Year lotal 100

* Subjects marked with an asterisk may be ropl iced by equivalent Science subjects or other combinations of Science subjects

FOURTH YEAR (FROM 1992)

4 2 1 4 5 1 PROJECT PLANNING AND CONTROL* 1 4 433 202 COMPUTER SCIENCE 2B 2 16 45 1 400 SURVEYING SCIENCE4 12 3 2 45 1 402 SURVEYING AND LAND INFORMATION STUDIES* 1 4 451 403 LAND LAW AND MANAGEMENT 3 12 13 45 1 404 PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT 3* I 3 45 1 405 COMPUTER GRAPHICS 2 (SURV CSE) 1 9 451 406 LAND AND GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION SYSTEMS 2* 2 4 451 407 REMOTE SENSING PRINCIPLES* 1 4

1 67

45 1 408 REMOTE SENSING APPLICATIONS* 2 4 45 1444 VACATION WORK (PRACTICAL EXPERIENCE SURVEYING) 0 705 44 1 ECOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT* 2 7


* Subjects marked with an asterisk may be replaced by equivalent Science subjects or other combinations of Science subjects

H F T H YEAR (FROM 1993)

451 500 SURVEYING SCIENCE5 1 7 45 1 501 PROJECT B 12 2 8 300 LEVEL SCIENCE SUBJECTS* 6 5

Fif th Year Total 100

* As determined by the requirements of the Facully of Science any combination of 200 level and 300 level subjects approved by that Facully will satisfy the requirements of the Faculty of Engineering for the purposes of the combined degree course



DETAILS OF SUBJECTS (m numerical order)

First Year students are also directed to the Details of Subjects listed in the course and subject guide supplied to First Year Engineering

students

2 0 0-02 1 ECOLOGY (SURVEYING COURSE)

SEMESTER 2


6 points

SYLLABUS

An introductory study of Australian nauvc irccs and vegetation types (forest grassland etc ) including identification ol some ol ihc more lmportam plant species in Victoria

Environmental factors and their relation to ihc structure and distribution of vegetation in Australia and in particular in Victoria

PRACTICAL AND FIELD WORK A lotal of 26 hours of practical work including one excursion

ASSESSMENT One 90 minute theory paper and one 1 hour practical examination

400 101 TECHNOLOGY 1


168

421-314 HYDROLOGY

SEMES I ER 1

26 hours of lectures and tutorials

4 points Surveying

The course provides an introduction to basic hydrology and hydraulics

SYLLABUS

Hydrostatics basic concepts of fluid flow in both closed conduits and open channels

Meteorological data drainage basins river and streamflow streamflow measurement flood hydrographs stream morphology and sediment transport Urban hydrology and urban drainage systems Water supply water quality sewerage site works associated with pipelines

ASSESSMENT One 90 minute examination The examination may be held at the end of the course Tutorial work and satisfactory completion of up to 8 assignments will be assessed as part ol the examination

421-451 PROJECT PLANNING AND CONTROL (EPl)


431-214 ELECTRONICS FOR SURVEYORS

SEMESTER 2

18 lectures 4 tutorial/practice classes and 8 hours laboratory work

4 points

SYLLABUS

A course designed to introduce surveyors to some of the basic techniques of electronic instrumentation that arc relevant to surveying

Voltage and current DC and AC Sinusoidal quantities impedance admittance power Amplitude and frequency modulation

Amplifiers oscillators logic gates counters

Measurements of phase and time dillcrcncc discrimination

A/D DA conversion digital computer fundamentals microprocessors

Electromagnetic waves propagation reflexion antennas receivers in relation to distance measurement HF VHF UHF microwave and inlrarcd systems

ASSESSMENT One 2 hour examination at the conclusion of the course

433 101 COMPUTER SCIENCE IA


433-102 COMPUTER SCIENCE IB




433-293 COMPUTING STUDIES 2C

See under SCHOOL OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY AND ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

451-100 SURVEYING SCIENCE 1

SEMESTER 1 and 2

65 lectures and 75 hours of tutorial and practice classes throughout the year

20 points

The subject is an introduction to plane surveying photogrammetry and professional aspects

SYLLABUS

1 Plane Surveying (119 hours)

Introduction to linear measurement coordinate systems levelling barometric heighting traversing and traverse computations plane tabling positioning on a plane adjustment of instruments tacheometry electronic distance measurement total stations areas volumes horizontal and vertical curves the theory of crtors computer programming and graphics

2 Photogrammetry (8 hours)

Introduction to the geometry of a single photograph and the applications of aerial and close range photogrammetry

3 Professional Aspects (13 hours)

Introduction to the surveying profession and the different disciplines such as geodesy cadastral engineering hydrography mining land development remote sensing information systems and photogrammetry

ASSESSMENT Not more lhan 6 hours ol examination not more than 2 hours of written tests and written assignments and reports on practical work (in total not more lhan 50 pages) The relative weighting of the assessment components will be published at the commencement of the subject

170

451-101 RESIDENTIAL FIELD COURSE 1

SEMESTER 3

The residential field course will normally be held during October November for a period not exceeding one week

5 points

SYLLABUS

The aim of the residential field course is to cxiend the students practical experience by exposure to a variety of survey tasks performed under field conditions more realistic than is possible on campus during the 451 100 Surveying Science 1 course

ASSESSMENT Reports on practical work (in total not more than 50 pages) to be submitted during the field course

451-102 SURVEYING SCIENCE 1 (PART B)

SEMESTER 1 and 2

39 lectures and 65 hours of tutorial and practice classes throughout the year

12 5 points Science

Objectives To introduce students to plane surveying and photogrammetry

SYLLABUS

1 Plane Surveying linear measurement coordinate systems levelling barometric heighting traversing plane tabling positioning on a plane adjustment of instruments tacheometry electronic distance measurement total stations areas and volumes horizontal and vertical curves theory of errors computer programming and graphics

2 Photogrammetry geometry ol a single photograph aerial and close range photogrammetry

ASSESSMENT One 3 hour examination at the end ol Semester 2 Assignments performed during practical classes will be included in the final assessment The relative weighting of the assessment components will be published at the commencement of the subject


SFMES1ER 1 and 2

52 lectures and 78 hours ol tutorial and practice classes throughout the year

20 points

The subject deals with more advanced theory and practice of plane surveying and the principles of photogrammetry

SYLLABUS

1 Plane Surveying (65 hours)

17 1

Hydro-graphic construction and mining surveying levelling earthwork quantities advanced theory measurement


Design construction and use of cameras for photogrammetry geometric and physical properties of photographic emulsions and bases introduction to camera calibration mathematics of single photographs and stereopairs similarity and projective transformation equations numerical graphical and optical rectification

ASSESSMENT Not more than 4 hours of examination not more than 2 hours of written tests and written assignments and reports on practical work (in total not more lhan 104 pages) The relative weighting of the assessment components will be published at the commencement of the subject

451-201 RESIDENTIAL FIELD COURSE 2

SEMESTER 3

The residential field course will normally be held during October November for a period not exceeding one week

5 points

SYLLABUS

The aim of the residential field course is to extend ihe students practical experience by exposure to a variety of survey tasks performed under field conditions more realistic than is possible on campus during the 451 200 Surveying Science 2 course

ASSESSMENT Reports on practical work (in total not more than 50 pages to be submitted during the field course)



451-203 LAND LAW AND MANAGEMENT 1

SEMESTER 2

26 lectures

4 points

The subject deals with the history of and an introduction to the law of property in land as it relates to survey practice

SYLLABUS

1 History of Law Relating to Surveying

The surveying profession Introduction to survey law Land Surveyors Act regulations for the examination and registration of surveyors Land Surveyors (Title Surveys) Regulations Survey Coordination Act and Regulations Introduction to the Land Act the Transfer of Land Act the Local Government Act and the Property Law Act

precise trigonometrical and reciprocal and practice of electronic distance

172

2 Common and Statute Law

Reception of English Lav. mio Ausiriln Re il ind person il properly Land lenure and Us history Estates in land freehold and leasehold Licences Interests in land ol other persons casement and profits Qu ililicauons ol ihc rights ol ownership planning legislation invalid conditions Land as a security mortgages Transfer of land the common law and the Transfer of Land Act The extinction of interests in land adverse possession professional and expert witnesses legal persons corporations and partnerships

ASSESSMENT Not more than 2 hours of written examination

451-204 PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT 1

SEMES 1ER 2

13 lectures and 7 hours of tutorials

3 points

The subject aims at improving the students written and verbal communication skills

SYLLABUS

Requirements and purposes ol technic il reports An introduction to the literature in surveying literature searches Requirements ol eNcuivc writing structure style vocabulary Citations and references The use ol graphics Editing a report Verbal presentations

ASSESSMENT Assessment based on no more than three 1000 word essays or equivalent assignments one seminar presentation (equivalent to 1000 words) and tutorial work performed during the course (equivalent to 14 pages) Relative weightings of assessment components will be detailed at the commencement of the course

451-205 COMPUTER SYSTEMS (Surveying Course)

SEMESTER 2


4 points

SYLLABUS

An introduction to various computer hardware configurations and systems software with an emphasis on the installations available to the Department of Surveying and Land Information Design and use of proprietary software packages for surveying and land information applications such as CASE and SOLVOL

ASSESSMENT Not more lhan 1 hour ol wnuen examination and written assignments and reports on practical work (in total not more lhan 26 pages) The relative weighting of the assessment components will be published at the commencement of ihc subject

451-206 CARTOGRAPHY

SEMESTER 2

20 hours of lectures and 6 hours ol tutorials

4 points

SYLLABUS

Introduction to Cartography map classification map planning map design and production multi coloured map reprographics introduction to thematic and computer based mapping

ASSESSMENT Not more than 2 hours of written examination not more lhan 1 hour of written tests and written assignments and reports on practical work (in total not more than 20 pages) The relative weightings of the assessment components will be published at the commencement of the subject


SEMESTER 1 and 2


21 points

The subject deals with aspects ol higher surveying and adjustment practice and the principles and practice of photogrammetric mapping

SYLLABUS

1 Surveying (65 hours)

Astronomy astronomical coordinate and time systems stellar and solar observations for latitude longitude and azimuth Adjustment of Observations application of least squares adjustment theory to surveying computations development of computer program algorithms analysis and testing of adjustments Map Projections theory and application of selected map projections for a spherical earth


Mapping from Stereo Photographs stcrcovision and parallax interior relative and absolute orientations map compilation planning of photography and control accuracy and precision of stcreophotogrammetry Photogrammetric Equipment lens distortions and aberrations camera calibration design and operation of restitution and rectification equipment

ASSESSMENT Not more than 4 hours of written examination not more than 2 hours of written tests and written assignments and reports on practical work (in total not more than 104 pages) The relative weighting of the assessment components will be published at the commencement of the subject

451-301 MATHEMATICS 3 (Surveying Course)

SEMESTER 1 and 2


174

13 points

The subject provides the basis for mathematical modelling used in spatial measurement by geodetic satellite and photogrammetric methods

SYLLABUS

1 Spherical and Spheroidal 1 rigonomt try Fundamental principles and basic formulae spherical and spheroidal coordinates position vectors ror points on the sphere and spheroid spatial coordinate transformations

2 Adjustment of Observations Functional models for the relationship between observations and unknowns statistical models for the behaviour of random variables Joint frequency distributions propagation of variances standard ellipses Linear functional models variation of coordinates (hncart/ation) solution of linear equations by various methods including programmed solutions on computers Adjustment procedures precision of unknowns adjusted measurements and corrections Testing procedures detection of outliers internal and external reliability use of test distributions

3 Interpolation Methods Least squuics ptedieiion and Kriging covariance functions

4 1 ransformations Conformal polynomial and other coordinate transformations mapping consideration of local scale and azimuth determination of parameters

5 2D and 3D Modelling The representation of planar and spatial objects in Land Information Systems topology and connectivity sp-ittal manipulations and extractions

ASSESSMENT Not more than 3 hours of written examination not more than 1 hour of written tests and written assignments and reports on practical woik (in total not more lhan 52 pages) The relative weighting of the assessment components will be published at the commencement of the subiect

451-302 SPATIAL ANALYSIS

SEMESTER 2

52 lectures 10 tutorials and 9 practical classes

13 points

SYLLABUS

Geocoding of data for mapping applications/LIS d it l managemeni and error analysis topology in data structure mathematics application of polygon processing in land and geographic information systems Digital terrain modelling techniques display of three dimensional data

ASSESSMENT Not more than 3 hours of examination and written assignments and reports on practical work (in total not more than 40 pages) The relative weighting of the assessment components will be published at the commencement of the subject


SEMESTER 1 and 2

13 points

175

1 Cadastral Surveying and Law 26 lectures 13 tutonals and 13 hours of practical work comprising four hours per week for one semester

The subject deals with the legal and administrative arrangements associated with undertaking cadastral surveys in Victoria

SYLLABUS

Tenure and cadastral survey systems Notations on survey plans Assessing ownership and survey information Alignment surveys Title re establishment principles Natural and artificial boundaries title amendment possessory claims easements Field notes plan preparation and monumentation Transfer of Land Act Surveyors Act and other relevant acts and associated regulations

ASSESSMENT Not more than 2 hours of written examination not more lhan 1 hour of written tests and written assignments and reports on practical work (in total not more than 26 pages)

2 Land Development Control 20 lectures 6 tutorials and 13 hours of practical work comprising three hours per week for one semester

The subject deals with the legal and administrative processes associated with the development of land

SYLLABUS

Broadacrc subdivisions and the Subdivision Act Cluster and strata development Local government law and practice regarding land development Development control in Victoria and the Planning Ordinances Environmental impact studies and the Environment Protection Act and other relevant acts and regulations Planning appeals and the Planning and Environment Act

ASSESSMENT Not more lhan 2 hours ol written examination not more than 1 hour of wntten tests and written assignments and reports on practical work (in total not more than 26 pages)

The relative weighting of the assessment components for and between both sections will be published at the commencement of the subject


SEMESTER 2

7 lectures and 6 hours ol tutorials

3 points

The subject deals with the role of graphics in technical reports and presentations

SYLLABUS

Communication and display techniques in technical reports Graphic techniques and the use of photography Use of simple of graphic display and charting techniques such as bar charts and pie charts

ASSESSMENT Two essays of not more lhan 1000 words or equivalent assignments 1 seminar (1000 words) and tutorial work (not more than 12 pages) The relative weighting of the assessment components will be published at the commencement of the subject

176

451-305 C O M P U I E R GRAPHICS 1 (Surveying Course)

SEMESTER 2


8 points

This subject is an introduction to graphics hardware and the generation of vector and raster displays

SYLLABUS

Graphics display hardware vector and raster devices display geometry simple plotting routines windows graphics standards the geometry of perspective data connectivity hidden line displays shading continuous tone images colour reflectivity ray tracing

ASSESSMENT Not more lhan 2 houis of wnuen examinauon and written assignments and reports on practical work (in total not more thin 52 pages) The relative weightings of the assessment components will be published it the tomnieiieemcnt ol the subject

451-306 LAND AND GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION SYSTEMS 1

SEMESTER 1


4 points

The subject provides an introduction to the design use and technology associated with land and geographic information systems

SYLLABUS

The Information Society Information management the relationship of land and geographic information systems to land administration the design and application of land and geographic information systems The technology associated with digital mapping and land and geographic information systems Data structures Spatial referencing and spatial analysis

ASSESSMENT Not more lhan 2 hours of written examination one essay of not more than 2000 words and written assignments and reports on practical work (in total not more than 12 pages) The relative weighting of the assessment components will be published at the commencement of the subject


Available from 1992

SEMES I ER 1 and 2

91 lectures and 97 hours of tutorial and practice elasscs

32 points

The subject deals with advanced geodetic surveying geophysics and analytical photogrammetry

177

SYLLABUS

1 Surveying (97 hours)

Geodesy theory and practice of geodetic measurements horizontal and vertical angles electronic distance measurements levelling satellite techniques laser ranging and very long base interfcromctry inertial surveying systems point to point calculations on the spheroid classical and vector solutions geoid and spheroid relationships the Australian National Spheroid Adjustment of Observations adjustment of measurements for geodetic networks precisions of measured and derived quantities sequential adjustments analysis and testing of network adjustments Australian geodetic adjustments and the Australian Geodetic Datum Map Projections the Universal Transverse Mercator projection and the Australian Map Grid coordinate transformations grid traversing network adjustments on the grid

2 Geophysics (26 hours)

Basic principles and theory of geophysical exploration methods physical geodesy


Analytical Photogrammetry projective transformation by vectors and matrices comparator measurements and reductions image coordinate refinement analytical relative and absolute orientation systematic and random photogrammetric errors Aerotriangulation principles and theory of various methods error propagation strip and block adjustment Close Range Photogrammetry principles and adjustment of multistation photography advanced camera calibration additional parameters self calibration engineering and industrial photogrammetry

ASSESSMENT Not more lhan 6 hours of written examination not more than 2 hours of written tests and written assignments and reports on practical work (in total not more than 104 pages) The relative weighting of the assessment components will be published at the commencement of the subject

451-401 SURVEYING 3

SEMESTER 1 and 2


20 points 1991

The subject deals with the theory and practice of geodetic surveying with particular reference to its application in Australia

SYLLABUS

Geodetic Surveying Reconnaissance for and measurement in precise geodetic surveys Adjustment of measurements in geodetic surveys using observation equations and condition equations Precision and correlation of measured and adjusted quantities Testing of survey networks simulation and optimization The Australian Geodetic Survey national adjustments

Geodesy Calculation of geographical coordinates reverse azimuth and spheroidal distance Geoid and spheroid plumb line deflection geodetic survey origins gcoidal height Laplace equation the control of azimuth satellite geodesy

Map Projections Transformation from geographical to grid coordinates and from grid to

178

geographical coordinates on selected map projections ol the spheroid Zone to /one transformation Calculation of grid coordinates grid bearing reverse grid bearing plane bearing grid distance plane distance and spheroidal distance Survey Integration The Australian Map Grid

PRACTICAL WORK A total of 65 hours including assignments observatory and office work and excursions

ASSESSMENT One 3 hour examination Assignments and practical work performed during the course will be assessed as part of the cx imin mon The examination may be held at the conclusion of the course

451-402 PHOTOGRAMMETRY 2

SEMFSTER 1


20 points 1991

The subject provides an advanced study ol photogrammetric theory and current applications and deals with the fundamentals ol remote sensing cartography and compuier assisted cartography

SYLLABUS

A n a l y t i c a l Photogrammetry Projective transformation by vectors and matrices comparator measurements and reductions image coordinate refinement analytical relative and absolute orientation Digital tcrr un models systematic and random photogrammetric errors Acrotriangulation by various mcihods error propagation strip and block adjustment Review of current applications and modern trends in instrumentation and methods

Car tography The graphical basis of cartography cartographic processes and materials map reproduction and printing procedures Thematic mapping design of topographic and engineering maps Computer assisted cartography and digital plotting Mathematical concepts of data banks and manipulation of inform mon

Remote Sensing Theory instruments and techniques of data gathering by colour and multiband photography mullispcctrul scanners and other electromagnetic sensors Geometrical propcrlics and transformations of remote sensing data

PRACTICAL WORK A total of 50 hours devoted to assignments laboratory work and excursions

ASSESSMENT One 3 hour examination which may be held at the end of the course and three 1 hour tests during the course Assignments and other practical work will be included in the assessment

451-402 SURVEYING AND LAND INFORMATION STUDIES

Available from 1992

SEMESTER 1


4 points

SYLLABUS

The subject will ileal with a selected specialized area m surveying science land and geographic information systems law relating to surveying or land management

ASSESSMENT Not more than 2 hours of written examination and written assignments and reports on practical work (in total not more lhan 26 pages) The relative weighting of ihe assessment components will be published at the commencement of the subject

451-403 SURVEYING STUDIES

SEMESTFR 1 and 2

42 lectures 12 hours of tutorials and practice classes and 100 hours of individual project work

25 points 1991

SYLLABUS

This course will comprise the following areas ol study Professional Practice Environmental Investigations Project Computer Systems

1 PROFESSIONAL PRACIICP 15 lectures in Second Semester This course aims to introduce students to the functions and responsibilities of the professional surveyor with the community

SYLLABUS

Professional ethics Organization and management of private practice Aspects of office management A review of the function and structure ol national and state surveying organizations The development ol surveying in Australia

ASSESSMENT Assessment will be based on one assignment during the course and a test at the conclusion of the course

2 ENVIRONMEN 1 AL INVFS 11(,A 1 IONS 15 lectures in Second Semester This course reviews the gathering and presentation of data in connection with environmental investigations with particular emphasis on the role ol the surveyor in this field

SYLLABUS

The multi disciplinary approach to environmental investigations the specialists involved and their various contributions to this task The role of the surveyor in environmental investigations The acquisition and management of data remote sensing historical and physical data data banks mapping and cartographic techniques the preparation and assessment of environmental reports


3 PROJECT Time allocation of 100 hours over two Semesters including individual and group supervisory discussions individual investigation and experimental work preparation and presentation of project report Each student will undertake a project on a topic approved by the department with the following aims

1 8 0

( i ) to stimulate sludcnis intellectually by conlroiumg ihcm wilh an individual problem requiring reading invesugauon and some experimental work

(n ) to demonstrate the need for carelul planning of acuviues and management of time

(111) to develop skills in written and verbal communications

ASSESSMENT Projects will be assessed by a panel of two comprising the project supervisor and one other member of staff Specific criteria for assessment will include (I) planning and organization of the work undertaken (II ) evidence of reading and the ability to evaluate relevant literature ( I I I ) clarity and logic in the approach to the task (iv) clear and systematic documentation in the report

(v) quality of the written and verbal presentation

OVERALL ASSESSMENT The results obtained for ihc individual sections arc combined to give a mark for the subject as a whole


Available from 1992

SEMESTER 1 and 2

13 points

1 Land Administration 26 lectures and 13 hours of tutorials and practice classes

The subject gives an introducuon to the principles and administration of cadastral and land information systems

SYLLABUS

Land as a resource Land administrauon in Victoria and associated government policy Institutional arrangements Legal (iscal and multi purpose cad isues Land and geographic information systems and their role m land administration Land tenure Cadastral survey and mapping systems Comparative cad lsiral systems Modelling cadastral and land information systems

ASSESSMENT One 2 hour written examination 3000 word essay or assignment one seminar (1000 words) and tutorial work (not more than 20 pages)

2 l and Development Project 13 lectures and 26 hours of tutorials The course includes one field excursion

The subject deals with the design of i residential neighbourhood development resulting in a Development Plan together with the associated documentation

SYLLABUS

The design principles for a residential neighbourhood development incorporating site and environmental analysis structure plan design and site and lot criteria The preparation of a Development Plan and the associated documentation Use of computer aided design techniques where applicable

ASSESSMENT Assignments equivalent to not more than 50 pages

181

451 404 LAND LAW AND MANACMVILN I

SEME SI PR 1, 2

First Semester 26 lectures and 13 tutorials Second Semester 38 lectures and 13 tutorials

18 points 1991

SYLLABUS

1 LAW Ob PROPER1Y IN LAND 26 lectures The subject deals with an introduction to and an explanation of the law of property in land as it related to survey practice

Common and Statute Law Reception of English Law into Australia Real and Personal Property Land tenure and its history Estates in land freehold and leasehold Licences Interests in land of other persons casement and profits Qualifications of the rights of ownership planning legislation invalid conditions L ind as a security mortgages Transfer of land the common law and the Transfer of Land Act The extinction of interests in land adverse possessions Professional and expert witnesses Legal persons Corporations and partnerships

ASSESSMENT One 2 hour examination which ni i \ be held at the conclusion of the course

2 LAW RELATING l O SURVEYING 26 lectures 6 tutorials and 20 hours of practical work The subject deals with the common and statute law related to surveying and to the registration of land Reference is made to current practice

Brief outline of the history of law in Australia distinction between Common and Statute Law how law is enacted how to read an Act of Parliament study of the early survey techniques with regard to land subdivision review of the early system of land alienation features incorporated in present statute law concerning distribution of excess and deficiency etc Crown Description simple fundamentals of re establishment

Land Act with emphasis on the method ol alienation of the various classifications of Crown Lands opening and closing ol Government Ro ids under this Act brief review of the outline ol the Lands Department and the method of recording survey informauon Transfer of Land Act organization of the Offices of Titles distinction between General Law and Torrens Systems techniques for ascertaining ownership under both systems restrictions imposed on land by statute Study of sections of the T L A relating to limned titles bringing of land under the Act caveats covenant creation of casements removal of easements closing of roads amendment of title adverse possession registration of plans of subdivision State information Regulations of T L A Office of Titles method of filing survey information interpretation of charts plans etc Local Government Act opening and closing of roads (together with relationship of Country Roads Board Act) alignment of streets Local Government requirements for subdivision ol land right ol appeal against refusal to seal declaration of alignments regulations Study of extracts of other acts c g Water Act Mines Act Sale of Land Act M &M B W Act Land Compensation Act Fences Act Land Conservation Act Health Act Town and Country Planning Act Cluster Titles Act Strata Titles Act etc

PRACTICAL WORK A total of 26 hours including tutonal classes and project work

ASSESSMENT One 3 hour examination The project work performed during the course will be assessed as part of the examination The examination may be held at the conclusion of the course

182

3 LAND MANAGE MENl 12 lectures The subject deals wilh general principles of land management including valuation and informauon systems Land as a fundamental recourse terrain evaluation land classification systems land use studies the valuation ol property consequences of development conservation Surveying requirements for the collection and management ol data foi land information systems



Available from 1992

SEMESTER 1

13 lectures

3 points

The subject aims to introduce students to the functions and responsibilities of the professional surveyor within the community

SYLLABUS

Professional ethics Surveying and society The role of the public private and academic sectors in the surveying mapping and land information industry Industrial relations Organization and management of private practice Aspects ol office management

ASSESSMENT Three essays of not more than 1000 words each or equivalent assignments

451 405 COMPUTER GRAPHICS 2 (Surveying Course)

SEMES 1ER 1


9 points

This subject deals with the theory and practice of computer graphics applied to digital mapping

SYLLABUS

Digital Mapping Data acquisition and processing digital terrain modelling digital elevation modelling contour smoothing gencrali/ation cartographic licence polygon processing topology registration of vector and raster data application to land and geographic information systems application of artificial intelligence and expert systems

Applications Packages Use of software packages for display and processing of vector and raster data CASE SOLVOL MOVIE TIGRIS IDEALS M1CROBR1AN

ASSESSMENT Not more than 2 hours of written examinauon and written assignments and reports on practical work (in total not more than 52 pages) The relative weighting of the assessment components will be published at the commencement ol the subject

183

451-406 GEODETIC POSITIONING

suviESim 1 12 lectures 18 hours practical work

5 points 1991

SYLLABUS

Theory and procedures for determination of geodetic position including satellite systems using both doppler and time based techniques long base line intcrfcrometry 3 dimensional inertial systems

PRACTICAL WORK Tutonal and practice classes with laboratory work and assignments

ASSESSMENT One 2 hour examination Assignments and pracucal work performed during the course will be assessed as part of the examinauon The examination may be held at the conclusion of the course

451-406 LAND AND GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION SYSTEMS 2

SLMFSTER 2


4 points

The subject reviews the design and use of current computer systems or packages used in land and geographic information system applications

SYLLABUS

Design and application of current land and geographic information system packages Hardware and data base configurations

ASSESSMENT Not more than 2 hours ol written examination one essay of not more than 2000 words and written assignments and reports on practical work (in total not more lhan 20 pages) The relative weighting of the assessment components will be published at the commencement of the subject

451-407 HYDROGRAPHIC SURVEYING

SEMESTER 1

12 lectures 18 hours practical work

5 points 1991

SYLLABUS

Developments in instrumentation and techniques lor the acquisition and management of mapping data for marine operations including satellite based navigation ship to shore ranging systems sonar devices digital mapping

PRACTICAL WORK Tutorial and practice classes with laboratory work and assignments

1 84

ASSESSMENT One 2 hour examinauon Assignments and prictical work performed during the course will be assessed as part ol the cx.imin ltton The examination may be held at the conclusion of the course

451-407 REMOTE SENSING PRINCIPLES

SEMESTER 1

13 hours of lectures and 13 hours of tutorial/practical classes

4 points

The subject will introduce the acquisition processing and uses of remotely sensed imagery (both photographic and digital)

SYLLABUS

Principles of remote sensing photographic and non photographic sensors airborne and space platforms fundamentals of analogue and digital image analysis image correction and enhancement introduction to classification of images Use of image processing systems

ASSESSMENT Not more than 1 5 hours of written examination not more lhan 1 hour of written tests and written assignments and reports on practical work (in total not more than 20 pages) The relative weighting of the assessment components will be published at the commencement of the subject

451-408 PHOTOGRAMMETRY CURRENT DEVELOPMENTS

SEMESTER 1

12 lectures 18 hours pracucal work

5 points 1991

SYLLABUS

Developments in theory and procedures of mapping and measurement by photogrammetry including analytical plotters block adjustment camera calibration close range precise terrestrial methods

PRACTICAL WORK Tutorial and practice classes with laboratory work and assignments ASSESSMENT One 2 hour examinauon Assignments and practical work performed during the course will be assessed as part of the examination The examination may be held at the conclusion of the course

451-408 REMOTE SENSING APPLICATIONS

SEMESTER 2

13 lectures and 13 tutorial/practical classes

4 points

185

SYLLABUS

High level digital image processing correction and classification applications of remote sensing in the geoscicnccs engineering and resource assessment and inventory image data in geographic information systems Project based use of image processing systems

ASSESSMENT Not more lhan 1 5 hours ol wnuen examinauon not more lhan 1 hour of written tests and written assignments and reports on pracucal work (in toial not more than 20 pages) The relative weighting of the assessment components will be published at the commencement of the subject

451-409 LAND INFORMATION SYSTEMS - MULTIPURPOSE CADASTRE

SEMESTER 1


5 points 1991

SYLLABUS

Land based computer information systems review of local developments structure of turnkey systems Acquisition of appropriate survey and associated data file structures

Applications in National State and Local Government


ASSESSMENT One 2 hour examinauon Assignments and practical work performed during the course will be assessed as part ol ihe ex lmination The examinauon may be held at the conclusion of the course

451-409 PROJECT A

Available f rom 1992

SEMESTER 1 and 2

15 points

SYLLABUS

A major project of 100 hours over iwo semesters including supervised individual and group discussions individual investigation and experimental work preparation and presentation of a project report

RESEARCH SEMINARS The subject includes the requirement for attendance at twenty 1 hour seminars organized by the Department of Surveying and Land Information covering current research topics of academic staff and graduate students

ASSESSMENT One rcpori of not more lhan 20 000 words one seminar/oral presentation (1000 words) and tutorial assignments of noi more lhan 20 pages (summaries ol research seminars) The relative weighting ol the assessment components will be published at the commencement of the subject

186

451-410 PRECISION ENGINEERING SURVEYS

SEMESTER 1


5 points 1991

SYLLABUS

Precise control surveys measurement systems to detect static and dynamic structural deformations Simulation optimization and statistical testing of measuring systems


ASSESSMENT One 2 hour examination Assignments and practical work performed during the course will be assessed as pari of the examinauon The examination may be held at the conclusion of the course

451-444 VACATION WORK (PRACTICAL EXPERIENCE -SURVEYING)

0 points



Available from 1993

SEMESTER 1


7 points

The subject deals with advanced compulations and least squares adjustments for geodetic surveying and analytical phoiogrammciry

SYLLABUS

Theory and practice of the preliminary computations least squares adjustments and results analysis for

(a) Geodetic network adjustments incorporating non conventional measurements sequential processing of data blocks and constraints (b) Close range and acrotriangulation photogrammciric networks with additional parameters and constraints The execution process and algorithms used by computer applications packages for geodetic and photogrammetric adjustments

ASSESSMENT Not more than 1 5 hours of examination noi more than 1 hour of written tests and written assignments and reports on practical work (in lotal not more lhan 26 pages) The relative weighting of the assessment components will be published al the commencement of the subject

187

45l-50x PROJECT B

Available f rom 1993

SEMI* SI PR 1 and 2

SYLLABUS

A major project of 150 hours over two semesters including supervised individual and group discussions individual investigation and experimental work preparation and presentation of a project report

25 points

RESEARCH SEMINARS The subject includes the requirement for attendance at twenty 1 hour seminars organized by the Department of Surveying and Land Information covering current research topics of academic staff and graduate students

ASSESSMENT One report ol not more than 30 000 words one seminar/oral presentation (2000 words) and tutorial/oral presentation equivalent to not more than 20 pages The relative weighting of the assessment components will be published at the commencement of the subject

617-005 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS 1






617-002 STATISTICS FOR ENGINEERS


626-022 G E O L O G Y (AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING COURSE)


640-005 PHYSICS IB (ENGINEERING COURSE)


640-140 and 640-160 PHYSICS


188

705-441 E C O L O G Y AND ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT

Available from 1992

SEMESTER 2

3 hours of lectures and tutonals per week totalling 39 hours

7 points Surveying

SYLLABUS

The problems of assessing landscape ecology its relationship to land capability and its importance in the planning and design process The geological geomorphological and ecological bases of landscapes and their relationship to cultural influences Case studies will be used to illustrate various aspects of the subject

ASSESSMENT One 2 hour examination Written assignments or tests equivalent to not more than 6 000 words The relative weighting of assessment components will be published at the commencement of the subject

705-545 TOWN PLANNING

SEMES 1 ER 1


6 points

This is an introductory subject and is not for students intending to pursue professional qualifications in Town Planning

SYLLABUS

The processes of urban development and the role of various individuals and groups in those processes planning as intervention in those processes The origins and evolution of town planning in Australia specifically in Victoria The evolution of concepts and philosophies underlying planning practice in Victoria and their influence on the built environment The theory and practice of development regulation Statutory planning in Victoria the preparation submission and examination of planning schemes the administration and enforcement of planning schemes the appeal mechanism

Site planning and development procedures decision making procedures and techniques Planning and development case studies the pi inning for and development of industry retailing housing etc

ASSESSMENT Assignments of not more than 4000 words and one 3 hour examination at the end of the semester

189

GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN GEOGRAPHIC INI ORMATION SYSTEMS

The Graduate Diploma course consists of the following structure

The course is structured to be equivalent to approximately 500 contact hours and consists of three components core (221 hours of advanced undergraduate subjects) streams (130 hours of course work selected from a range of undergraduate and post graduate subjects) and a project (100 hours) Subjects are offered both through the Faculty of Engineering and the Faculty of Architecture and Planning

Core

451 306 Land and Geographic Information Systems 1 451 406 Land and Geographic Information Systems 2 45 1 407 Remote Sensing Principles 45 1 408 Remote Sensing Applications 705 483 Environmental Information and Monitoring 45 1 305 Computer Graphics 1

Streams

Land Information and Management

45 1 406 Cartography

45 1 403 Land Law and Management 3 Land Administration 705 485 Landscape Simulation and Perception

Land Assessment and Planning

705 485 Landscape Simulation and Perception 705 674 Regional Landscape Planning and Design

Geographic Information Systems Principles (This stream requires mathematical and computing skills)

45 1 302 Spatial Analysis 45 1 405 Computer Graphics 2

b I ec 11ves

Other GIS related electives can be taken in conjunction with the above subjects

Pro jec t

As below

451-xxx GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION SYSTEMS PROJECT

SEMESTER 1 and 2

100 hours of discussion investigation and experimental work

20 points (20% of the course)

AIMS To permit the sludcni to carry out under supervision a project in a specific area of interest in ihc general area of geographic informauon sysicms to gain an appreciation of

1 9 0

research methodologies with specific cmph ISIS on GIS lo permit the student to undertake a practical project using geographic information system technology to permit the sludcni to plan and undertake an investigation of a topic and prepare a project report in an independent manner

OBJECTIVES On completion of the course students should understand the underlying science the principles and the major applications of

geographic information systems understand at least one application of geographic information systems in

detail be able to use one or more geographic information systems this will include

data input analysis storage of data and output of results

SYLLABUS

A project of 100 hours over two semesters of supervised individual and group discussions individual investigations and experimental work concerned with the operation of geographic information systems and preparation and presentation of a project report The subject includes a requirement for attendance and participation at 26 one hour seminar sessions throughout the year

ASSESSMENT One report of not more than 20 000 woids and one seminar/oral presentation (1000 words) The relative weightings of the assessment components will be published at the commencement of ihc subjeci

451-xxx LAND ADMINISTRATION

SEMESTER 1

26 lectures and 13 hours of tutonals and practice classes

8 points

The subject gives an introduction to the principles and administration of cadastral and land information systems

SYLLABUS

Land as a resource Land administration in Victoria and associated government policy Institutional arrangements Legal fiscal and multi purpose cadastres Land and geographic information systems and their role in land administration Land tenure Cadastral survey and mapping systems Comparative cadastral systems Modelling cadastral and land information systems

ASSESSMENT One 2 hour examination 3000 word essay or assignment one seminar (1000 words) and tutorial work (not more than 20 pages)

1 9 1

INFORMATION FOR STUDENTS

COURSE REQUIRE MEN IS

Lectures and Timetables of Lectures

The syllabus for each course of lectures tutorials and practical work is shown in details of courses and subjects

Room Allocations

A list of the rooms assigned to classes will be displayed on the noticeboards adjacent to the Faculty Office in the week prior to the commencement of each semester This applies only to subjects taught by the Facully or specially provided to the Faculty

Students are responsible for checking the locations of teaching rooms prior to the commencement of teaching

Time tables

Timetables for First Year courses arc issued by the Director of First Year Studies Those for later year students will be provided on request at the Facully Office if available otherwise in the appropriate Engineering department office (lhai is according to which course students are enrolled in)

Evening lectures

Except by special arrangement no evening lectures arc provided Classes normally terminate by 6 15 p m Access to the Library and to the Department of Engineering Resources is subject to special rules details of which will be posicd

COURSE VARIATIONS

Students who wish to vary their courses must make a written application to the Faculty on the form provided and by due dates

Students arc permuted to amend enrolments and withdraw from or change into subjects within the first two weeks of the teaching period in any semester without special permission provided that the form is completed After that time and up until the dale specified for confirming enrolments for the determination ol liabilities under the Higher Education Contribution Scheme (HECS) changes to enrolment will normally be approved if the Faculty believes there is good reason for the approval After enrolments have been confirmed for HECS purposes amendments to enrolments will only be made with special permission and may attract an additional HECS liability and a WD ( withdrawn ) designation on the formal academic record After the commencement of final assessment for any subject withdrawal or amendment is usually not permuted Where students believe an error had been made which affect their enrolment they should immediately advise the Facully No penally attaches to the correction of errors for which a student is not responsible

The dates for HECS confirmation arc 31 March and 31 August each year for semesters 1 and 2 respectively

Students arc warned that is is usually very difficult to make unplanned for substitutions of subjects in courses without encountering timetable difficulties The Faculty is not responsible for any timetable clashes which students may encounter in substituting subjects from other courses The responsibility of the Faculty is limited to approval in principle of any proposed variations in courses Where the Faculty is of the opinion that a timetabling

192

difficulty is so severe as to preclude likelihood of success in the course of study proposed permission to vary the course in the manner proposed may be withheld Students are invited to discuss such difficulties with the appiopn nc member ol the Faculty Office staff but also to bear in mid that there arc practical limns to what can be achieved by way ol timetabling adjustments

Students arc sent a confirmation ol enrolment lor checking in each semester and are required to notify the University in writing of any error or change Students should therefore read carefully any correspondence received from the University and act promptly on any advice given

In all circumstances students are advised and encouraged to speak or write to the Student Adviser the Assistant Registrar or the Director of First Year Studies if they wish to seek advice assistance or to raise any matter connected with their course

EXAMINATIONS AND ASSESSMEN1

Assessment timetables will be available at Student Administration and where possible published on Faculty noticeboards prior to each period of formal assessment An examination number will also be available prior to assessment and must be applied for in person in the manner advertised within the University

Students enrolled in all courses for which formal written assessment is conducted are expected to present for assessment in all ol their subjects unless a formal course or subject cancellation is approved by the faculty Failure to attend lor assessment in subjects in which students arc enrolled will result in a failed result being returned for the subject and/or the component of the subject being assessed

The Faculty has determined that supplementary assessment shall be available in all subjects and courses taught in and specially to students of the Facully at the discretion of the Examinations and Progress Committee and in accordance with the Statutes Standing Resolutions of Council and directions of the Academic Board and the Registrar relating to assessment

The grading structure is use for all subjects taught by and spceitlly in the Faculty of Engineering is

HI First Class Honours 80 100% H2A Second Class Honours Division A 75 79% H2B Second Class Honours Division B 70 74% H3 Third Class Honours 65 69% P Pass 50 59% N Fail 0 49%

SPECIAL CONSIDERATION

All applications for special consideration on any grounds whatsoever must be made on the form provided and lodged with the Faculty They arc directed specifically to the Assistant Registrar who acts on the Registrars behalf All applications and the details provided arc treated as strictly confidential The Sludcni Adviser will assist students in completing their applications if necessary and will advise on ihc supporting evidence which may be required

Under no circumstances should applications be lodged other than directly with the Assistant Registrars office through the General Office in the Facully

Applications are normally required not more lhan 3 days later than the assessment to which they apply Later applications arc subject lo special dclcrmmaiion

193

Sludcnis should noi feel inhibited in applying lor Spcci il Consider mon All applications arc formally icccptcd ind considered by ex nniners

There is however no automatic mechanism whereby the submission of in applieition entitles a sludcni cither to i pissing grade in a subjeci or component lo exemption (mm that subject or component or to a later assessment Every ease is considered individually Sludcnis who do not feel that their application has been fully considered arc invited lo apply for a review in writing to the Assistant Registrar in the first instance and to seek the assistance of the Student Adviser

PROGRESSION THROUGH I HP COURSE

The Guidelines applying to progression through ihc course arc published in abbreviated form in the Facully s Course and Subject Guide which is available free of charge to every enrolled student of the Faculty and arc published m full on Faculty noticeboards

Further details explanations or documentation m ly be had on request from the Assistant Registrar

Progression through the course is subject lo careful scrutiny and review and formal procedures arc available for students to seek a review of any decisions made

USE OE ELECTRONIC CALCULAIORS

The Faculty permits the use of electronic cilculators in examinations except where it is specified on the examination paper that ihcy arc noi to be used The type and model of calculators permitted is 10 be specified prior to teaching commencing in a subject

Unless a model and type of calculator is specified or all calculators arc admitted any and all calculators are permissible provided lhat they arc hand held and self powered Students are responsible for the provision of their own calculators for the sustained power supply of such calculators and are not permitted to exchange calculators with other students after entering the examination room

Examiners may exclude the use of all calculators from examinauons Where calculators arc permitted under specified conditions members of the academic staff are responsible for checking the type model and programming ol calculators subject to the policy approved by the Academic Board

Students are reminded that where calculators arc not permuted at all or where preprogramming is specifically prohibited the use ol a calculator under such circumstances constitutes misconduct and is treated as a serious offence

PRACTICAL WORK

The following rules apply for practical work in all subjects of the courses in the Faculty of Engineering

1 Students are expected to aitcnd all practical work sessions (laboratory drawing office and field work practice elasscs seminars and excursions) and to complete all the practical work assignments set by the lecturer in charge m accordance with the assessment prescription for the subject Unless excused on account ol special circumstances a student who fails to complete the set assignments in any subject will be liable to disqualification in that subject for that years final assessment Students so disqualified will be notified in writing by the Assistant Registrar before final examinations commencement Such students will have the right of review which should be directed to the Assistant Registrar before the commencement of final assessment

1 94

2 Students must reach an adequate standard in practical work in order to pass the annual assessment It is stated in the details ol subjects whether a students standard is to be assessed by means of a practical examination and/or the work submitted by the student during the course

3 Assignments of any kind not submitted to the lecturer or demonstrator in charge by the due dates may fail to count as practical work completed

4 All assignments of any kind which arc returned to students after assessment must be retained for resubmission if required by the examiners

PRACTICAL EXPERIENCE DURING VACAIION

All studen's enrolled in a course leading to the degree of Bachelor of Engineering are required to complete not less than 12 weeks approved vacation work experience before being eligible to graduate This experience will normally be gained between Second and Third Years and/or between Third and Fourth Years Practical experience will normally be of a type approved by the Department responsible for the stream of study the student is undertaking Students arc required to submit on the form provided details of the experience gained formally endorsed by the employer Award or scholarship experience placements may be deemed the equivalent of approved practical experience

In special circumstances the Faculty may accept the balance of the requirement outstanding on completion of the academic requirements of the course to be made up from the period of employment after course completion and in the case of overseas students by submission of a certificate from the employer or by accept incc of employment undertaken prior to commencement of the course

Students in courses which spccily the submission of a vacation experience report should satisfy their Department s requirement in that regard

The corresponding requirement for Surveying students is 10 weeks

Students who seek advice on this requirement should contact the Student Adviser

EUR 1 HE R DEGREES A I 11ACHI I OR I E VE I

There is a single degree called Bachelor ol Engineering Sludcnis who therefore complete the requirements with special permission ol iwo branches ol Engineering will nonetheless receive a single degree although they may normally indicate in which stream they wish principally to be recognized at graduation The Facully will ccruly completion of additional streams if satisfied that all such rcquircmcnis arc complete bui no transcript on behalf of the University can be issued

J N K e d d i e , Assistant Registrar (Engineering)

27 July 1990 (for effect from 1990 and there ifter until amended)

FIRST YEAR COURSES RULES OF PROGRESSION

Summary Form

1 All students must satisfy the Faculty Pass Guidelines to the satisfaction of the Examinations and Progress Committee

195

2 The Faculty Pass formula to be applied is

Weighted Excess Requind = 1 tinus t in Weighted Deficiency

where the weightings ol the subject are as published in the Facully s Handbook (course guide) and excess is marks in excess ol 50 (%) and dclicicney is matks short ol 50 (%)

A weighted average mark of 50% or greater must be obtained

The formula is only applied to full courses taken in one year The formula is a guideline to the Examinations and Progress Committee and is applied at the discretion of examiners meeting in committee

3 All students must complete successfully or be awarded a Faculty Pass in 8 semester units (100 points) or the equivalent including 2 semester units in Mathematics or the equivalent (25 points) before progression lo second year Students may be permitted to take units from the second year of courses with permission ol the Faculty subject to satisfactory progress in the units requiring a pass at first year

4 Assessment not completed satisfactorily at the end of a semester may be completed by supplementary assessment where the Committee so determines or where a Faculty Pass is noi granted

5 From 1990 each semesters work is equally weighted in the Bachelor of Engineering courses that is a one semester unit counts lor 12 5 points a two semester unit for 25 points Points weightings for the Surveying courses arc specific lo those courses

6 Students successfully completing an approved first year course in engineering in the Faculty will be admitted to any second year course subject to quota restrictions The selection criterion for allocation within any quota restricted course will be academic order of merit determined by the weighted average mark Tor a full course

LATER YEAR COURSES RULES OF PROGRESSION

Summary Form

1 Al l students must satisfy the Faculty Pass Guidelines to the satisfaction of the Examinations and Progress Committee

2 The Facully Pass formula to be applied is

Weighted Excess Required = 3 times the Weighted Deficiency

where the weightings of the subject arc as published in the Facully s Handbook (course guide) and excess is marks in excess of 50 (%) and deficiency is marks shon of 50 (%)

A weighted average mark of 50% or greater must be obtained

The formula is only applied to full courses taken in one >car

3 All students must complete sueccsslully or be awarded a Faculty Pass in all semester units prescribed in the course (100 points m a standard course) or the equivalent before progression to the next year ol the course The Faculty may in exceptional circumstances approve a variant to a standard course Students may be permuted to take units from a later year of the course with permission of the Faculty subject to satisfactory progress in remaining units requiring a pass

196

4 Assessment not completed satisfactorily at the end of a semester may be completed by supplementary assessment where the Committee so determines or where a Faculty Pass is not granted

5 The formula will be applied to the benefit of a student that is a student who satisfies the requirements of the formula may be granted a Faculty Pass and permitted to progress to the next year of the course or if in final year to graduate but the Committee may determine to grant a Faculty Pass at its discretion notwithstanding failure to satisfy the formula The Committee may also determine not to award a Faculty Pass or may require additional assessment and may determine under these circumstances whether a Faculty Pass may be awarded

6 Supplementary assessment is normally available in all subjects by and in the Faculty of Engineering in accordance with the Statutes of the University Formal statements of the availability of such assessment are posted on noticeboards before semester 1 in each year

1 97

PROGRESS GUIDELINES Guidelines for the Examinations and Progress Committee of the Fatuity of

Engineering, acting on behalf of the Faculty in accordance with the provisions ol Statute 11 5 12

All business relating to progress is conducted by the Faculty ol Engineering Examinations and Progress Committee The following arc the guidelines of that commitice

Relevant requirements arc

Statute 11 5 Unsatisfactory Progress Statute 12 Assessment and Admission to Degrees (including directions of the Academic Board pursuant to the Statute) Standing Resolution R 3 45 Degrees ol Bachelor ol Engineering and Bachelor of Surveying Standing Resolution R 3 88 Graduate Diploma in Computing Studies Academic Board Manual chapter 9

GUIDELINES OE IHE EXAMINAUONS AND PROGRESS COMMI11EE

1 Preamble

As a general principle students arc required to pass each year of the course before proceeding to any subject of the following year To pass a year it is necessary to

(a) satisfy the examiners at or obtain credit lor each subject of that year or (b) be awarded a Faculty pass in the year as a whole

In determining whether such a pass may be awaidcd the Faculty shall take into account the students performance in all subjecls in accordance with the principles determined by the Faculty from time to time and approved by the Academic Board If a student docs not pass any year of the course in the manner set out above the Faculty s Examinations and Progress Committee may prescribe one of these altcrn aivcs

(a) The student shall repeat as a full time or part time student the subject/s failed or a subject or subjects deemed equivalent by the Committee The weighting ol the year will be determined by the weight of the subjects requiring to be repeated (a full time year is defined as 75% load or 0 750 EFTSU) (b) The student shall repeat the whole year (c) A recommendation shall be made to the Ac idemie Board lhat the student be suspended from courses in the Faculty

In considering a students progress the Committee would normally take into account personal financial and study problems

2 Suspension Guidelines

2 1 E irst Year

At the first attempt a student may be recommended for suspension if he/she

(a) does not achieve a weighted average mark oT at least 45% or (b) fails in more than two subjects (where these comprise in total more than 40% of the years work)

1 9 8

The Examinauons and Progress Committee tends to recommend suspension with greater frequency as the weighted average mark drops below 50%

At the second attempt a sludcni may be recommended for suspension if he/she fails to complete the year (This includes students who may be repeating only those subjects failed at the first attempt who lail any ol the subjects for a second time)

2 2 Second and Later Years

At the first attempt at the Second or a Laicr Year a sludcni m ly be recommended for suspension il he/she fails in more than iwo subjects where the combined points value of these two subjects is approximately 40 or more points (40%) The judgement here is at the discretion of the Examinations and Progress Committee which takes into account the relative weights of subjects in reaching its decision The Committee tends to recommend suspension with greater frequency as the weighted average mark drops below 50% Two subjects arc considered to equivalent to about 30 40% of the years work Where omnibus subjects of high weight arc involved components of those subjects are considered individually

At the second attempt at the Second or a Later Year a student may be recommended for suspension if he/she fails to complete ihc year for a second time (This includes students who may be repeating only those subjects failed ai ihc first attempt at the Year and who fail any ol those subjects)

3 Guidelines Concerning Repeat Students

Students permitted by the Faculty to repeal the 11rst year course will be informed that they have been granted a place in the quota

Students failing in two or more subjcct(s) in their first attempt in the first year of their course may be permitted to repeal only ihc subjcct(s) failed or their equivalent or other approved subjects if (a) failure is recorded in subjects whose weighting constitutes not more than 50% of the year s work and (b) the weighted average mark achieved is noi less than 50

Students attempting the complete second or third year for the first or second time who fail in one or two subjects and who do not receive a Facully pass may be permitted to repeat only their failed subject/s on a part ume basis

Borderline cases between repeating the whole of a year and repeating failed subjects only are decided on the following criteria

Sludcnis may be permitted to repeat lailcil subjects only il

(a) failure is recorded in not more lhan ihrcc subjects (thai is in approximately 45 50% of the years work) (b) the weighted average mark achieved is not less lhan 50 (c) the lotal weighted deficiency as determined under the Faculty pass calculation does not exceed 12 if the weighted average mark is 50 or 20 if the weighted average mark is 52 or better (that is a weighted deficiency calculated to the base 7 system in use prior to 1989)

Students failing to complete fourth year will be treated as individual cases and may when the failure is a major one be required lo repeal ihc whole year

199

Sludcnis permitted to repeal one or more failed subjects on a pari time basis and who fail in one or more of these subjects may be required to repeat the whole year if permuted by the Faculty and Academic Board to remain in the course

Students permitted to repeat failed subjects on a part time basis may be recommended to obtain approved engineering experience during the year where this can be accommodated both in the availability of the experience and in the timetabling of subjects being repeated and will not be granted exemption from practical work in these subjects except in very special circumstances and then only on ihc recommendation of the department responsible for teaching the subject concerned

Students permitted to repeat two or more failed subjects (that is 40% or more of the years work) who apply for and accept exemption from practical work in more than one subject (that is 15 20% of the years work) may forfeit the entitlement to be considered for a Faculty pass but they will be advised formally of their entitlement before the commencement of the first semester and may then seek a review of this formal advice by lodging a written request with the Dean Unless a student receives written notification that a Facully Pass entitlement has been forfeited he or she will be entitled to a Faculty Pass under the normal conditions applying to the course

A student required to repeal failed subjects in ly be permitted to enrol in a subject or subjects from the following years of the course or from other courses in this Faculty or in other Faculties Such cases will be decided by the Dean on behalf of the Committee in the light of any recommendation from the appropriate department head Approval will only be given if (a) it can be demonstrated that it is in ihc best interests of the student and (b) all prerequisite subjects have been passed and (c) the Dean of the Facully and the head of the relevant department are satisfied that the resultant course structure is academically sound and administratively feasible

Progression to the following year ol the course will be decided by reference to the results obtained for the subjects being repealed but the Examinations and Progress Committee may also take into account ihe results obtained lor other subjects On entry to any year of the course for the first time a student will normally take an equivalent full load of subjects If any subject from a later year has been passed while repeating failed subjects in the manner outlined above an approved alternative will normally be substituted that is a student required to repeat part or all of any one year will not be permitted to structure the course in subsequent years so as to regain the year repeated and thereby accelerate progression through the course as if a repeated year had not been required The resultant course must be approved by ihe head of the relevant department and the Dean of the Faculty A student taking such an approved course will be eligible (or consideration for a Faculty pass

SUPPLEMF N 1 ARY ASSFSSMFN1

Faculty has approved ihe general principle lhat supplementary examinations may be provided at the discretion of the Examinations and Progress Committee in all subjects taught by the Faculty and to students undertaking the Faculty s own courses Nonetheless the Faculty Pass system is the primary method adopted by the Faculty of Engineering for dealing with failure in a subject or subjects If after the application of ihe Facully Pass formula a student fails the year as a whole the guidelines for progression arc applied Supplementary assessment is not granted automatically although there could be special circumstances in which it might be awarded It is often used in connection with special consideration following an illness or accident

The following guidelines are relevant

200

In circumstances of special consideration the supplementary assessment is referred to by the Faculty as special assessment and is essentially the same as the end of year assessment in its effect lhat is a student sitting for a special examination is eligible for a Facully pass in the year as a whole and the actual grade obtained is recorded

This is the normal use of supplementary assessment within the Faculty

Less frequently supplementary assessment may be directed in cases where the Examinations and Progress Committee considers a failing result in a subject to be anomalous having regard to the students performance in other subjects or in work during the year A student who fails such a supplementary written paper is not eligible to be considered for a Faculty pass in that year Supplementary results as distinct from the results of special examinations are normally recorded only as a pass or fail Supplementary assessment may not be desirable in some subjects without remedial programs of study for students and staff arc generally not available to provide such programs Where remedial assistance is available the granting of supplementary assessment for selected students has merit Supplementary assessment may perform a useful function in some cases where there is a reasonable chance that the student can do sufficient work on his or her own without remedial courses to pass the supplementary written paper Supplementary assessment is unlikely to be awarded where continuing assessment is used during the year with progressive checks on performance

In determining that supplementary assessment shall be available to students the Faculty also publishes annually the details of the working of the Faculty Pass formula which arc as follows

Where a failure is recorded in one or more subjects a student shall normally be awarded a Faculty Pass in the year of the course as a whole if

(a) the course being undertaken is not less than 90% of the normal full course (b) the weighted deficit resulting from failure is compensated for by three times the weighted excess obtained from subjects passed and (c) the Examinations and Progress Committee or the Dean acting on its behalf is satisfied that a student awarded the Faculty Pass is adequately prepared for the next year of the course (d) in the case of the Graduate Dipl oma in Computing Studies failure in one subject only is permitted and a Faculty Pass may be awarded provided that the weighted excess mark is greater than or equal to three times the weighted deficit mark and provided also that the failing mark is not less than 40% in this course a pass will be rceo'rdcd for the indicator subject 433 801 Graduate Diploma in Computing Studies but a separate Faculty Pass notation will not be appended to the statement of results

Where a student is awarded a Faculty Pass and is also granted further assessment whether by additional assessment special examination or supplementary assessment in accordance with the Statutes of the University and the directions of the Academic Board the sludcni may have the option to undertake the further assessment grained and shall not forfeit the Faculty Pass by reason of cither failing in the further assessment or failing to undertake the further assessment A student granted such assessment who successfully completes the assessment granted shall have the designation Faculty Pass removed from his or her record as soon as is practicable Students should note however lhai failed results normally remain on the formal academic record and a supplementary assessment result appears on the same record so that passing a supplementary examination docs not automatically delete evidence of prior failure in a subject

It should be emphasized and understood by all students that the Faculty Pass system is expressly designed to deal with failures as outlined in the Progress Guidelines and the granting of further assessment when a Facully Pass is also awarded will only occur in exceptional circumstances when the Examinations and Progress Committee agrees that a result or results are anomalous in some respect Further assessment is not normally to be granted merely to permit a student to maintain a lull record of passed subjects where this is

201

noi ru|uirul lor piogrcssion lo 1 1 i lu yi u oi loi completion ol llic course Indeed such assessment does noi hive llns ellccl on ihe form il tccord ol i sludcni

For ihe purposes of progression in all courses ind subjecls uughl by and m ihc Faculty ol Engineering at the Bachelors and Diploma level a pass is defined as the achievement of a mark of 50% in the subject and/or the granting of a pass cither by the award of a Faculty Pass so indicated on the statement of results or by the granting of a pass in the course s indicator subject where such a subject exists The fulfilling of these conditions is sufficient to satisfy prerequisite requirements for progression to later years of courses and subjects except where a subject is taught by a faculty other lhan the Faculty of Engineering as a component of a combined course with the Facully of Engineering and the subject is not normally a component of the equivalent single degree course within the Facully

PROGRESSION IN COMBINED COURSES AND IN CONCURRENT DEGRFE COURSES

Students enrolled with the permission of two faculties in concurrent degrees arc required to satisfy the requirements of each faculty separately The Examinations and Progress Committee will make no determinations on the granting of further assessment in subjects which are properly the component of the course outside the Faculty except as determined by a joint sitting of a board of examiners lor both faculties The joint Committee may however grant a Faculty Pass in accordance wilh Us own guidelines where u believes this is appropriate and may thereby aulhori/c a student lo piocccd to the next year of ihc course within the Faculty The granting of such I Ficuliy Pass shall noi eniiile l sludcni to proceed in a subject which is the component ol the olhcr lacultys course and lor which he/she docs not fu l f i l prerequisite requirements unless exemption from such requirements is granted by the other faculty

Because students enrolled in approved combined courses are required to satisfy the requirements of each faculty separately but may also be required with the agreement of both faculties to satisfy a requirement to continue or progress in the combined course a student suspended by the Academic Board from the component of the combined course which is the responsibility of the olhcr faculty may be required by the Faculty of Engineering to apply to enter and if selected to enter the component of the course which is ihc responsibility of the Facully and the course structure and year of study will be defined by the Faculty in accordance with the Statutes of ihe University ihe determinations of the Academic Board and the relevant Standing Resolutions of Council A student so selected will be advised that a place is reserved in the component course of the combined degree Such a student may seek rcadmission to the combined course by application to ihc Academic Board

Separate guidelines for progression in combined courses with the Faculty of Science are to be read in conjunction with these guidelines and arc to have overriding effect where they are deemed to conflict with these guidelines but in accordance with approved University procedures

GRADE SIRUC1URE

The Faculty of Engineering has determined that the grade structure in use for all subjects taught in and specifically as part of courses of the Faculty ai undergraduate level shall be Grade Structure 3 which is as follows

HI 80 100% H2A 75 79% H2B 70 74% H3 65 69% P 50 64% N 0 49% (Only integers arc used in recording final marks )

202

199 1

The subjects are arranged in alphabetical order Only those subjects arc listed for which have been supplied Departmental noticeboards should be consulted for any changes to the booklists at the beginning of the academic year

The symbol (PR) at the end of an entry indicates that the publication is essent ia l preliminary reading

An asterisk at the beginning of an entry indicates that the publication is an essential text or reference and that students should possess their own copies of it

Subjects listed in the Facully s course guide arc only available in the current year unless otherwise specified not all subjects and books listed in the Booklist arc therefore available

Subjects are listed in alphabetical order of title

436 465 Advanced Design Methods In Mechanical Engineering

Barlow R E and Proschan F Statistical Iheory of Reliability and Life testing 1st cd Holt

Rinehart & Winston Dc Bono E Ihc use of Lateral I funking 1st cd Jonuhon C ipe Fuchs H O and Slcidcl R F I en Cases in engineering Design 1st ed Wiley Imcrscicncc

200-041 Agricultural Economics (Fng Course)

Mishan E J Elements of Cost Benefit Analysis 1976 Allen & Unwin P/b *Lipscy R G et al Positive Economics for Australian Students 2nd cd 1985 Weidenfeld &

Nicholson

421 Agricultural Engineering (Second Year)

Hogg G D Ihe Growth of Plants 1963 Pelican (PR) Brock T D Biology of Micro organisms 1970 Prentice Hall Blake Cd Fundamentals of Modern Agriculture 1965 U of Sydney

421 Agricultural Engineering (Third Year)

•Australian Standard Codes AS 1250 [1975] AS 1480 [1974) AS 1170 11971 1975] AS 1720 [1975] Standards Assoc of Aust

*Leepcr G W Introduction to Soil Science 1968 MUP Mohsenin N N Physical Properties of Plant and Animal Materials 4ih ed 1982 MUP Reid R L A Manual of Australian Agriculture 4th cd Heinemann Schwab G D et al Soil and Water Conservation Engineering 2nd cd Wiley Kczdi Handbook of Soil Mechanics Warner Rongan and Hall Reinforced Concrete Pitman Gorcne B and Tinyou R Steel Designers Handbook 4th cd NSWUP Gill W R and Vandenburg B E Soil Dynamics in tillage and 1 raction 1st cd USDA HRS Flint R F and Skinner B J Physical Geology 1974 Wiley Engineering Geology and Rock Mechanics An Extension Course 1975 Aust Geomechanics

Society Timoshenko and Young Theory of Structures 2nd cd McGraw Hill Hanks R J and Ashcroft G L Applied Soil Physics 1980 Springer Verlag

203

Koolcn A J and Kuipcrs H Agricultural Soil Mechanics 1983 Springer Verlag Koorcvaar P Mcnclik G and Dirkscn C Elements of Soil Physics 1983 Elsevier Rose C W Agricultural Physics 1966 Pergamon Marshall T J and Holmes J W Soil Physics CUP

421 Agricultural Engineering (Fourth Yen)

Kcpncr R A et al Principles of rarm Machinery 1972 AVI Gill W R and Vandenburg G E Soil Dynamics in tillage and I radian 1967 USDA Wilson E M Engineering Hydrology 1974 Macmillan Linsiey R K et al Hydrology for Engineers 1958 McGraw Hill Hudson N Soil Conversation 1971 Batsford Jobling G A Farm Water Supply Design Manual 1976 WRC Queensland Rose C W Agricultural Physics 1966 Pergamon Esmay M L Principles of Animal Environment 1970 AVI Alger P L et al Ethical Problems in Engineering latest cd Wiley Barnard C S and Nix J S Tarm Management Planning and Control 1976 Cambridge Makcham J P Farm Management Economics 1978 Gill Upton M Agricultural Production Economics and Resource Use 1976 Oxford P/b Haan C T Statistical Methods in Hydrology 1977 Iowa State Withers B and Vipond S Irrigation Design and Practice 1974 Batsford Wong J Y Theory of Ground Vehicles 1st cd 1978 Wiley Intersciencc Liljedahl J et al 1 raciors and their Power Units 3rd ed Wiley Henderson S M and Perry R L Agricultural Crop Processing 2nd cd Wiley Mohsenin N N Physical Properties of Animal and Plant Materials 4th cd 1982 MUP Brooker ct at Drying Cereal Grains 2nd cd AVI Van Sehilfgaardc J Drainage for Agru ulture 1972 Am Soc Agronomy Lochr R C Agricultural Waste Management 1974 Academic Hammer M J Water & Waste technology 1977 Wiley Am Soc Ag Eng Proc 3rd Internal Symposium Managing Livestock Wanes 1975 ASAE Willnch T L Agriculiural Practices and Water Quality 1970 Iowa State Agr Research Council UK Studies on Livestock Wastes 1976 ARC UK Bouwer H Groundwater Hydrology 1978 McGraw Hill Marshall T J and Holmes J W Soil Physics CUP Smcdcma L K Rycroft D W Land Drainage Batsford Academic James L Principles of Tarm Irrigation System Design Wiley Freeze R A Cherry J A Groundwater Prentice Hall Irrigation and Drainage Practices Rural Water Commission of Victoria Pilgrim D H (ed) Australian Rainfall and Runoff A Guide lo riood Estimation Vols 1 and 2

Institution of Engineers Australia

200 032 A g r i c u l t u r e (Eng Course)

Aitken Y et al Agricultural Science 1975 Cheshire Connor D J and Smith D F Agriculture in Victoria A1AS Melbourne Leeper G W cd Ihe Australian Environment 1970 CSIRO Reid R L ed A Manual of Australian Agriculture 1981 Heinemann Pratley J E cd Principles of Field Crop Production 1980 Sydney UP A Departmental reading guide will also be provided

421 432 Analysis and Design of Shallow Foundations

Bowles J E Foundation Analysis and Design 4ih cd McGraw Hill Das B M Principles of Geotechnical Engineering 1985 PWS Lambe T W and Whitman R V Soil Mechanics SI Version 1977 Wiley Lee I K White W Ingles O G Geotechnical Engmeenng 1983 Pitman Tcrzaghi K and Peck R B Soil Mechanics in Engineering Practice 2nd cd 1967 Wiley Moore P J (cd) Analysis and Design of Foundations for Vibration 1985 Balkcma

204

Peck R B Hanson W E Thornburn T H Toundation Engineering 2nd cd Wiley

Simons N E Mcn/ics B K A Short Course in Foundation Engineering 1977 Butterworths

421 224 App l i ed Mech inics

Popov E P Mechanics of Materials |SI Version] 2nd cd Prentice Hall Menam J L Dynamics [SI Version) 2nd cd Wiley Cannon R H Dynamics of Physical Systems ISE McGraw Hill

436-250 Applied Mechanics 1

/ Dynamics of Machines Mabie H H and Ocvirk F W Mechanisms and Dynamics of Machinery SI Version Wiley Hannah J and Sicphcns R C Mechanics of Machines Arnold Shigley J E Iheory of Machines McGraw Hill Parszewski Z A and Chalko T J Introduction to Iheory of Mechanisms Dept of Mech & Manuf

[Ind ) Eng Internal Report Dyn 2 85 (Lcciurc Notes) Prentis J M Engineering Mechanics 1979 OUP Prentis J M Dynamics of Mechanical Systems 1970 Longman Mcirovitch L Elements of Vibration Analysts McGraw Hill (For each of the above latest or student edition)

2 r hermodynamics *Van Wylen G J and Sonnlag R E Fundamentals of Classical I hermodynamics SI Version 2nd Ed

Wiley •Hcywood R W 'Ihermodynamics labhsin SI [Metric] Units 1st cd CUP

3 bluid Mechanics * Streeter V L and Wyhc E B r iuid Mechanics 1 st SI Metric cd McGraw Hill Rycrson

4 Mechanics of Solids *Eisenbcrg M A Introduction to the Mechanics of Solids Addison Wesley Popov E P Mechanics of Materials SI Version 2nd cd Prentice Hall Timoshenko S History of Strength of Materials Chaps 1 to 6 McGraw Hill Popov E P Introduction to Mechanics of Solids 1968 McDonald Plants H I and Haynes R R Programmed topics in Sialics and Strength of Materials McGraw

H i l l

Higdon A OhIsen E H Styles W B and Wccsc I Mechanics of Solids 2nd cd Wiley

436 315 and 436 316 Applied Mechanics 2A and 2B

Thermodynamics

*Van Wylen G J and Sonntag R E Fundamentals of Classical I hermodynamics SI Version 2nd cd Wiley

Holman J P Heal transfer 5th ed McGraw Hill

*Hcywood R W Thermodynamic fables in SI (Metric) Units 1st cd CUP

Dynamics Of Machines

•Parszewski Z A and Good M C Dynamics of Machines Vibrations 2nd printing 1984 Univ of Melbourne

Menam J L Dynamics 2nd cd Wiley Shames I H Engineering Mechanics Dynamics Prentice Hall DSouza A F and Gorg V K Advanced Dynamics Prentice Hall 1984 Greenwood D T Principles of Dynamics Prentice Hall Shaw M C and Macks F Analysis and Lubrication of Bearings McGraw Hill Parszewski Z A Effect of Supporting Structure on Roiodynamtcs and Calculation Techniques

Internal Report Dyn 1983 3 9 Univ of Melbourne

Pus/cwski Z A Print tplts a) Rotor System Instabilities Inlunil Report Dyn 1983 12 Univ ol Melbourne

Pars/cwski Z A Iheory of Bearing Sialic and Dynamic Properties Internal Report Dyn 1983 3 1 Univ of Melbourne

blind Mechanics

Trumplcr P R T Design of rdm Bearings Macmillan

Control Systems •Stringer J D Hydraulic to Design 1st ed Prentice Hall

Di Stefano J J Stubberud A R and Williams 1 J Feedback and Control Systems McGraw Hill

Mechanics of Solids •Benham P P and Crawford R J Mechanics of Engineering Materials 1987 Longman Eisenberg M A Introduction to the Mechanics of Solids Addison Wesley Dalby J W Riley W F Experimental Stress Analysis McGraw Hill Langhaar H L Popov E P Energy Methods in Applied Mechanics Wiley 436 450 Applied Mechanics 3 Thermodynamics •Van Wylen D J and Sonntag R E Fundamentals of Classical I hermodynamics S I Version 2nd

Wiley o r

•Wallace F J and Linning W A Baste Engineering I hermodynamics 1st cd Pitman •Lichty L C Combustion Engine Processes 1st cd McGraw Hill •Rohscnow W M and Choi H Y Heat Mass and Momentum 1 ransfer 1st ed Prentice Hall Bradley J N Flame and Combustion Phenomena 1st cd Methuen Threlkcd J L I hermal Environment Engineering 1st cd Prentice Hall

Mechanics of Solids Benham P P and Crawford R J Mechanics of Engineering Materials 1987 Longmans Suh N P and Turner A Elements of Mechanic al Behaviour of Solids McGraw Hill Cook R D Concepts and Application of rintic. Element Analysts Wiley Fung Y C Foundations of Solid Mechanics Prentice Hall Johnston W and Mcllor P B Engineering Plastn tty Van Nostrand Megson T H G Aircraft Structures for Engineering Students Arnold

/ luid Mechanics •Duncan Thorn and Young Ihe Mechanics of Fluid Arnold •Newman J W Marine Hydrodynamics MIT Keuthc A M and Schet/cr J D Foundations of Aerodynamics Wiley Pope Wind Tunnel Testing Wiley Pankhurst and Holder Wind Tunnel technique Pitman Hoerner Aerodynamics Drag Hoerner Golstem Modern Developments in Fluid Mechanics Vols I to II OUP Howarth Modern Developments in Tluid Mechanics High Speed riow Vols I to II OUP Thwaitcs Incompressible Aerodynamic s OUP Glauert H Aerofoil and Airscrew Iheory CUP Theordoscn Theory of Propellers McGraw Hill Schlichting Boundary Layer Iheory McGraw Hill Schlichting High Speed Aerodynamics and Jet Propulsion Princeton Wallis Axial riow rans Ncwnes Von Mises R Theory of riight Dover Comstock J P (cd) Principles of Naval Architecture SNAME Hayes W D and Probstctn R F Hypersonic riow Iheory 2nd ed Academic Bird G A Molecular Gas Dynamics OUP

Dynamics of machines

206

Bishop R E D Vibration 1st cd CUP (PR) •Meirovitch L Elements of Vibration Analysis 1st cd McGraw Hill Tse F S Morse 1 E and Hinkle R T Mechanical Vibration 2nd cd Allyn & Bacon Timoshenko S P Young D H and Weaver W Vibration Problems in Engineering 4th ed Wiley Cannon R H Dynamics of Physical Systems 1st cd McGraw Hill Den Hartog J P Mechanical Vibrations- 4lh cd McGraw Hill Thomson W T Iheory of Vibration with Application'; 1st cd Prentice Hall Cameron A Basic Lubrication Theory 1st ed Longman Hailing J ed Principles of Tribology 1st ed Macmillan Vierck R K Vibration Analysis 2nd cd Harper & Ross

Control Systems •Stringer J D Hydraulic Systems Analysis 1982 Macmillan •Ashworth M J Feedback Design of Systems with Significant Uncertainty 1982 Research

Studies Press

Di Stefano J J Stubberud A R and Williams 1 J Feedback and Conirol Systems McGraw Hill

433 303 Artificial Intelligence Bratko I Prolog Programming for Artificial Intelligence Addison Wesley 1985 Nilssojn N J Principles of Artificial Intelligence Springer Verlag 1983 Winston P H Artificial Intelligence 2nd cd Addison Wesley 1985 Winston P H and Horn B K P Lisp 3rd cd Addison Wesley 1988

451-206 Cartography

Kcatcs J S Cartographic Design and Production Longm in Kcatcs J S Understanding Maps Longman

411 201 Chemical Engineering 1 and Second Year Chemical E n g i n e e r i n g

Bailey J E and Oil is D F Biochemical Engineering F undamenlals 2nd cd McGraw Hill •Allen D H A A Guide lo the Economic Evaluation of Projects Institution of Chemical Engineers •A New Guide to Capital Cost Estimating 1982 Institution of Chemical Engineers •Mayhew Y R and Ragcrs G F C I her mo dynamic s and I ranspori Properties of riuids SI Units

latest cd Blackwell •Perry J H Chemical Engineers Handbook 6th cd McGraw Hill Rose J W and Cooper J R eds technical Data on Fuel 7th cd British National Committee World

Energy Conference Schocnfeld B The Chemists English Vol 1 1st cd RACI Himmelblau D M Basic Principles and Calculations in Chemical Engineering 4th ed Prentice

Hall Folder R M and Rousseau R W Elementary Principles of Chemical Processes 1st ed Wiley •Bird R B Stewart W E and Lightfoot E N I'ransport Phenomena Wiley Holland F A Fluid Flow for Chemical Engineers Arnold •Coulson J M and Richardson J F Chemical Engineering Vol 1 3rd cd Pergamon Coughanowr D R and Koppel L B Process Systems Analysis and Control 1st cd McGraw Hill Aiba S Humphrey A E and Mills N F Btochemic al Engineering 2nd cd Univ of Tokyo Press Stanier R Y Adelberg E A and Ingraham J General Microbiology 4th cd Macmillan Coulson J M Richardson J F and Sinnott R K Chemical Engineering Vol 6 1st cd Pergamon •Stephanopoulos G Chemical Process Control An Introduction lo Iheory and Pracuce Prentice

Hall

411 301 Chemical Engineering 2 and Third Year Chemical Engineer ing

•Bird R B Stewart W E and Ltghtloot E N transport Phenomena Wiley

•Treybal R E Mass I ransfer Operations 3rd cd McGraw Hill Backhurst J R Harker J H and Porter J E Problems in Ileal and Mass- Transfer SI Units 1st cd

Arnold •Holman J P Heat I ransfer 6th ed McGraw Hill Holland F A Fluid riow for Chemical engineers Arnold •Coulson J M and Richardson J F Chemical Engineering Vol I 2 6 3rd cd Pergamon •Levenspiel O Chemical Reaction Engineering 2nd cd Wiley Smith J M and Van Ness H C Iniroduction to Chemical Engineering 1 hermodynamics 3rd cd

McGraw Hi l l Luyben W L Process Modelling Simulation and Control for Chemical Engineers McGraw Hill Timoshenko S Strength of Material1; pt 1 3rd cd Van Nostrand Rheinhold •Allen D H A A Guide to the Economic Evaluation of Projects 2nd cd Inst Chem Eng Holland F A Watson F A and Wilkcnson J K Introduction to Process Economics 1st cd Wiley Aiba S Humphrey A E and Mills N F Biochemical Engineering 2nd cd Univ of Tokyo Press Stanier R Y Adelberg E A and Ingraham J General Microbiology 4ih cd Macmillan Bailey J E and Oil is D F Biochemical Engineering r undamenlals 2nd cd McGraw Hill •Rudd D F and Watson C C Strategy of Process Engineering Wiley Backhurst J R and Harker J H Process Plant Design Heinemann Coulson J M and Richardson J F Chemical Engineering Vol 2 SI Units 3rd cd Pergamon Coulson J M Richardson J F and Sinnott R K Chemical Engineering Vol 6 1st ed Pergamon Stanbury P F and Wittaker A Principles of Fermentation Technology 1st ed Pergamon •Stephanopoulos G Chemical Process Control Introduction lo Theory and Practice Prentice

Hall Svarovsky L Solid Liquid Separation 2nd cd Butterworth

411 401 Chemical Engineering 3 ind Fourth Year Chemical E n g i n e e r i n g

•Holman J P Heat I ransfer 6th cd McGraw Hill •Bird R B Stewart W E and Lightfoot E N Iransport Phenomena Wiley •Treybal R E Mass transfer Operations 3rd cd McGraw Hill Coulson J M and Richardson J F Chemical Engineering Vol 2 SI Units 3rd cd Pergamon Guy A G and Hren J J Elements of Physical Metallurgy 3rd cd Addison Wesley Fontana and Green Corrosion Engineering McGraw Hill Timoshenko S Strength of Materials pi I 3rd cd Van Nostiand Rheinhold •Levenspiel O Process Modelling Simulation and Conirol for Chemical Engineers McGraw Hill Euotop I D and McConkey A Applied I her mo dy namic s 2nd cd Longman Backhurst J R and Harker J H Process Plant Design Heinemann Aiba S Humphrey A E and Millis N F Biochemical Engineering 2nd cd Univ of Tokyo Press Stanier R Y Adelberg E A and Ingraham J General Mu robiology 4ih cd Macmillan Bailey J E and Olhs D F Biochemical Engineering Fundamenlals 1st cd McGraw Hill Atkinson B and Mantuna E Biochemical Engineering and Biotechnotogical Handbook 1st ed

Macmillan Ramalho R S Introduction to Wastewater treatment Processes 2nd cd Academic Press Stanbury P F and Whittaker A Principles of Fermentation Technology 1st ed Pergamon •Stephanopoulos G Chemical Process Control Introduction to Iheory and Practice Prentice

Hall Svsrovsky L Solid Liquid Separation 2nd cd Butterworth Allen T Particle Size Measurement 3rd cd Chapman & Hall Del Toro Electrical Engineering Fundamenlals 2nd cd Prentice Hall

411 403 Chemical Plant Development and Design

Rudd D F and Watson C C Strategy of Process Engineering Wiley Vilbrandt F C and Dryden C E Chemical Engineering Plant Design 4th cd McGraw Hill Peters M S and Temmerhaus K D Plant Design and Economics for Chemical Engineers 3rd ed

McGraw Hi l l •Allen D H A Guide to the Economic Evaluation of Projects 2nd ed Inst Chem Eng

208

*A New Guide to Capital Con Estimating 1982 Inst Chem Eng Holland F A Waison F A and Wilkinson J K Introduction to Process Economics 1st cd Wiley Backhurst J R and Harker J H Process Plant Design Heinemann * Coulson J M Richardson J F ind Sinnoll R K Chemical Engineering Vol 6 lsi cd Pcrg imon

610 004 Chemistry (Eng Course)

McTigue P T cd Chemistry Key to the Earth 2nd cd 1982 MUP (PR) *Physical Chemistry (Engineering Course) MU School of Chemistry Albcrty R A and Daniels F Physical Chemistry Wiley Atkins P W Physical Chemistry OUP Castellan G W Physical Chemistry Addison Wesley Frcifcldcr D Principles of Physical Chemistry Jones and Bartlett Laidler K and Meiscr J H Physical Chemistry Benjamin Cummings Moore W Basic Physical Chemistry Prcniicc Hall Cotton F A Wilkinson G and Gaus P L Basic Inorganic Chemistry 2nd cd Wiley

421 Civ i l Engineering (Third Year) (see also individual subjects)

*Gorenc B and Tinyou R Steel Designers Handbook 4th cd NSW UP *Hall A and Kabaila A P Basic Concepts of Structural Analysis 1st cd Pitman *Wamcr R F Rangan B V and Hall A S Reinforced Concrete 2nd cd Pitman Trahair N S 1/ie Behaviour and Design of Structures 1st cd 1977 Methuen Warner R F and Faulkes K A Prestressed Concrete lsi cd Pitman Byrt W J and Masters PR Ihe Australian Manager 1st cd Sun Books Twort A C Civil Engineering Supervision and Management 2nd cd Edward Arnold Wicsdt J D and Levy F K A Management Guide to PERI/CPM lucst cd Prentice Hall *Bailcy I H Construction Law in Australia Law Book Co *Ogden K W and Bennett D W eds traffic Engineering Practice 4th cd 1989 Dept of Civil

Engineering Monash U •Francis A J introducing Structures lsi cd Pergamon •Lay M G Source Book for the Australian Steel Structures Code AS 1250 2nd cd AISC •Standards Association of Australia AS 1250 1981 Steel Structures Code Barrass R Scientists Must Write 1978 Chapman & Hall Ghali \ and Neville A M Structural Analysis Intext latest ed

421 Civil Engineering (Fourth Year) (see also individual subjects)

Torroja E Philosophy of Structures 1st cd U ol California (PR) Rouse H and lncc S History of Hydraulics lsi cd U ol Iowa (PR) Hutchinson B G Principles of transport Systems Planning lsi cd McGriwHill •Tcr/aghi K and Peck R B Soil Mechanics in Engineering Practice 2nd cd Wiley •Warner R F Rangan B V and Hall A S Reinforced Concrete lsi cd Pitman Hall A and Kabaila A P Basic Concepts of Structural Analysis lsi ed Pitman Warner R F and Faulkes K A Prestressed Concrete 1st cd Pitman Lambe T W and Whitman R V Soil Mechanics 5/1977 Wiley Lee I K White W and Ingles O G Geotechnical Engineering 1983 Pitman Cedcrgrcn H R Seepage Drainage and Flowrcls 2nd cd 1978 Wiley Dailsy J W and Harleman D R F Fluid Dynamics Addison Wesley Sharp B B Water Hammer Problems and Solutions 1981 Edward Arnold Simons N E and Mcn/ics B C 4 Short Course in Foundation Engineering 1977 Ncwnes

Butterworths Henderson F M Open Channel Flow 1966 Macmill in Pattison A Australian Rainfall and Runojf 1977 IE Ausi •Ogden K W and Bennett D W eds 'traffic Engineering practice 4th cd 1989 Dept of Civil

Engineering Monash U

209

Bowles J E Foundation Analysts and Di sign 3rd ed McGriw Hill Hock E and Bray J Hoik Slope Engineering 1977 Inst Mm & Met Jock E and Brown E T Underground Excavations in Rot k 1980 Inst Min& Met Bicniawski Z T Rock Mechanics Design in Mining and tunneling 1984 B ilkcma Brady B H F and Brown E T Rock Mechanics for Underground Mining 1985 Allen & Unwin Manhcim M L Fundamentals of Transport Systems Analysts Vol 1 Basic Concepts 1979 MIT

Press

Ghali A and Neville A M Structural Analysts Intext latest cd

421-212 C i v i l Engineering Studies

De Neufville R and Stafford J H Systems Analysis for Engineers and Managers McGraw Hil l Krick E K An Introduction lo Engineering Concepts Methods and Issues Wiley *Byrt W J and Masters P R The Australian Manager Sun Books •Lloyd B The Organisation of Engineering Work Macmillan

431-xxx Communications 2

•Haykin S An Introduction to Analog and Digital Communications 1989 Wiley

436-314 Computational Mechanics

Coutc S D de Boor C Elementary Numerical Analysts An Algorithmic Approach McGraw Hil l De Vahl Davis G Numerical Methods tn Engineering and Science Allen & Unwin

451-305 Computer Graphics 1 (Surveying Course)

Angcll I O A Practical Introduction to Computer Graphics Macmillan

451 202 Computer Programming

Meissner and Organick TORI RAN 77 2nd cd Addison Wesley

Hume and Holt rORIRAN 77 for Scientists and Engineers 2nd ed Reston (Prentice Hall)

433 101 Computer Science IA •Coldschlagcr L and Lister A Compuier Science A Modern Introduction 2nd cd Prentice Hall

1988 •Rohl J S and Barrett H J Programming via Pascal Cambridge University Press 2nd cd

1 989

Walker H M Computer Science 2 Scott Foresman and Company 1989

433 102 Computer Science I B •Goldschlager L and Lister A Computer Science A Modern Introduction 2nd ed Prentice Hall

1 988 •Rohl J S and Barrett H J Programming via Pascal Cambridge University Press 2nd ed 1989 Walker H M Compuier Science 2 Scott Foresman and Company 1989

433-201 Computer Science 2A

•King T and Knight B Programming the M6800 2nd cd Addison Wesley 1986 •Tanenbaum A S Structured Computer Organisation 2nd cd Prentice Hall 1983 Mano M M Digital Design Prentice Hall 1984

210

433 202 Computer Science 2B

•Kernighan B \V and Ritchie D M Ihe C Programming Language 2nd ed Addison Wesley 1988 Korsh J F and Garrett L J Data Structures Alforithms and Program Style Using C PWS Kent

Publishing Co (in Australia Nelson) 1988 Korth H F and Silbcrschat/ A Database System Concepts McGraw Hill 1986 Kruse R L Data Structures and Program Design 2nd cd Prentice Hall 1987

433 343 Computers and Society

Nickerson R S Using Compuiers Human ractors in Information Systems MIT Press 1986 Tanenbaum A S Computer Networks Prentice Hall 1982 (2nd cd if available)

433 313 Computing Design

Bell G C and Newell A Computer Structures Principles and Examples McGraw Hill 1982 Gorslinc G W Computer Organisation Hardware/Software 2nd ed Prentice Hall 1986 Tanenbaum A S Structured Compuier Organisation 2nd cd Prentice Hall 1983

433 291 Computing Studies 2A

As for 433 201 Computer Science 2A

433 292 Computing Studies 2B

•Korsh J F and Garrett L J Data Structures Algorithms and Program Style Using C PWS Kent Publishing Co (in Australia Nelson) 1988

Esakov J and Weiss T Data Structures An Advanced Approach Using C Prentice Hall 1989 Kernighan B W and Ritchie D M The C Programming Language 2nd ed Addison Wesley 1988

433-293 Computing Studies 2C

•Nickerson R S Using Compuiers Human Tat tors in Informauon Systems MIT Press 1986 •Curtm D P Applications Soft ware with Wordpirfnt I WIN/121 and dBaselllPLUS Prentice

Hall 1988 Korth H F and Silbcrschat/ A Database System torucpts McGraw Hill 1986 Schnei lerman B Designing the User Interface Strategies for Effective Human Computer

Interaction Addison Wesley 1987

433-390 Computing Studies Project

Somcrvillc I Software Engineering 3rd cd Addison Wesley 1989

431 xxx Control 2

Hosteller G H Savant C J (Jr) Siclani R T Design of Tcedback Control Systems 1989 Holt Rinehart & Winston

433-315 Data Management

Gardarm G and Valdurie/ P Relational Databases and Knowledge Bases Addison Wesley 1988

431-382 Digital Circuits

McCluskey E J Logic Design Principles 1986 Prentice Hall

21 1

431 xxx Digital Electronics and Computer Systems 2

•McCluskcy E J Logic Design Prtniiphs with emphasis on testable semu ustom circuits 1986 Prentice Hall

436-202 Dynamics of Machines

Shiflcy J E Theory of Machines Int Student McGraw Hill Hannah J and Stephens R C Mechanics of Machines Arnold Mabie H H and Ocvirk F W Mechanisms and Dynamics of Machinery (SI Version)

Internat Student or latest ed Wiley Parszewski Z A and Chalko T J Introduction to Theory of Mechanisms Dept of Mech & Manuf

[Ind ] Engin Internal Report DYN 2 85 (Lecture Notes) Prentis J M Engineering Mechanics 1979 Oxford Prentis J M Dynamics of Mechanical Systems 1970 Longman Meirovitch L Elements of Vibration Analysis McGraw Hill (For each of the above latest cd or Student cd)

421 431 E a r t h Pressure and Retaining Systems

Bowles J E Foundation Analysis and Design 4th cd McGraw Hill Das B M Principles of Geotechnical Engineering 1985 PWS Lambe T W and Whitman R V Soil Mechanics SI Version 1977 Wiley Lee I K White W Ingles O G Geotechnical Engineering 1983 Pitman Terzaghi K and Peck R B Soil Mechanics in Engineering Practice 2nd cd 1967 Wiley Terzaghi K 1 heoretical Soil Mechanics 1943 Wiley Tschebotarioff G P Foundations Retaining and Farih Structures 2nd cd 1973 McGraw Hill

431 211 Electr ica l Engineering IA and

431 215 Elec tr ica l Engineering I B and

431 213 Elec tr ica l Engineering I M

*Dcl Toro Electrical Engineering Fundamenlals 2nd cd Prentice Hall

431 301 Electr ica l Engineering 2

*Gray P R and Meyer R G Analysis and Design of Analog Integrated Circuits 1984 Wiley *Dcl Toro V Electric Machines and Power Systems 1985 Prcnucc Hall •Lander C W Power Electronics 1981 McGraw Hill •Ogata K Discrete lime Control System Prcnucc Hall •Cheng D K Field and Wave Electromagnetics 1983 2nd cd Addison Wesley •Stone H S Microcomputer Interfacing Addison Wesley Kuo B C Automatic Control Systems 5th cd Prcnucc Hall McCluskey E J Logic Design Principles 1986 Prcnucc Hall •Rafiquzzman M Microprocessors and Microcomputer based System Design CRC Press •Haykin S Communication Systems 1983 Wiley

431 401 Electr ica l Engineering 3

Say M G Alternating Current Machines 5th cd 1983 Pitman Ogata K Modern Control Engineering 1970 Prcnucc Hill Elgcrd Electrical Energy Systems 2nd cd 1982 McGraw Hill Gross Power System Analysis 1979 Wiley Cooper G R and McGillem C D Probabilistic Methods of Signal and System Analysis 2nd cd Holt

Rinehart & Winston Weedy B M Electric Power Systems 1979 Wiley

212

Stevenson Clements of Power System Analysis 4th cd 1982 McGraw Hill *Gray and Meyer Analysis and Design of Analog Integrated Circuits 1984 Wiley Schwartz Informauon J ransmission Modulation and Noise ISC McGraw Hill Kogakusha Davidson C W Transmission Lines for Communications Macmillan Stark H and Titcur F B Modern electrical Communications Iheory and Systems 1979 Prentice

Hall Gibson G A and Liu Y C Microcomputers for engineers and Scientists 1980 Prentice Hall *Kuo B C Digital Control Systems Holt Rinehart & Winston Peatman J B Microcomputer Based Design McGraw Hill Temes G C and La Patra J W Introduction to Circuit Synthesis and Design McGraw Hill (PR) Franklin G F and Powell J D Digital Control of Dynamic Systems 1980 Addison Wesley Mano M M Computer System Architecture 2nd cd 1982 Prcnucc Hall Oppenheim Wilsky and Young Signals and Systems Prcnucc Hall Mead and Conway Introduction to VLSI Systems 1980 Addison Wesley Kernighan and Ritchie Ihe C Programming Language 1978 Prcnucc Hall Lathi B P Modern Digital and Analog Communication Systems 1983 Holt Rinehart & Winston Proakis J G Digital Communications 1983 McGraw Hill Kat/ P Digital Control Using Microprocessors Prentice Hall Millman J Microelectronics 1979 McGraw Hill Krauss Bostian and Raab Solid Stale Radio engineering 1980 Wiley Puckncll and Esraghidan Basic VLSI Design 1985 Prcnucc Hall Gower J Optical Communicauon Systems 1985 Prcnucc Hall Eckhouse R H and Morris L R Microcomputer Systems (PDP I I ) 2nd cd Prcnucc Hall Phillips and Nagle Digital Conirol System Analysis and Design Prcnucc Hall Ktmbark E W Power System Stability Synchronous Machines Dover Fitzgerald A E Kingsley C and Umans S D Clectric Machinery 4th ed 1985 McGraw Hill Bergen A R Power System Analysis 1986 Prcnucc Hall Constantine Houris and Lamont Digital Control Systems McGraw Hill Lander C W Power electronics 1981 McGraw Hill Brierley H G Electrocommunicalions engineering 1986 Edward Arnold Weste N & Eshragian K Principle of CMOS VLSI Design 1986 Addison Wesley Kloss A A Basic Guide to Power electronics 1984 John Wiley McCluskey E J Logic Design Principles 1986 Prcnucc Hall •Ferguson J Microprocessor System engineering 1985 Addison Wesley

431 xxx Electronics 2

To be advised

431-331 Electronics and Instrumentation

Lam H and O Malcy J Fundamentals of Computer engineering John Wiley & Sons Del Toro electrical Engineering Fundamenlals Prcnucc Hall

Carlson A B and Glisser D G electrical engineering 1981 Addison Wesley

436 454 Energy Conversion and Utilization

•Foley G The Cnergy Question 1st ed Penguin •Hottel H C and Howard J B New Cnergy technology 1st cd MITP •Saddler H Energy in Australia Politics and economics Allen & Unwin Committee on Resources and Man National Academy of Sciences National Research Council

Resources and Man W H Freeman & Co Auer P (ed) Advances in Energy Systems and Technology (in 2 Vols) Academic Press Stobagh R and Yergin D (ed) Energy Tuture Random House Brown L R Building a Sustainable Society W W Norton & Co Cottrcll A Environmental Economics Edward Arnold

433-121 Engineering Computing 1

*Grogono P Programming in Pascal 2nd cd Addison Wesley 1984

436-203 Engineering Design 1

•Lewis W P and Samuel A E Fundamenlals of engineering Design Vols 1 and 2 1989 Prentice Hall

436-303 Engineering Design 2

French M J Conceptual Design for Engineers 2nd cd Springer Verlag Berlin Shigley J E Mechanical Engineering Design 1st metric ed McGraw Hill AS CZ1 1973 SAA Engineering Drawing Practice AS 1654 1974 Limits and rits for Engineering ASl 100 10 Drawing Practice Geometry lolerancing Frost N E Marsh K J and Pook L P Metal rattgue lsi cd OUP Osgood C C Fatigue Design 1970 Wiley Intcrscicncc Crane F A A and Charles J A Selection and Use of Engineering Materials 1984 Butterworths

436 460 Engineering Design

Asimov M Introduction to Design 1st cd Prentice Hall Jones J C Design Methods Seeds of Human Future lsi cd Wiley Intcrscicnce AS CZ1 1973 Engineering Drawing Practice 1st cd SAACrane F A A and Charles J A Selection and Use of Engineering Materials 1984

Butterworths Pahl G and Beitz W Engineering Design 1984 The Design Council Barlow R E and Proschan F Statistical Iheory of Reliability and Life testing 1st cd Holt

Rinehart & Winston Carter A D S Mechanical Reliability lsi cd Macmillan Fortini E T Dimensioning for Interchangeable Manufacture 1st cd 1967 Industrial Press Spillers W R Basic Questions of Design Iheory lsi cd North Holland AS 1654 1974 Limits and Fus for Engineering ASl 100 10 Drawing Practice Geometry lolerancing

436 252 Engineering Design and Materials 1

/ Design •Lewis W P and Samuel A E Fundamentals of Engineering Design Vols I and 2 1989 Prentice

Hall

2 Materials •Ashby M F and Jones D R H Engineering Materials Vol I Pergamon •Ashb> M F and Jones D R H Engineering Materials Vol 2 Pergamon o r •Borland D W Structures of Materials U of Melb

436-317 Engineering Design and Materials 2

Engineering Design French M J Conceptual Design for Engineers 2nd cd Springer Verlag Berlin Shigley J E Mechanical Engineering Design 1st metric cd McGraw Hill AS CZ 1 1973 Engineering Drawing Prac lice SAA AS 1654 1974 Limits and rus for Engineering ASl 100 10 Drawing Practice Geometry lolerancing Crane F A A and Charles J A Selection and Use of Engineering Materials 1984 Butterworths Frost Nc Marsh K J and Pook L P Metal Fatigue 1st cd OUP

214

Osgood C C Fatigue Design 1st cd Wiley Intcrscicncc

421 360 Engineering Economics

Bennett D W (1989) Microeconomics Chapter 2 in Sampson D A (cd) Management for Engineers Longman Cheshire

Cassimatis P A Concise Introduction lo Engineering Economics 1988 Unwin Hyman Fuller N Basic Concepts in Microeconomics 1985 Checkmate/Arnold Heineke J M Microeconomics for Business Decisions Theory and Application 1976 Prentice

Hall Heyne P The Economic Way of Ihinking 1980 3rd cd Science Research Associates Inc Mishan E J Cost Benefit Analysis 1972 Allen & Unwin Quirk J P Intermediate Microeconomics 1983 2nd ed Science Research Associates Inc Riggs J L Engineering Economics 1977 McGraw Hill Shaner W W Project Planning for Developing Ec onomics 1979 Pr icger Tarquin A J Blank L T Engineering Economy 1976 McGraw Hill

436 221 Engineering Materia ls

*Ashby M F and Jones D R H Engineering Materials Vols I ct 2 Pergamon

436-223 E n g i n e e r i n g M a t e r i a l s ( E l e c t r i c a l )

*Scymour J Electronic. Devices and Components Pitman

•Harris and Binscll A R Structures and Properties of Engineering Materials Longman

617 005 Engineering Mathematics

*Cross J J Notes for Engineering Mathematics Pan I 1989 Dept of Mathematics MU

617 203 Engineering Mathematics 2A *Chan D Y C and Hughes B D Engineering Maihcmatic s Lecture Notes current year Dept of

Mathematics MU

617 204 Engineering Mathematics 2B

*Chan D Y C and Hughes B D Engineering Mathematics Lecture Notes current year Dept of Mathematics MU

617 205 Engineering Mathematics 2L

*Chan D Y C and Hughes B D Engineering Mathcmalu s Lecture Notes current year Dept ol Mathematics MU

617-206 Engineering Mathematics 2D

*Chan D Y C and Hughes B D Engineering Mathematics Lecture Notes current year Dept of Mathematics MU

617 207 Engineering Mathematics 2E

Barnctt S Matrix Methods for Engineers and Scientists McGraw Hil l

617 208 Engineering Mathematics 2F

Papoulis A The Fourier Integral and Its Applications McGraw Hi l l Chen C T System and Signal Analysis Saunders College Publishing

215

617-303 Engineering Mathematics 3A

Stephenson G Partial Differential Equations for Scientists and Engineers Longmans

617-307 Engineering Mathematics I E

Barnctl S Matrix Methods for Engineers and Scientists McGraw Hill

617-309 Engineering Mathematics 3d

Stephenson G Partial Differential Equations for Scientists and Engineers Longmans

421-450 Engineering Practices

Bailey I H Construction Law in Australia Law Book Co

Wiesolt J D Levy F J A Management Guide lo PER I/CPM latest cd Prentice Hall Byrt W J Masters P R Ihe Australian Manager lsi cd Sun Books Tuort A C Civil Engineering Supervision and Manage ment 2nd cd Edward Arnold

431 2xx Fields and Transmission Lines 2

*Sadiku M Elements of Electromagnetics 1989 Holt Rinehart & Winston

421 230 Fluid Flow and Heat Transfer

Vennard J K and Street R L r iu id Mechanics 6ih ed Wiley Chadwick A Morfett J Hydraulics in Civil Engineering Allen & Unwin Strcctcr V L Wylic E B r iuid Mechanics McGraw Hill First SI Metric cd 1981

421-320 Fluid Mechanics

Vennard J K Street R L r iu id Mechanics 6th cd Wiley SI Version 1982 Henderson F M Open Channel Plow Macmillan Streeter V L Wylic E B r iu id Mechanics McGraw Hill First SI Metric cd 1981 Chadwick A Morfett J Hydraulics in Civil Engineering Allen & Unwin

421 331 and 421 332 Geomechanics 1 and 2

*Lambe T W and Whitman R V Soil Mechanics (SI cdn) 1977 Wiley McCarthy Essentials of Soil Mechanics and Foundations 1977 Reston Mitchell J K Fundamenlals of Soil Behaviour 1976 Wiley Menzies B C and Simons N E Degree Problems in Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering

1977 Butterworth Goodman R E Methods of Geological Engineering in Discontinuous Rocks 1976 West Publ Co Goodman R E Introduction to Rock Mechanics 1980 Wiley Bowles J E Physical and Geotechnical Properties of Soils 1979 McGraw Hill Das B M Principles of Geotechnical Engineering 1985 PWS

626 023 Geology (Engineering Course)

McLean A C Gribble C D Geology for Civil Engineers 1985 Allen & Unwin Dennen W H Moore B R Geology and Engineering 1986 William C Brown

626 034 Geophysics (Surveying Course)

Griffiths D H and King R F Applied Geophysics for (jeologtsts and Engineers Vanicck P and Krakiwsky E J Geodesy Ihc Concepts 2nd cd North Holland

216

421 430 Geotechnical Engineering

Bowles J E Foundation Analysts and Design 4th cd McGraw Hill Das B M Principles of Geotechnical Engineering 1985 PWS Lambe T W and Whitman R V Soil Mechanics SI Version 1977 Wiley Lee 1 K White W Ingles O G Geolcehnic al Engineering 1983 Pitman Terxaghi K and Peck R B Soil Mechanics m Engineering Practice 2nd cd 1967 Wiley Hoek E Bray J Rock Slope Engineering 1977 Inst Mm & Met Hock E Brown E T Underground Excavations in Rock 1980 Inst Mm & Met Bieniawski Z T Rock Mechanics Design in Mining and 1 unnelling 1984 Balkcma Brady B H G Brown E T Rock Mechanics for Underground Mining 1985 Allen & Unwin

433 380 Graphics

Newman W M and Sproull R F Principles of Interactive Graphics 2nd cd McGraw Hill 1979 Foley J D and Van Dam A Fundamentals of Interactive Graphics Addison Wesley 1982

421 420 Hydraul i c Engineer ing

Australian Rainfall & Runoff I E Aust Henderson Open Channel riow Allen & Unwin Chadwick Morfett Hydraulics in Civil Engineering Allen &. Unwin Chou Vcn tc Open Channel Hydraulics McGraw Hill

421-314 Hydrology

Linsile R K Kohler M A and Paulhus JL H Hydrology for Engineers 2nd cd McGraw Hill Pattison A Australian Rainfall & Runoff 1977 I E Aust

433 113 Introduction to Computing

*Kcmighan B W and Ritchie D M Ihe C Programming Language 2nd cd Addison Wesley 1988

421 Irrigation Engineering Management

Water'ogging and Salinity Control

Van Schilfgaardc J (cd) Drainage for Agriculture Monograph No 17 1974 American Society of Agronomy Inc Madison Wisconsin

Irrigation Systems Design and Evaluation Walker W Skogcrboe G Surface Irrigation Iheory and Practice 1987 Prcnucc Hall James L G Principles of Farm Irrigation System Design 1st cd Wiley

451 409 Land Information Systems Multipurpose Cadastre

Dale P F McLaughlin J D Land Information Management an Introduction to Cadastral Problems in fh i rd World Countries Clarendon Press

436-251 Manufacturing Science 1

Manufacturing Processes Schey G J Introduction to Manufacturing Processes 2nd cd 1987 McGraw Hill Kalpakjian S Manufacluring Processes for Engineering Materials 1984 Addison Wesley DeGarmo E P Black J T and Kosher R A Materials and Processes in Manufacluring 6th cd

1984 Macmillan Doyle L E Manufacluring Processes and Materials for Engineers 2nd cd Prentice Hall Datsko J Material Properties and Manufacturing Processes Wiley

217

Bralla J G Editor in Chief Handbook of Product Design for Manufacturing 1986 McGraw Hill

Engineering Economics

De Garmo E P Sullivan W G and Canada J R Engineering Economy Collier Macmillan Riggs J L Engineering Economics McGraw Hill Leech D J Economics and Financial Studies for Engineers Ellis Horwood

Computer Programming See 451 202 Computer Programming

436 318 Manufacturing Science 2A

Manufacturing Processes Forming & Ceramics Reed J S Introduction to the Principles of Ceramics Processing Wiley 1988 Allan T OH S and Gcgcl H Metal rorming Tundamenlals and Applications to Meials ASM 1979 Altan T and Burte Gegcl H and Male A Process Modeling rundamenlals and Applications lo

Metals ASM 1979

436 319 M a n u f a c t u r i n g Science 2B

1 Manufactur ing Processes

(a) Material Removal Recommended for reference Armarego E J A and Brown R H Ihe Machining of Metals Prcnucc Hall 1969 Shaw M C The Principles of Metal Culling Clarendon Press Oxford 1984 Trent E M Metal Cutting Butterworths 1978

(b) Metrology Galycr J and Shotbolt C Metrology for Engineers Cassell London 19S6 Miller L Engineering Dimensional Metrology Edward Arnold London 1962 Hume K J Engineering Metrology and Precision Engineering McGraw Hill 1967 Anthony D M Engineering Metrology Pergamon 1986

2 Manufacturing Management

(a) Operations Planning Recommended for reference Groover M P Automation Production Systems and Compuier Aided Manufacturing Prentice Hall 1980 Buffa E S and Sarin R K Modern Production Operations Management Wiley 1987

(b) Applied Statistics Recommended for reference Walpole R E and Myers R H Probability and Statistics for Engineering and Scientists

Macmillan 3rd cd 1985

(c) Control Systems Manufacturing Recommended for reference Koren Y Compuier Control of Manufacturing Systems McGraw Hill 1983 PC based CAD/CAM Manuals (eg Mastcrcam Kadkcy) Childs J J Numerical Control Part Programming Industrial Press 1973

(d) Work Organization and Design Recommended for reference Iniroduction to Work Study International Labor Office Geneva 3rd cd 1979 Kon/ S Work Design Industrial Ergonomics Grid Publ Columbus Ohio

2 1 8

Van Colt H P and Kinkadc R G Human Engineering (juietc to Equipment Design U S Government Printing Office

Salvcndy G Handbook of Human Factors Wiley Mumdel M E Motion & lime Study Prentice Hall

Karger D W and Hancock W M Advanced Work Measurement Industrial Press

436-470 Manufacturing Science 3

Recommmcndcd for reference

(a) Material forming Hill R Ihe Mathematical Iheory of Plasticity Calrcndon Press Avit/ur B Metal Forming the Application of Limit Analysts Marcel Dckkcr Allan T O S and Gcgcl H Metal Forming Fundamentals and Applications ASM Johnston W and Kudo H Ihe Mechanics of Metal Extrusion Manchester Univ Press Fcldman H Cold Forging of Steel Hutchinson Scientific &. Technical Bruno E J High Velocity Forming of Metals Current journals & conference proceedings will be referred to as required (b) Casting, Moulding and Welding Kou S and Mchiabian R (eds) Modelling and Control of Casting and Welding Processes Vol 1 2 3

& 4 The Metallurgy Society Flcmmings M C Solidification Processing McGraw Hill 1974 Kurz W and Fisher D J Fundamentals Solidification Trans tech Publications 1986 Minoff I Solidification and Cast Structure Wiley 1986 Szekcly I r iu id Flow Phenomena in Metals Processing Academic Press 1979

(c) Material Removal Armarago E J A and Brown R H Ihe Mae liming of Metals Prcnucc Hall 1969 Shaw M C Ihe Principles of Metal Culling CI ireiulon Press 1984 Trent L M Metal Cutting Butterworths 197S Tourrct R Performance of Culling loots Butterworths

2(b) Operations Research I Daellenbach H G George J A and McNickle D C Iniroduction to Operations Research 'techniques

Allyn and Bacon 1983 Taha H A Operations Research An Introduc lion Collicr/Maenullan 1987

2(c) Quality Management Wadsworth K M Stephens K S and Godfrey A B Modern Methods for Quality Conirol and

Improvement Wiley 1986 Fcigcnbaum A V lotal Quality Control 3rd cd McGraw Hill 1986 Duncan A J Quality Control and Industrial Stanstics 4th cd Irwin 1974 Grant E L and Leavenworth R S Statistical Quality Control 6th cd McGraw Hill 1988 Juran J M ed Quality Control Handbook McGraw Hill

Aft L S Fundamenlals of Industrial Quality Conirol Addison Wesley 1986

2(d) Manufacturing Systems and Control Korcn Y Compuier Control of Manufacturing Systems McGraw Hill 1983 Groover M P and Zimmcrs E W Cad/Cam Computer Aided Design and Manufacturing Prentice Hall 1984 Goodwin G C and Payne R L Dynamic System I'denttjit alion Experiment Design and Data

Analysis Academic Press 1977 Groover M P Automation Production Systems and Computer Aided Manufacturing Prentice

Hall 1980

433 211 Mathematical Software A

2 1 9

*Mcissncr L P and Organick E 1 Fortran 77 reaturint, Structured Programming Addison Wesley 1980

Atkinson K E An Introduction to Numerical Analysis 2nd cd Wiley 1989

433 325 Mathematical Software B

Forsythe G E Malcolm M A and Moler C B Computer Methods for Mathematical Computations

Prentice Hall 1977 Atkinson K E An Introduction to Numerical Analysis 2nd ed Wiley 1989 421 214 Mechanics of Solids I C

Popov E P Mechanics of Materials (SI Version) 2nd cd Prcnucc Hall

Muvdi B B and McNabb J W Engineering Mechanics of Materials 1980 Collier & Macmillan

433 212 Models of Computation *Sudk imp 1 A Languages and Machines An Iniroduction to Iheory of Compuier Science

Addison Wesley 1988 Dowsing R D Rayward Smith V J and Walter C D A First Course in Formal Logic and its

Applications in Computer Science Blackwell Scientific 1986 Hard D Algorihmics Ihe Spirit of Computing Addison Wesley 1987 Krishnamurihy E V Introductory Iheory of Computer Science Macmillan 1983 Rayward Smith V J A Firsi Course in Formal Language Iheory Blackwell Scientific 1983 Rayward Smith V J A rirst Course in Computability Blackwell Scientific 1986

431 xxx Networks 2

•Nilsson J W Electric Circuits 3rd cd 1990 Addison Wesley

433-332 Operating Systems

Tanenbaum A S Operating Systems Design and Implememauon Addison Wesley 1987 Lister A M and Eager R D Fundamenlals of Operating Systems 4th cd Macmillan 1988 Peterson J and Silbcrschat/ A Operating Systems Concepts 2nd cd Addison Wesley 1983

436 475 Operations Research 2

Daellenbach H G George J A and McNickle D C Introduction to Operations Research Techniques Allyn and Bacon 1983

Taha H A Operations Research An Introduction Collier/Macnullan 1987

640 Physics

For all courses

Tennant R M cd Science Data Book Oliver & Boyd

640 Physics Later Year and Advanced Courses

Booklists for all later year subjects in Physics arc av nlahlc from the School of Physics

640 006 and 640 005 Physics IA and IB (Eng Course)

* Physics 1 A4 Practical Note Book *Physics 1 Experimental Physics Laboratory Notes MUP *Halhday D and Resnick R Fundamenlals of Physics 3rd extended cd Wiley

640-120 Physics (Advanced)

220

•Ohiiuin H C Physus 2nd extended cd 1989 W W Notion &. Co *Phy\u\ I A4 Practical Notebook

*Phy\us I experimental Phy.ua Laboratory Notes MUP

640 140 Physics

As for 640 006 and 640 005 Physics IA ind IB

640 026 Physics 2 (Eng Course) •Sproull R L and Phillips W A Modern Physics 3rd cd Wiley Davies D A Waves Atoms and Solids 1st cd Longman Solymar L and Walsh D Lectures on the Electrical Properties of Materials Oxford Clarendon Holdcn A Stationary Stales Oxford Wulff J cd Ihe Structures and Properties of Materials Part IV Electronic Properties Wiley Hecht E Optics Addison Wesley

431 xxx Power 2

•Cdmmstcr J A Electric Circuits 2nd cd Schaum/McGraw Hill •Edwards J D Electrical Machines 2nd cd M icinillan

433 361 Programming Linguages

•Sethi R Programming Languages Concepts and Constructs Addison Wesley 1989 Alio A V Sethi R and Ulnian J D Compiler Principles techniques and lools Addison Wesley

1986

Scbcsta R W Concepts of Programming Languages Benjamin/Cummings 1989

421 101 Project Engineering Dc Neufville R Stafford J H Systems Analysis for Engineers and Managers 1971 McGraw Hill Krick E K An Introduction to Engineering Concepts Methods and Issues Wiley •Byrt W J Masters P R Ihe Australian Manager Sun Books •Lloyd B Ihc Organisation of Engineering Work M lcmill in

4S1 408 Remote Sensing Applit itions

Manual of Remote Sensing Amuican Society o! Photogtammciiy ind Remote Sensing

451 407 Remote Sensing Principles

* Curran P J Principles of Remote Sensing Longman 1985 • Richards J A Remote Sensing Digital Image Analysis \n Introduction Springer Verlag

198 6

Manual of Remote Sensing American Society of Photogrammetry and Remote Sensing

436 473 Robotics Theory ind Application

Brady M Hollerbach J M Johnsion 1 L Lo/ano Pcrc/ T and Mason M eds Robot Motion Planning and control 1982 MIT

Paul R Robot Manipulators Mathematics Programming and Control 1981 MIT Englcbcigcr J F Robotics in Practice Management and '\pplu ations of Industrial Robots

1980 Amacom Development of Robotic technology in Automated Handling of Parts 1982 Commonwealth Dept

of Science & Technology and Asca LTD

433 341 Software Engineering

*Somcrville I Software Engineering 3rd cd Addison Wesley 1989 Tjirlcy R F Software Engineering Concepts MtOriw Hill 1987

619 002 Statistics For Engineers

*Deverc J L Probability and Statistics for Engineering and the Sciences 2nd cd Brooks Cole •Walpole R E and Myers Probability and Statistic s for Engineers and Scientists Collier

Macmillan Guttman I Wilks S S and Hunter J S Introdnc lory Engineering Statistics Wiley Benjamin J R and Cornell G A Probability Statistics and Decision for Civil Engineers McGraw

H i l l

619 003 Statistics and Stochastic Processes

The following arc recommended for purchase *Course Notes Department of Stanstics U of Melb *Dcvorc J L Probability and Statistics for Engineering and the Sciences 2nd cd Brooks Cole The following are recommended for reference Walpole R E and Myers R H Probability and Statistics for Engineers and Scientists Collier

Macmillan Cooper G R and McGailcm C D Probabilistic Methods of Signal and Systems Analysis 2nd cd

Holt Rinchari & Winston Papoulis A Probability Random Variables and Stochastic Processes 1981 McGraw Hill (Intnl

Eds) Stark H and Tuteur F B Modern Electrical Communications 1979 Prcnucc Hall Chatficld C The Analysis of lime Series An Introduction Chapman Hall

619 004 Statistics for Mechanical and Manufacturing Engineers

*Dcvorc J L Probability and Statistics for Engineering and the Sciences 2nd cd Brooks Cole Walpole R E and Myers R H Probability and Statistics for Engineers and Scientists Collier

Macmillan Guttman I Wilks S S and Hunter J S Introduc lory Engineering Statistics Wiley Benjamin J R and Cornell G A Probability Statistics and Decision for Civil Engineers McGraw

H i l l

421 410 Structural Analysis

Torroja E Philosophy of Structures 1st cd University of California Warner R F Rangan B V Hall A S Reinforced Concrete 2nd cd Pilm in Hall A Kabaila A P Basic Concepts of Structural Analysis 1st cd Pitman Warner R F Faulkes K A Prestressed Concrete 2nd cd Pitman Ghali A Neville A M Structural Analysis latest cd Intext

421 310 Structural Theory and Design

Warner R F Rangan B V Hall A S Reinforced Concrete 2nd cd Pitman Warner R F Faulkes K A Prestressed Concrete 2nd cd Pitman Ghali A Neville A M Structural Analysis latest cd Intext Francis A J Introducing Structures 1st cd Pitman Gorenc B Tinyou R Steel Designers Handbook 4th cd Hall A Kabaila A P Basic Concepts of Structural Analysis 1st cd Pitman Standards Association of Australia AS 3600 I9HH Concrete Structures

222

451 100 Surveying Sciencel

•Bannister and Raymond Surveying 5th cd Pitman Elfick M and Fryer J G Elementary Surveying 7ih cd Harper and Row Survey Practice Handbook Victoria Part I Surveyors Board Victoria •Whyte W S Revision Notes on Plane Surveying Ncwncs Butterworths

451 200 Surveying Science 2

Elfick M and Fryer J G Elementary Surveying 7lh cd H irpcr and Row Ingham A E Hydrography for the Surveyor and Engineer 2nd cd Granada Richardus P Project Surveying 2nd ed Balkema •Rueger J M Introduction to Electronic Distance Measurement Univ of NSW Wolf P R Elements of Photogrammetry 2nd cd (Student) McGraw Hill

451-300 Surveying Science 3

Cooper M A R Survey Adjustment and Analysis Crosby Lockwood •HM Nautical Almanac Oflice Star Almanac for Land Surveyors HM Stationary Office London Mackie J B The Elements of Astronomy for Surveyors 7th cd Charles Griffin Richardus P and Adler R K Map Projections North Holland Wolf P R Elements of Photogrammetry 2nd cd (Student) McGraw Hill

451 400 Surveying Science 4

Mikhail E M and Gracic G Analysis and Adjustment of Survey Measurements V in Nostrand Rheinhold

National Mapping Council of Australia Ihc Australian (je.ode.ttc Datum technical Manual AGPS

National Mapping Council ol Australia Ihe Australian Map Crid technical Manual AGPS Rueger J M Introduction to Electronic Distance Measurement Univ of NSW Slama C S (ed) Manual of Photogrammetry 4th cd American Society of Photogrammetry and

Remote Sensing Vanicek P Geodesy Ihe Concepts 2nd cd North Holland

436 476 Systems and Industrial Orgam/ation

Wymore A W A Mathematical Iheory of Systems Engineering The Elements Wiley 1967 Mcsarovic M D and Takchara Y General Systems Iheory Mathematical Eoundations Academic

Press 1975 Mcsarovic M D Macko D Takchara Y Iheory of Hierarchical Multilevel Systems Academic Press

1 970 Milner P Contributions to Kinematic al technology I Industrial Problem Solving University of

Melbourne 1987 Simon H A Ihe Science of the Artifu uil MIT Press 1969 Hitomi K Manufacturing Systems Enginee ring Taylor and Francis 1979

421-463, 421-493 Systems Management

Eckcr J G Kupferschmid M Introduction to Operations Research 1988 Wiley De Neufville R Stafford J H Systems Analysis for Engineers and Managers 1971 McGraw Hill Stark R M Nicholls R L Civil Engineering Systems 1972 McGraw Hill Taha H A Operations Research An Introduction 3rd cd 1982 Macmillan Wagner H M Principles of Operations Research with Applications lo Managerial Decisions

1975 Prentice Hall

400 101 and 400 102 Technology 1 and 2

Brown M Getting Across 1st cd Angus & Robcrison *Mcnam J L Engineering Mechanics Vol I Sialics 1980 Wiley Slaby S M Engineering Descriptive Geometry Baincs &. Noble *Australian Engineering Drawing Handbook Basic Principles and techniques ASCZI Pt 1 Inst

of Eng Aust Cooper B M Writing Technical Reports 1st cd Pelican Buzan T Use Your Head Breckon C J Jones L J Moorehouse C E Visual Messages 2nd cd Pitman Edmimster J A Electric Circuits 2nd cd Schaums Mcgruw Hill *Lewis W P 3 D Geometry Engineering Drawing and Sketching U of Melb Nilsson J W Electric Circuits 2nd cd 1986 Addison Wesley •Schoenfeld R The Chemists English VCH

433 330 Theory of Computation B

*Sudkamp T A Languages and Machines An I nirodm tion to tin Iheory of Computer Science Addison Wesley 1988

Dowsing R D Rayward Smith V J and Waller C D / I f trst Course in T onnal Logic and its Applications in Compuier Science Blackwell Scientific 1986

Harcl D Algorithmics Ihe Spirit of Computing Addison Wesley 1987 Rayward Smith V J A First Course in Computability Blackwell Scientific 1986

436 313 Thermodynamics and Fluid Mech inics

Strcetcr V L and Wylic E B Fluid Mechanics 7ih cd McGraw Hill *Heywood R W Ihermodynamie tables in SI (Metric) Units 1 si cd CUP Spalding D B and Cole E H Engineering I hermodynamie s 3rd cd 1973 Arnold Holman J P Heat 'transfer 4th cd 1963 McGraw Hill

436 474 Tool Engineering

Recommended for reference Bhattacharyya A and Ham I Design of Cutting tools Use of Metal Culling Iheory ASTME 1969 Donaldson C LeGain G H and Gould V C tool Design 3rd cd McGraw Hill 1973 Metal Culling Handbook Metal Culling Tool Insiiiuic 1969 Machining Data Handbook Machinability D i l i Gcnue Cincinnati 1980 Tourrct R Performance of Culling loots Bulicrworth Trent E M Metal Culling Butterworth 1978

Armarego E J A and Brown R H tin Mai Inning oj Metals Piciuicc Hall 1969

705-545 Town Planning Gawlcr J S A Roof Over My Head 1963 Loihian Publishing Co Ply Lid Fogg A S Australian Town Planning Law 19S2 University of Queensland Press Logan T Urban and Regional Planning in Victoria 1981 Shillington House Lynch K and Hack G Sue Planning 1984 The MIT Press Morris G Barker M and Hooper A Planning and Tnvironmc.nl Service (Victoria) 1984

(continuing) Butterworths Patcrson J Yencken D and Gunn G A Mansion or No House 1976 Hawthorn Press Ravetz A Remaking Cities 1980 Croom Helm

421-340, 421 440 Transport Engineering

Ogden K W Bennett D W (eds) Iraffic. Engineering Practice 1989 4ih cd Dept Civil Engineering Monash University Hutchinson B G Principles of Urban I ransport Systems Planning 1974 McGraw Hill

224

Manhcim M L Fundamentals of I ransporunion Systems Analysts Volume 1 MIT Press Siophcr P R Mcyburg A Urban I ransportatiun Modelling and Planning 1975 Lexington Books Taylor M A P Young W 1 raffu Analysis Niw 11 r hnolo^y and New Solutions 1988 Hargrccn

421 240 Urban Transport

Ogden K W Bennett D W (eds) Iraffic engineering Practice 1989 4ih cd Dept Civil Engineering Monash University Hutchinson B G Principles of Urban transport Systems Planning 1974 McGraw Hill Manhcim M L Fundamentals of Transportation Systems Analysis Volume 1 MIT Press Stophcr P R Meyburg A Urban I ransportation Modelling and Planning 1975 Lexington Books

INDEX ADVANCED COMPUTATIONAL MECHANICS 151 ADVANCED DESIGN METHODS IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 156 ADVANCED MATERIALS 154

ADVANCED RESEARCH PROJECT (CIVIL ENGINEERING) 84 ADVANCED STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS 74

AGRICULTURAL BIOLOGY 68

AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS 65

AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING 58 61

AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING COMBINED COURSES 59 AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING DESIGN 87

AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING RESEARCH PROJECT 87

AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING SUBJECTS 65 AGRICULTURAL MACHINE PERFORMANCE 84

AGRICULTURAL MACHINE PROCESSES 85 AGRICULTURAL MECHANIZATION 85 AGRICULTURAL PHYSICS 73 AGRICULTURAL STRUCTURES DESIGN 72

AGRICULTURAL SYSTEMS MANAGEMENT 88 AGRICULTURAL WASTE MANAGEMENT 86 AGRICULTURAL WATER MANAGEMENT 86

AGRICULTURE 65

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF SHALLOW FOUNDATIONS 77

APPLIED MECHANICS 103 138 141 148

ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE 122

ASSESSMENT See Examinauons and Assessment BIOCHEMICAL ENGINEERING 50

BIOCHEMICAL ENGINEERING DESIGN 55

BIOENGINEERING 152

BOOKLISTS 202

CALCULATORS (Use of electronic calculators) 193

CARTOGRAPHY 173 CHEMICAL ENGINEERING 29 31 CHEMICAL ENGINEERING COMBINED COURSES 29 31 43 CHEMICAL ENGINEERING SUBJECTS 31 CHEMICAL ENGINEERING THERMODYNAMICS ELECTRICAL POWER AND MACHINERY 55 CHEMICAL PLANT DEVELOPMENT AND DESIGN 37

CHEMICAL REACTOR PRINCIPLES 54

CHEMISTRY 15 39

C I V I L ENGINEERING 58 64

CIVIL ENGINEERING AND COMMERCE 8 60 CIVIL ENGINEERING COMBINED COURSES 58 59 CIVIL ENGINEERING DESIGN 81

CIVIL ENGINEERING STUDIES 66

CIVIL ENGINEERING SYSTEMS MANAGEMENT 83 COMMUNICATIONS 104 111 COMPUTER DESIGN 123 COMPUTER ENGINEERING 95 COMPUTER GRAPHICS 176 182

COMPUTATIONAL MECHANICS 38 COMPUTER PROGRAMMING 39 COMPUTER SCIENCE 12 118 COMPUTER SCIENCE PROJECT 125 COMPUTER SYSTEMS 14 172

COMPUTERS A N D SOCIETY 126

COMPUTING STUDIES 102 121

226

COMPUTING STUDIES PROJECT CONSTRUCTION METHODS AND WORKS ORGANIZATION CONTROL 104 CONVECTIVE AND RADIATIVE HEAT TRANSFER COURSES IN SURVEYING COURSE STRUCTURE FIRST YEAR

AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING CHEMICAL ENGINEERING 4 CIVIL ENGINEERING COMPUTER ENGINEERING COMPUTING STUDIES ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 4 MECHANICAL AND MANUFACTURING ENGINEERING 4 SOFTWARE ENGINEERING SURVEYING

COURSE VARIATIONS CROP STORAGE AND HANDLING DATA MANAGEMENT DESIGN See Engineering Design Advanced Design Methods Civil Engineering Chemical

Engineering Structural Theory DIGITAL CIRCUITS DIGITAL ELECTRONICS AND COMPUTER SYSTEMS 105 DIRECTED STUDY (COMPUTER SCIENCE) DISCRETE MATHEMATICS AND STATISTICS DISCUSSION SESSIONS (ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING) DYNAMICS OF MACHINES EARTH PRESSURE AND RETAINING SYSTEMS ECOLOGY ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING COMBINED COURSES ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING SUBJECTS ELECTRONIC ENGINEERING Sec Electrical Engineering ELECTRONICS ELECTRONICS AND INSTRUMENTATION ENERGY CONVERSION AND UTILIZATION ENGINEERING COMPUTING 13 ENGINEERING DESIGN 90 92 ENGINEERING DESIGN AND MATERIALS 140 ENGINEERING ECONOMIC ANALYSIS ENGINEERING ECONOMICS ENGINEERING FIRST YEAR COURSES ENGINEERING IN AGRICULTURAL PRODUCTION ENGINEER IN SOCIETY ENGINEERING MATERIALS ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS ENGINEERING PRACTICES ENGLISH EXPRESSION FOR ENGINEERS ERGONOMICS EXAMINATIONS AND ASSESSMENT FACULTY OF SCIENCE COMBINED COURSES (See also individual disciplines) FARM BUILDINGS AND ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL FEASIBILITY AND DESIGN STUDY FIELDS AND TRANSMISSION LINES 105 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT (MANUFACTURING) FIRST YEAR COURSE ADVICE FIRST YEAR COURSES FIRST YEAR RULES OF PROGRESSION FLUID FLOW AND HEAT TRANSFER

110

167 12 89 4 95

12 89 103 109 115

128 81 111 47 164 3 6 4 6

6 29 4 7

4 102 95 134 4

164 191 88 123

111 112 128 23 117 90 77 188 97 98 137

105 12

17 38 91 41 129

71

168 90 153 120 153 144 50 71 3 68 154 129 162 79 71 159 192 8 87 57 113 159 27 3

194 67

227

FLUID MECHANICS 69 FLUID MECHANICS PROPERTIES OF SOLIDS AND FLUID SOLID INTERACTIONS 48 FURTHER DEGREES AT BACHELOR LEVEL 194 GEODETIC POSITIONING 183 GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION SYSTEMS 176 189 GEOLOGY 93 GEOMECHANICS 70 GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING 76 GRADE STRUCTURE 202 GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN COMPUTING STUDIES 102 GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION SYSTEMS 189 GRAPHICS 127 GROUNDWATER HYDROLOGY 86 GUIDELINES OF THE EXAMINATIONS AND PROGRESS COMMITTEE Sec Progress Guidelines HEAT TRANSFER 52 HISTORY OF TECHNOLOGY 147 155 HYDRAULIC ENGINEERING 75 87 HYDRAULICS OF COASTS AND OCEANS 76 HYDRAULICS OF PIPE SYSTEMS 76 HYDRAULICS OF RIVERS AND ESTUARIES 76 HYDROGRAPHIC SURVEYING 183 HYDROLOGY 168 INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING 137 INDUSTRIAL PROCESS ENGINEERING 11 INFORMATION FOR STUDENTS 191 INTRODUCTION TO BIOCHEMICAL ENGINEERING 45 INTRODUCTION TO CHEMICAL REACTOR PRINCIPLES 48 INTRODUCTION TO DESIGN AND MANUFACTURE 14 INTRODUCTION TO PROCESS CONTROL 45 INTRODUCTION TO PROCESS ENGINEERING 44 INTRODUCTION TO RATE PROCESSES 43 LABORATORY (ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING) 106 113 LAND ADMINISTRATION 190 LAND AND GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION SYSTEMS 176 183 LAND INFORMATION SYSTEMS 185 LAND LAW AND MANAGEMENT 171 174 180 LATER YEAR RULES OF PROGRESSION 195 MANUFACTURING ENGINEERING STREAM 136 MANUFACTURING SCIENCE 139 144 156 MASS TRANSFER 53 MASS TRANSFER OPERATIONS 47 MATERIAL AND ENERGY BALANCES 43 MATERIALS Sec Engineering Maicri lis Adv meed M ucnals MATHEMATICAL SOFTWARE 119 124 MATHEMATICS See Engineering Mathematics MATHEMATICS FIRST YEAR COURSES 18 MATHEMATICS (SURVEYING) 173 MECHANICAL AND MANUFACTURING ENGINEERING 134 MECHANICAL AND MANUFACTURING ENGINEERING COMBINED COURSES 134 MECHANICAL AND MANUFACTURING ENGINEERING SUBJECTS 137 MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 137 MECHANICAL ENGINEERING STREAM 136 MECHANICS OF SOLIDS 66 METALLURGY AND CORROSION 53 MODELS OF COMPUTATION 120 MOMENTUM HEAT AND MASS TRANSFER IN FLUIDS 46 NATURAL RESOURCES (AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING) 62 NETWORKS 108 114

228

NETWORKS AND COMMUNICATIONS 126 NUMERICAL ANALYSIS AND COMPUTER APPLICATIONS IN CIVIL ENGINEERING 83 OPERATING SYSTEMS 125 OPERATIONS RESEARCH 161 PARTICLE MECHANICS 53 PHOTOGRAMMETRY 178 184 PHYSICAL ELECTRONICS 108 PHYSICS 24 133 POWER 109 115 PRACTICAL EXPERIENCE (Vacation Work Experience) See also discipline subjects 194 PRACTICAL WORK (Attendance) 193 PRACTICAL WORK (CHEMICAL ENGINEERING) 51 PRECISION ENGINEERING SURVEYS 186 PROCESS DYNAMICS AND CONTROL 49 54 PROCESS EQUIPMENT DESIGN 49 PROCESS ENGINEERING 51 56 PROCESS PLANT DESIGN PRINCIPLES AND ECONOMICS 56 PRODUCTION AGRICULTURE (AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING) 62 PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT (SURVEYING) 172 175 182 PROFESSIONAL PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE 88 PROGRAMMING LANGUAGES 127 PROGRESS GUIDELINES 197 PROGRESSION IN COMBINED AND CONCURRENT COURSES 202 PROJECT (CHEMICAL ENGINEERING) 56 PROJECT ENGINEERING 11 PROJECT (MECHANICAL AND MANUFACTURING ENGINEERING) 154 PROJECT PLANNING AND CONTROL 80 PROJECT (SURVEYING) 185 187 189 PROPERTIES OF AGRICULTURAL MATERIALS 73 REMOTE SENSING 184 RESEARCH PROJECT (CIVIL ENGINEERING) 84 RESIDENTIAL FIELD COURSE (SURVEYING) 170 171 ROBOTICS THEORY AND APPLICATION 160 SCHOOL OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY AND ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 95 98 SCIENTIFIC PROGRAMMING AND STATISTICS 22 SOFTWARE ENGINEERING 95 125 SOIL DYNAMICS 72 SOIL SCIENCE 72 SPATIAL ANALYSIS 174 SPECIAL CONSIDERATION 192 SPECIAL PROJECT (MECHANICAL AND MANUFACTURING ENGINEERING) 154 STATISTICS AND PROBABILITY 83 STATISTICS AND STOCHASTIC PROCESSES 132 STATISTICS FOR ENGINEERS 42 STATISTICS FOR MECHANICAL AND MANUFACTURING ENGINEERS 162 STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING 73 STRUCTURAL TECHNOLOGY 75 STRUCTURAL THEORY AND DESIGN 69 SUPPLEMENTARY ASSESSMENT Sec Progress Guidelines 200 SURFACE HYDROLOGY 85 SURVEYING 164 SURVEYING AND LAND INFORMATION STUDIES 178 SURVEYING FIRST YEAR COURSES 164 SURVEYING COMBINED COURSES 165 SURVEYING SCIENCE 169 170 173 176 186 SURVEYING STUDIES 179 SURVEYING SUBJECTS 92 167 177 SUSPENSION GUIDELINES See Progress Guidelines

229

SYSTEMS AND INDUSTRIAL ORGANIZATION 161 TECHNOLOGY 9 10 THEORY OF COMPUTATION 124 THERMODYNAMICS AND FLUID MECHANICS 129 TOOL ENGINEERING 160 TOWN PLANNING 188 TRACTOR IMPLEMENT DYNAMICS 84 TRAFFIC ENGINEERING 79 TRANSPORT ENGINEERING 70 77 TRANSPORTATION PLANNING 78 URBAN TRANSPORT 68

Library Digitised Collections

Author/s:

The University of Melbourne

Title:

Handbook: Faculty of Engineering 1991

Date:

1991

Persistent Link:

http://hdl.handle.net/11343/129030

1991-Engineering.pdf - Digitised Collections

Documents